MESSAGE FROM THE CHAIRMAN AND THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

2022 marked a decisive stage in the transformation and development of Societe Generale. The Group succeeded in posting a record underlying performance while adapting quickly and effectively to a complex and uncertain environment. We have also achieved key strategic milestones, creating value for the future of our Group.

 

Excellent performance of our businesses

 

In 2022, the Group’s business lines demonstrated once again their ability to deliver very good commercial performance in a demanding environment. Our revenues are growing strongly, reaching a historical level of more than EUR 28 billion, with record performances from our Financing & Advisory and Market activities and from our subsidiary ALD; strong growth in Private Banking and International Retail Banking; and solid performance in our French Retail Banking activities.

 

The commercial momentum was accompanied by a sharp improvement in the cost/income ratio thanks to firm control over our costs and risks, resulting in a record underlying net income.

 

Faced with the outbreak of the war in Ukraine at the beginning of the year, we managed our exit from Russia by selling our Russian activities with no significant capital impact. Overall, we strengthened our CET1 capital ratio to 13.5%, well above the regulatory requirement.

 

Significant strategic progress

 

2022 also saw the roll-out of major strategic projects that underpin ambitious goals for the Group’s future.

 

We continued to flawlessly execute ongoing strategic initiatives, in line with our commitments. The legal merger of the Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord retail networks, effective 1 January 2023, marks both the culmination of a long process of collective effort and the fresh momentum that we are bringing to French Retail Banking under the new brand SG. Built on a new relationship model, SG will be more accessible and responsive to its 10 million customers, with a local presence in all the regions of France, as well as a bank that stands for expertise and responsibility. Boursorama significantly consolidated its leading position in online banking in France by welcoming a record number of new clients: 1.4 million over the year, for a total of 4.7 million at the end of 2022. We also successfully pursued our strategic roadmap in Global Banking and Investor Solutions, our developments in International Retail Banking in Europe and Africa, as well as in bancassurance, while drawing on the steady progress of our digital transformation to serve our clients and improve our operational efficiency.

 

This year, we also launched highly ambitious new development projects in mobility, with ALD’s planned acquisition of LeasePlan, as well as in the equity research and execution activities, with the project to create the Bernstein joint venture, which will enable us to position ourselves among the world leaders in these areas.

 

New CSR ambition

 

Our Group also puts Corporate Social Responsibility at the heart of its strategic roadmap. Leveraging from the concrete achievements made over the last years, we defined in 2022 our new CSR ambition with the aim of accelerating the decarbonisation of our business portfolios, as a priority in the energy sector, acting for biodiversity and having a positive local impact. Our objective is to integrate CSR at the centre of our businesses’ roadmaps and in the Bank’s management, roll out CSR training programmes for all Group staff and allow them to proactively support our clients in a fair environmental and social transition. We have set a target to dedicate EUR 300 billion in sustainable financing between 2022 and 2025; at the end of 2022, we had already exceeded EUR 100 billion. We also act in line with our commitment to being a responsible employer, in particular through the implementation of our diversity and inclusion initiatives. Numerous awards and extra-financial rankings attest to the Group’s proactive approach on the various dimensions of our CSR ambitions, placing us among the global banking leaders in the field.

 

2023, a year of transition

 

After simplifying our business model, embarking on profound transformations, and investing in profitable growth businesses over the last few years, we continue to execute our roadmap with discipline. Most of our major strategic projects will come to fruition in 2023, and the year will also see a transition at the top management of the Group. At the Annual General Meeting of 23 May 2023, we will invite our shareholders to elect Slawomir Krupa as Board member, and he will then be appointed Chief Executive Officer. This transition has been carefully prepared, under the aegis of the Board of Directors and its Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Slawomir Krupa, drawing on his remarkable international career within the Group, has all the skills to lead Societe Generale with determination and success towards the next stages of its development.

 

The year 2023 will additionally be a year of transition from a financial perspective, with revenues expected to decline in French Retail Banking, given the specificities of the French market facing a sharp increase in interest rates. It is also the final year of contributing to the establishment of the European Single Resolution Fund, which had an important negative impact on our books. Building on the commercial momentum of our business lines and the soundness of our balance sheet, we are confident in the 2024-2025 outlook and in the Group’s ability to reap the benefits of ongoing initiatives, and confirm the financial targets set for 2025. In an environment that is still highly uncertain, with many structural challenges facing our societies, the Group is attentive to the expectations of its various stakeholders and remains resolutely committed to putting its corporate purpose into action to build together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future.

     
  The Group is attentive to the expectations of its various stakeholders and remains resolutely committed to putting its corporate purpose into action to build together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future.  
 
 

1.1 HISTORY

On 4 May 1864, Napoleon III signed Societe Generale’s founding decree. Founded by a group of industrialists and financiers driven by the ideals of progress, the Bank’s mission has always been “to promote the development of trade and industry in France”.

Since its beginnings, Societe Generale has worked to modernise the economy, following the model of a diversified bank at the cutting edge of financial innovation. Its retail banking branch network grew rapidly throughout the French territory, increasing from 46 to 1,500 branches between 1870 and 1940. During the interwar period, the Bank became the leading French credit institution in terms of deposits.

At the same time, Societe Generale began to build its international reach by financing infrastructure essential to the economic development of a number of countries in Latin America, Europe and North Africa. This expansion was accompanied by the establishment of an International Retail Banking network. In 1871, the Bank opened its London branch. On the eve of World War I, Societe Generale had a presence in 14 countries, either directly or through one of its subsidiaries. This network was then expanded by opening branches in New York, Buenos Aires, Abidjan and Dakar, and by acquiring stakes in financial institutions in Central Europe.

Societe Generale was nationalised by law on 2 December 1945 and played an active role in financing the reconstruction of France. The Bank thrived during the prosperous post-war decades and contributed to the increased use of banking techniques by launching innovative products for businesses, including medium-term discountable credit and lease financing agreements, for which it held the position of market leader.

Societe Generale demonstrated its ability to adapt to a new environment by taking advantage of the banking reforms that followed the French Debré laws of 1966-1967. While continuing to support the businesses it partnered, the Group lost no time in focusing its business on individual clients. In this way, it supported the emergence of a consumer society by diversifying the credit and savings products it offered private households.

In June 1987, Societe Generale was privatised with a successful stock market launch and shares offered to Group staff. The Group developed a universal banking strategy, in particular through its Corporate and Investment Banking activities, to support the worldwide development of its customers. In France, it expanded its networks by founding Fimatex in 1995, which later became Boursorama, now France’s leading online bank, and by acquiring Crédit du Nord in 1997. Internationally, it established itself in Central and Eastern Europe through Komerční banka in the Czech Republic and BRD in Romania while consolidating its growth in Africa in Morocco, Côte d’Ivoire Senegal and Cameroon, among other countries. Building on the professionalism of its teams and the relationship of confidence developed with its clients, the Bank continues its process of transformation by adopting a sustainable growth strategy driven by its core values of team spirit, innovation, responsibility and commitment.

In January 2023, the Group announced the creation of its new retail bank in France, SG, following the merger of its two retail banking networks in France, Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord, in order to offer its customers greater proximity, responsiveness, expertise and responsibility.

Today, the Group has more than 117,000 members of staff(1) active in 66 countries. Firmly focused on the future by helping clients bring their projects to life, Societe Generale is committed to the two major revolutions of digital technology and environmental transition and social change to support its clients, have a positive impact on the world and embody the bank of the 21st century. Drawing on nearly 160 years of expertise at the service of its clients and the sustainable development of economies, the Societe Generale Group defined its purpose as “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions”.

(1)

Headcount at end-2022 excluding temporary staff.

1.2 PROFILE OF SOCIETE GENERALE

Societe Generale is one of the leading European financial services groups. Based on a diversified and integrated banking model, the Group combines financial strength and proven expertise in innovation with a strategy of sustainable growth. Committed to the positive transformations of the world’s societies and economies, Societe Generale and its teams seek to build, day after day, together with its clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions.

Active in the real economy for over 150 years, anchored solidly in Europe and connected to the rest of the world, Societe Generale employs over 117,000 members of staff(1) in 66 countries and supports on a daily basis 25 million individual clients, businesses and institutional investors(2) around the world by offering a wide range of advisory services and tailored financial solutions. The Group is built on three complementary core businesses:

French Retail Banking, with the SG bank, resulting from the merger of the two Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord networks, and Boursorama. Each offers a full range of financial services with omnichannel products at the cutting edge of digital innovation;

International Retail Banking, Insurance and Financial Services, with networks in Africa, Central and Eastern Europe and specialised businesses that are leaders in their markets;

Global Banking and Investor Solutions, which offers recognised expertise, key international locations and integrated solutions.

Societe Generale follows a strategy of responsible growth, fully integrating its CSR engagements and commitments to all its stakeholders: clients, staff, investors, suppliers, regulators, supervisors and representatives from civil society. The Group seeks to respect the cultures and environment of all the countries where it operates.

The Group has an agile organisation based on 14 Business Units (business lines and regions) and 10 Service Units (support and control functions) to encourage innovation and synergies, and best meet the evolving requirements and behaviours of its clients. In a European banking sector undergoing radical industrial change, the Group enters a new phase of its development and transformation.

Additional information on the Group’s organisation and key figures is provided below and on pages 10 and following.

Societe Generale is included in the principal socially responsible investment indices: DJSI Europe, FTSE4Good (Global and Europe), Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index, Refinitiv Diversity and Inclusion Index, Euronext Vigeo (Europe and Eurozone), STOXX Global ESG Leaders indices and MSCI Low Carbon Leaders Index (World and Europe).

(1)

Headcount at end-2022 excluding temporary staff.

(2)

Excluding policyholders of Group insurance companies.

KEY FIGURES

Results (In EURm)

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

Net banking income

28,059

25,798

22,113

24,671

25,205

o.w. French Retail Banking

8,839

7,777

7,315

7,746

7,860

o.w. International Retail Banking and Financial Services

9,122

8,117

7,524

8,373

8,317

o.w. Global Banking and Investor Solutions

10,082

9,530

7,613

8,704

8,846

o.w. Corporate Centre

16

374

(339)

(152)

182

Gross operating income

9,429

8,208

5,399

6,944

7,274

Cost/income ratio

66.4%

68.2%

75.6%

71.9%

71.1%

Operating income

7,782

7,508

2,093

5,666

 6,269

Group net income

2,018

5,641

(258)

3,248

3,864

Equity (In EURbn)

 

 

 

 

 

Group shareholders’ equity

66.5

65.1

61.7

63.5

61.0

Total consolidated equity

72.8

70.9

67.0

68.6

65.8

ROE after tax

2.6%

9.6%

-1.7%

5.0%

7.1%

Total Capital Ratio(1)

19.2%

18.7%

18.9%

18.3%

16.5%

Loans and deposits (In EURbn)

 

 

 

 

 

Customer loans(2)

496

488

440

430

421

Customer deposits(3)

524

502

451

410

399

(1)

Figures based on CRR2/CRD5 rules, excluding IFRS 9 phasing for 2020, 2021 and 2022.

(2)

Net customer loan outstandings, including lease financing, excluding assets and securities purchased under resale agreements.

(3)

Excluding assets and securities sold under repurchase agreements.

Note: figures as published for the respective financial years. Definitions and potential adjustments presented in methodological notes on pages 41 to 45.

1.3 A STRATEGY OF PROFITABLE AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT, BASED ON A DIVERSIFIED AND INTEGRATED BANKING MODEL

The Societe Generale Group has built a solid diversified banking model suited to the needs of its 25 million corporate, institutional and individual clients. It is structured around three complementary and diversified businesses, all benefiting from strong market positions:

French Retail Banking;

International Retail Banking and Financial Services;

Global Banking and Investor Solutions.

In the Retail Banking businesses, the Group focuses on development in European markets selected for their growth potential (France, the Czech Republic and Romania) and Africa where it has an historic presence, refined understanding of the markets and top-tier positions. In International Financial Services, Societe Generale relies on franchises benefiting from leadership positions worldwide. As part of the Group’s prime focus on developing its mobility franchises, it announced ALD’s plan to acquire LeasePlan. In the Global Banking and Investor Solutions businesses, the Group provides high value-added solutions to its clients in the EMEA region, the US and Asia. Focused on Europe yet boasting a global network, the Societe Generale Group capitalises on leadership positions driven by cross-business synergies to create value for stakeholders. The Group leverages its diversified model to meet the needs of its corporate and professional clients, as well as its individual clients.

2022 marked a decisive stage for the Group, which was able to deliver very strong commercial performances in all its businesses amid a complex and uncertain economic and financial environment, staying on track to meet its 2025 targets for profitable and sustainable growth. This positive momentum was borne out by solid commercial and financial performances across the board, driven by a record result in Financing & Adivisory, Global Markets and ALD, strong growth in International Retail Banking, Financial Services, and in Private Banking and a solid resilience from French Retail Banking. These performances bear out the Group’s extensive efforts over several years to strengthen the inherent quality of its businesses, improve operational efficiency and manage risk. It successfully passed key milestones in a number of other strategic projects, in particular:

completion on 1 January 2023 of the legal merger between Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord, thereby creating a single retail banking entity serving 10 million individual, professional and corporate clients. The operational merger of the two French branch networks will take place over the first half of 2023 with the IT migration of all Crédit du Nord clients to Societe Generale’s system;

accelerated growth of online bank Boursorama, taking the total client base to 4.7 million, including the 315,000 clients that were onboarded following the partnership agreement signed with ING in 2022;

further development in ALD’s long-term rental business which is due to close the deal to acquire LeasePlan in the first half of 2023, notably subject to receiving the remaining approvals and the performance of other standard conditions precedent. Looking to the medium term, the combined entity is poised to become world leader in sustainable mobility solutions;

consolidating the Group’s cash equities activity following the announcement of plans to form a joint venture combining Societe Generale’s and Bernstein Research Services’ equity research and execution platforms to create a leading global franchise.

The Group also finalised in May 2022 the effective and orderly withdrawal from Russia following the disposal of Rosbank and its Russian insurance subsidiaries.

The Group continued to pursue its selective scarce resource allocation strategy and its focus on achieving the optimal region/offer/client mix, and confirmed its strong resolve to keep costs firmly under control. The adjustments it has made are designed to mark out high-margin growth businesses that enjoy strong commercial franchises and create value for the Group.

Organic growth will continue to be accelerated by unlocking internal synergies not only within each business but also between businesses. This will entail greater cooperation between Private Banking and the Retail Banking networks, cooperation along the entire Investor Services chain, cooperation between the Insurance business and the French and International Retail Banking networks, and cooperation between regions and Global Transaction Banking’s activities, among others.

One of the Group’s priorities is to push further ahead with its commercial development, focusing on quality of service, added value and innovation to ensure client satisfaction. Its goal is to become a trusted partner for its clients, making sound use of its digital capabilities to provide them with responsible and innovative financial solutions. To this end, the Group is pursuing various digital transformation and operational efficiency initiatives.

Fully aware of its role in the functioning of the economy, the Group has placed specific strategic importance on its environmental, social and governance commitments.

Environmental and social issues represent society’s greatest challenges this century – challenges that have been accentuated by geopolitical tensions and the pandemic.

Profound societal change is called for, involving substantial adjustments to how we produce and consume. This will inevitably give rise to a number of difficulties and constraints, but Société Générale also sees business opportunities in these transformations by contributing to the financing of the fair and inclusive environmental transition. According to the International Energy Agency, achieving NZE by 2030 will call for almost USD 4,000 billion in investments each year, an unprecedented amount for such a limited timeframe.

If it is to meet its stakeholders’ expectations and help its clients address these challenges, the Group needs to press on with its own transformation, making environmental and social issues a key factor in its decision-making processes and offering its clients financing and investment solutions adapted to their new needs. With this in mind, Societe Generale is training its teams on the transition challenges specific to each sector and developing a more holistic approach to how it analyses both financial and non-financial risk. The Group wants to do more than simply offer financial advice. It has put together teams with expert knowledge of the issues relevant to its major corporate clients’ value chains and established international cross-business working groups to identify emerging ESG standards and come up with ways to meet them. And of course, to ensure the transition is fair and inclusive, the financial system also needs to take care of disadvantaged populations, offering them solutions suited to their situation.

These Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) challenges are central to Societe Generale’s strategy.

Committed to supporting its clients, the Bank has made CSR a core component of all of its businesses, viewing it as an opportunity to innovate and become more sustainable. In response to this new environment and the challenges it brings, and in keeping with the Group’s values and what its stakeholders expect from it – based on the findings of the materiality survey carried out in 2021 (see Chapter 5, page 336) – Societe Generale has reaffirmed its CSR ambition for 2025, placing the focus on four main priorities.

Of these, two form the framework for responsible banking:

1.

responsible employer (see Chapter 5, page 293-305);

2.

culture of responsibility (see Chapter 5, page 302-305).

The other two guide positive changes in connection with the Group’s activities:

3.

supporting the environmental transition (see Chapter 5, page 314-330);

4.

contributing to local communities (see Chapter 5, page 330-335).

The Group has upped its commitments to keep pace with its ongoing transformation: a EUR 300 billion contribution to sustainable finance by 2025, a 50% reduction in its CO2 emissions by 2030 (compared with 2019 levels) and ESG training for all staff.

Through its geographic presence, the diversity of its businesses and its responsible engagement, Societe Generale also contributes towards the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) (for more information, see https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/sustainable-development-goals/). This can be clearly seen in the four core themes of its CSR ambition:

Core themes of the Group’s CSR ambition

SDG

Responsible employer

Monitoring quality of working life and the diversity and professional development of its teams is crucial to encouraging employee engagement within the Group and optimising performances. Societe Generale has undertaken to move the Group forward with five Human Resources priorities: Corporate Culture and Ethics Principles, Professions and Skills, Diversity and Inclusion, Performance and Compensation, Occupational Health and Safety (see “Being a responsible employer”, page 293).

 

 

 

 

Culture of responsibility

This involves the Group factoring in ESG concerns at the very highest levels of governance, rolling out a robust E&S risk management framework, holding itself to account on its commitments in terms of human rights, the climate and biodiversity and ensuring it operates ethically and responsibly in all aspects of its business (see Chapter 5, page 314).

 

 

 

 

Supporting the environmental transition

By assisting clients in transitioning to greener practices through innovative solutions tailored to their evolving needs, Societe Generale is also doing its part to help preserve biodiversity and develop the circular economy while simultaneously aligning its portfolios with a net-zero trajectory.

 

 

 

 

Making a positive impact on local communities

This means supporting societal and economic change at a local level, contributing to infrastructure financing and assisting local organisations, SMEs and entrepreneurs, leading the field in sustainable mobility and developing socially inclusive services.

 

 

 

 

The CSR ambition permeates all Group businesses:

in Retail Banking and Insurance, this means developing a sustainable and socially responsible range of products and services, backed up a stronger regional presence, with local teams of ESG specialists for SMEs and networks of experts on hand to advise clients;

in Financing and Investment Banking, it means assisting clients in their transition, rethinking how its specialist teams work and freeing them up to devise inventive financing solutions for investments to decarbonise the economy, capitalising on its extensive sector expertise and its partnerships with a broad range of industrial and institutional clients;

in Mobility, it means being at the cutting-edge of the transition to encourage and support clients looking to switch to more sustainable mobility solutions and cementing its partnerships with key players in the e-mobility sector.

Societe Generale continues to foster a group-wide culture of responsibility and to strengthen its internal control framework, especially its Compliance operations, to meet the banking industry’s highest standards. It has also completed the rollout of its Culture & Conduct programme, embedding rules of conduct and strong shared values throughout the entire organisation.

Last, the Group is determined to press ahead with its stringent and disciplined approach to capital allocation and risk management – maintaining credit portfolio quality, keeping up its efforts on operational risk control and compliance.

In line with its strategy of fully addressing its clients’ needs and taking into account the new, more demanding regulatory environment, the Group’s focus will remain on optimising its consumption of scarce capital and liquidity resources and maintaining a highly disciplined approach to costs and risk management.

In 2022, the Board of Directors of Societe Generale decided to propose Slawomir Krupa as director to shareholders to replace Frédéric Oudéa at the General Meeting on 23 May 2023. Once elected, Slawomir Krupa will be appointed Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors.

The Group has set the following financial targets for 2023:

an underlying(1) cost to income ratio of between 66% and 68%, excluding the Single Resolution Fund;

a cost of risk ratio expected to range between 30 and 35 basis points.

Looking further out, the Group is fully on track to achieving its strategic milestones and has set targets for profitable and sustainable growth out to 2025 with:

average annual revenue growth of 3% or greater over the 2021-2025 period by focusing on growth in the most profitable businesses;

an improved cost to income ratio equal to or lower than 62% in 2025 and ROTE of 10% based on a targeted CET1 ratio of 12% in 2025;

disciplined management of scarce resources, in addition to keeping a tight rein on risks, will help strengthen and improve the quality of the Bank’s balance sheet;

stringent loan portfolio management with cost of risk of around 30 basis points in 2025;

increased use of new technologies and digital transformation;

commitments in Environmental, Social and Governance areas.

The Board of Directors decided its distribution policy which corresponds to an equivalent of EUR 2.25 per share(2). A cash dividend of EUR 1.70 will be proposed at the General Meeting of Shareholders on 23 May 2023. The dividend will be detached on 30 May 2023 and paid out on 1 June 2023.

The Group is also planning to launch a share buyback programme for a total of arond EUR 440 million, i.e., equivalent to EUR 0.55 per share. The rollout of the programme is subject to the usual approval by the ECB.

In light of the strong financial performance in 2022 and an exceptional year, this distribution level fairly remunerates shareholders and further strengthens the Group CET1 ratio.

The French Retail Banking business has made sweeping changes to its model in response to rapidly evolving client behaviours and demand for ever greater convenience, expertise and customised products and services. The pace of this transformation has picked up since 2020, with two major strategic initiatives: the merger of Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale, and moves to ramp up growth at Boursorama. These initiatives are designed to cement the Group’s winning combination of a fully online banking model coupled with a network banking model offering both digital and human expertise – a combination that stands out in the French market.

The Group saw the Crédit du Nord-Societe Generale merger through to completion in 2022, with 1 January 2023 marking its legal entry into effect. The resulting new retail banking entity has been branded SG. The IT migration of all Crédit du Nord branches to Societe Generale’s system is scheduled for the first half of 2023, with branch mergers and back office changes due to take place progressively as of the second half of 2023 and through to 2025.

SG aims to become a leading banking partner for its 10 million clients within the French market and has set its sights on being among the Top 3 French banks for client satisfaction.

It has introduced a new relationship model, designed to improve the quality of service it provides to its individual, professional and corporate clients and establish SG as a leading operator in the French market for savings, insurance and first-rate solutions addressing corporates and professionals alike.

SG promises its clients convenience, responsiveness, expertise and responsibility. It will be:

a bank with a greater regional presence. The vast majority of decisions will be taken at regional level, and increasingly in branches and business centres directly. All clients will benefit from a denser branch network, reflecting the strategy of emphasising French Retail Banking’s local roots through 11 regional brands grouped under the national SG umbrella;

an expertise-centric bank, offering services even more tailored to the specific needs of its different types of client. For example, it will set up a private banking entity, assign each professional client a dedicated client relationship manager to handle both their personal and professional banking needs, and appoint more specialists throughout France to assist on savings and insurance matters and to offer its professional and corporate clients Financing and Advisory services;

an accessible and responsive bank, with streamlined processes to speed up decision-making and reduce response times to customer queries, state-of-the-art digital services enabling clients to perform their day-to-day banking transactions remotely and securely, and a mobile app through which clients can subscribe to a wide range of products and services;

a responsible bank that makes CSR the linchpin of its new model, adjusting how it is organised and its product and service range to strengthen its positive impact on its clients and local communities. More specifically, each region will have a dedicated CSR consultancy team to help SG step up its financing of the environmental transition and become a major player in the economic and social development of local regions and their ecosystems.

From a financial perspective, the merger will unlock considerable cost synergies. The cost to income ratio of Franch Retail Banking is expected to range between 67% and 69% in 2025 and the return on normative equity (RONE) under Basel IV is targeted at around 10% in 2025.

(1)

Underlying data.

(2)

Subjet to usual approvals from the General Meeting and the ECB.

French Retail Banking also plans to build on its existing growth drivers. Specifically, this means:

maximising the potential of its integrated bancassurance model by anticipating changes in the life-insurance market and taking advantage of strong client take-up potential for personal protection and non-life insurance;

increasing business among corporate and professional clients by providing strategic advisory services and comprehensive solutions;

leveraging the expertise available in Private Banking to satisfy the expectations of high-net-worth clients in the French networks.

In Wealth Management, Private Banking is moving forward with its strategy of operating in open architecture, distributing savings solutions to clients throughout its network. By offering investment and asset management solutions through partnerships with external asset managers, Societe Generale gives its savers access to the best investment expertise in France and internationally, while at the same time responding to their growing demand for socially responsible investment. The Wealth & Investment Solutions business within Private Banking focuses primarily on structuring savings, asset management and investment solutions for the Group’s private banking and retail banking networks, as well as providing structured asset management solutions for its Global Markets clients.

Last, the Group continues to support the development of its online bank. Boursorama offers its clients a broad and diversified range of online banking services, an efficient model and an unbroken 15-year record as the lowest-cost bank on the market(1), resulting in excellent client satisfaction and recommendation scores.

Over 2022, Boursorama increased its lead on the French market, acquiring more than 1.4 million net new clients, bringing its total client base to over 4.7 million by the end of the year. It also finalised its partnership agreement with ING, resulting in around two-thirds of ING’s eligible clients transferring to Boursorama, bringing with them some EUR 9 billion in outstandings (half of which was in life-insurance savings).

The Group has confirmed its goal of onboarding an increasing number of clients at Boursorama and has set a target of more than 5.5 million customers by end-2023.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services is a profitable growth driver for the Group thanks to its leading positions in high-potential markets, its operational efficiency and digital transformation initiatives, and its ability to unlock synergies with other Group activities. These businesses have undergone a major transformation over the last few years to fully refocus the portfolio, introduce a more optimised model and improve the underlying risk profile. This last point has been illustrated by their orderly pull-out from Russia in response to the worsening conflict in Ukraine. As the conflict escalated, the Group decided to divest Rosbank and its Russian insurance subsidiaries – a transaction completed in May 2022.

International Retail Banking activities are mainly located in regions outside the eurozone. They benefit from positive long-term growth fundamentals and the current uptick in interest rates, despite the prevailing economic uncertainty in those regions due to high inflation. This uncertainty has not affected the Group’s plans for its international banking activities – it intends to press on with its strategy of consolidating leadership positions and pursuing responsible growth in Europe and Africa. Its capacity to meet client needs, coupled with its innovative, unique and efficient platforms, will serve it well in this undertaking:

in Europe, the pandemic sharply accentuated underlying trends, confirming the strategic vision of the Group’s target retail banking model, as well as the relevance of the transformation plans undertaken, which place special emphasis on ramping up digital transformation. Accordingly, the Group intends to put the finishing touches to its omnichannel banking model in the Czech Republic with its KB Change 2025 strategic plan and consolidate its franchise status in Romania as one of the country’s three leading banks. And now that interest rates are heading back up, retail banking activities in Europe will follow the same upward trajectory, becoming strong growth drivers for the Group. The Group also intends to tap into the full potential of its consumer finance activities in Europe through both its own retail banking networks and its specialist subsidiaries both in France and abroad;

in Africa, the Group plans to take advantage of the continent’s strong potential for economic growth and bank account penetration by building on its leading positions.

As part of the Grow with Africa programme developed in partnership with a panel of international and local partners, Societe Generale has announced several sustainable growth initiatives to foster positive transformation across the continent. Accordingly, the Group is concentrating on providing multidimensional support to African SMEs, funding infrastructure, supporting the energy transition and developing innovative financing solutions.

Financial Services and Insurance enjoy competitive positions and strong profitability, in particular with ALD and Insurance, both of which benefit from robust growth potential. All Financial Services and Insurance businesses are continuing to roll out their programmes to innovate and transform their operational model:

in Insurance, the Group plans to accelerate the rollout of both its bancassurance model – across all retail banking markets and all segments (life insurance, personal protection and non-life insurance) – and its digital strategy. The aim is to enhance its product range and client experience within an integrated omnichannel framework while diversifying its business models and growth drivers through a strategy of innovation and partnerships. This growth strategy goes hand in hand with greater commitments to responsible finance at SG Assurances;

in Operational Vehicle Leasing and Fleet Management, the Group is poised to create a global leader in sustainable mobility solutions by acquiring LeasePlan. The resulting new entity would be No. 1 worldwide, excluding captives and financial leasing companies. Representing a total fleet of 3.3 million(2) vehicles at end-September 2022 and with operations in over 40 countries, it would leverage highly complementary expertise and prospective synergies, factors that would serve it well when developing new activities and services in a mobility sector undergoing radical change. Its considerable investment capacity and unparalleled know-how would enable the new entity to take full advantage of the market’s strong growth, which is being driven by a number of confirmed trends: the shift from ownership to leasing, the transition towards sustainable mobility solutions, and the sector’s digital transformation. Having boosted its investment capacities and unmatched expertise, ALD has positioned itself at the heart of this changing world of mobility, asserting its global leadership to become a fully integrated player in sustainable mobility solutions with the rollout of its Move 2025 strategic plan and the proposed acquisition of LeasePlan. To this end, ALD forged ahead with its active innovation and digitalisation strategy over the year;

(1)

Le Monde/Panorabanques.com for 2022, 12 December 2022.

(2)

Adjusted for disposals as part of ALD’s proposed acquisition of LeasePlan and for the impact of the LeasePlan USA disposal.

and last, in Vendor and Equipment Finance, the Group plans to build on its leadership position in its top-tier markets in Europe to increase revenue and improve profitability, against a backdrop of higher financing costs as a result of climbing interest rates. It plans to draw on its service quality, capacity for innovation, product expertise and dedicated teams to retain its preferred partner status with vendors and clients alike.

Societe Generale also plans to continue moving forward with its strategy of unlocking synergies between the activities of the various businesses in this division and elsewhere within the Group, with Private Banking and the regional Corporate and Investment Banking platforms, by developing its commercial banking services such as trade finance, cash management, payment services and factoring, and by further developing its bancassurance model.

In 2022, Global Banking and Investor Solutions (GBIS) pushed further ahead with initiatives rolled out since 2021 with respect to its five strategic pillars - balancing its business mix, bringing down its profitability threshold, reducing its idiosyncratic risk profile, increasing its share of CSR-native businesses and expanding the reach of its digitalisation.

Global Banking and Investor Solutions stands on strong foundations: it has built up a solid and stable diversified client base, high value-added product franchises and and recognised sector expertise backed by a global network. GBIS serves the financing and investment requirements of large and diversified client base spanning corporates, financial institutions and public-sector entities. Having undergone considerable transformation in recent years – reducing its breakeven point, de-risking the Global Markets business and adjusting the balance between its businesses – GBIS is now focused on delivering value to all its stakeholders through sustainable and profitable growth.

Its growth strategy reflects where the opportunities for economic growth currently reside, i.e., increased financing needs for infrastructure and the energy transition, greater investment in private debt and the growing demand for savings solutions. At the same time, Global Banking and Investor Solutions is gradually and methodically recalibrating its businesses, particularly Global Markets and Financing and Advisory, making targeted capital allocations to growth initiatives for particular client segments, businesses and regions. In particular, the plans to form a joint venture in cash equities with AllianceBernstein, announced in November 2022, will bring further diversification to the Group’s investment banking activities and offer its large clients premier strategic expertise and insights.

The Group is therefore maintaining its unrelenting focus on:

reducing costs to improve operating leverage without business attrition and in keeping with its long-term commitment to disciplined cost control;

adopting stringent management of both market and credit risks – notably against a backdrop of weaker market risk appetite – and prudent management of its counterparty risk, aiming to maintain a healthy diversification of all risk categories across its businesses.

The uncertainty unleashed by the war in Ukraine continues to run rife and is fuelling supply chain disruptions in both goods and services, especially for energy and foodstuffs. In Europe, gas supply problems may continue even beyond 2023, with knock-on effects on electricity prices. A harsh winter and a decision by Russia to completely shut off the gas taps could make gas rationing a reality.

The coming quarters should see the remaining pandemic-related restrictions in China gradually lifted. Worldwide, the pandemic risk persists, however, necessitating investment in prevention and vaccines. But in emerging countries, this investment is likely to fall short of requirements, meaning that pandemic-related risks will continue to weigh on the global growth outlook.

Economic activity has slowed due to inflation and the resulting cost-of-living crisis, as well as economic policy tightening. Job markets and household savings are nonetheless holding up well in the more advanced economies, which should enable them to avoid slipping into deep recession. Technical recessions, on the other hand, are to be expected in both the US and Germany over 2023. We are likely to see a greater number of bankruptcy filings under the combined effects of the economic slowdown, tightening of financial conditions and higher debt levels.

Looking beyond 2023, rising interest rates will hamper the recovery. Although rates appear to have peaked, the lag effects of monetary tightening will continue to feed through to the economy. Financial conditions will also be affected by central banks continuing (the case of the Fed) or starting (the case of the ECB) to shrink their balance sheets.

Last, geopolitical divisions will remain a structural drag on global trade and capital flows.

In light of this, the Group’s baseline scenario is for global growth of 2.2% in 2023 after 3.1% in 2022. Looking forward beyond 2023, recovery will continue to be damped by a higher interest environment.

The 2022 regulatory landscape was marked by the specific measures taken in response to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine: successive waves of unprecedented sanctions, aid packages for refugees and companies affected by the war, and debate over how to reform hard-hit European energy markets.

The European Commission has temporarily lifted certain restrictions on State aid, freeing up member states to bolster their economies with targeted measures. In France, the financial support measures implemented for businesses during the pandemic have been adapted to help with the economic fallout from the war: new government-backed “Resilience” loans were introduced, the recovery loan scheme was extended and thought is being given to fuel subsidies. Unlike Germany and its Nordic neighbours, however, France has not introduced an ad hoc government-backed mechanism for utilities experiencing difficulties in paying down soaring margin calls on energy derivatives markets. In response to the shockwaves that rocked energy derivatives markets in the spring and summer of 2022, the European authorities are looking into what can be done to make trading and clearing on these markets more stable and resilient going forward.

The European Commission (EC), the European Central Bank (ECB) in its capacity as prudential supervisor, the European Banking Authority (EBA) and the French High Council for Financial Stability (HCSF) had all used the flexibility afforded them under prudential regulations to take action to preserve the liquidity and solvency of banks during the Covid-19 pandemic. They are now phasing out these measures, despite the ongoing conflict in Ukraine. Given that borrowing levels remain strong, the the HCSF decided on 7 April 2022 to start normalising its countercyclical capital buffer rate for French banks, raising it from 0% to 0.5% from 7 April 2023.

In addition to these measures prompted by the prevailing economic conditions, progress was also made in 2022 on a number of structural regulatory projects designed to strengthen the prudential framework, support environmental and digital transitions, protect consumers and develop European capital markets:

significant headway was made in negotiations on the CRD6/CRR3 proposal implementing the Basel Accords. A final compromise text is expected during Q1 2023. The European Council’s position leaves the main thrust of the Commission’s proposal unchanged and rubber-stamps certain measures advocated by the banking sector. Although the European Parliament’s position is less clear (the rapporteur is in favour of sticking to a strict transposition of the Basel Accords), the final compromise text is unlikely to fundamentally differ from the Commission’s proposal.

Uncertainty prevails over the timetable for rolling out this reform in the main non-EU jurisdictions, which is not expected to coincide with the Basel timetable of 1 January 2025;

despite outward enthusiasm for getting the ball rolling again on finalising plans for a banking union, there was no breakthrough in the talks between European finance ministers in the first half of 2022. Instead, they discussed how to reform the crisis management framework and tasked the European Commission to come up with proposals. The Commission has announced that it will publish draft legislation to harmonise and extend the EU’s resolution framework in Q1 2023;

over the course of 2022, the EU added to its regulatory arsenal designed to redirect capital flows towards more sustainable activities and make the financial system more resistant to climate risks. Major new legislation was passed, such as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, which will enter into effect as from 2024; the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG) has already issued its initial proposals for reporting standards. Negotiations on the proposed Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive kicked off in 2022 and will continue throughout 2023. Eligibility reporting under the EU’s Green Taxonomy began in 2022, ahead of alignment reporting, which will become mandatory for non-financial corporates as from 2023 and for firms in the financial sector as of 2024.

The EU also introduced requirements for banks to be more thorough in addressing their exposure to climate and sustainability risks and more transparent about disclosing ESG risks in their prudential publications. The ECB conducted climate stress tests in 2022 and the Commission now includes ESG risks when reviewing the prudential framework. Starting in 2023, credit institutions will have to publish detailed information on their exposure to climate risks. The European Parliament made the prudential treatment of significant GHG-emitting assets part of the CRD6/CRR3 proposal implementing the Basel Accords, pre-empting the conclusions of the European Banking Authority (EBA) on the issue, expected in 2023.

With other national and international initiatives fast multiplying, the question of how the EU’s legislation will interact with measures introduced outside its borders is more relevant than ever. The EU will want to reassert its role as pioneer in the field and avoid any distortion of competition with non-EU operators;

digital transformation remained high on the regulatory agenda. Work continued on the legislation proposed in 2021: progress was made on the digital finance action plan and an agreement was reached on the Markets in Crypto-Assets (MiCA) Regulation (which will give rise to various Level 2 measures) in June 2022, and on the Digital Operations Resilience Act (DORA), designed to strengthen cybersecurity and the monitoring of outsourced services, in May. Headway was also made in discussions on initiatives concerning artificial intelligence, digital identity and the free movement of data.

In the wake of its targeted consultation, the Commission is expected to soon announce proposals on open finance, which will feed into fundamental discussions surrounding payments and retail banking (such as on the European Payment Initiative and how to generalise instant payments faster). The PSD2 evaluation and the ECB’s proposal for a central bank digital currency – both slated for the first half of 2023 – will be key steps in this respect;

consumer issues also commanded considerable attention both in France and at European level. The European Parliament and Council reached agreement on a revised Consumer Credit Directive at the beginning of December, heralding change for the small consumer loan market. And as part of the Commission’s push for structural reform in the retail investment product market, the first half of 2023 should bring revised versions of MiFID, IDD and the PRIIPs Regulations. In the midst of a cost-of-living crisis, the European Parliament’s debates on bank charges and measures to support the economy brought forth legislative proposals and commitments from those banks whose impacts remain in check. In France, the Lemoine Act of February 2022 on loan insurance reform entered into effect, although it is still premature to say how its two key measures (freedom to switch to a new insurer at any time and partial scrapping of the medical questionnaire) will affect the market;

and lastly, post-Brexit, the Commission is keen to return to the matter of the Capital Markets Union (CMU), picking up the debate based on the proposal outlined in the 2020 action plan. Initially focused on deepening and integrating European markets, CMU is now also seen as a way to ensure Europe’s financial autonomy. This has become increasingly important – the pandemic and the situation in Ukraine have shone a light on how the EU’s lack of autonomy leaves it vulnerable, as noted in the Commission’s strategic autonomy plan, published in January 2021, and the associated conclusions from the Council in April 2022. Accordingly, we have seen legislative proposals and discussions in Parliament and the Council on revisions to the Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation (MiFIR), the Alternative Investment Fund Managers (AIFM) Directive and the European Long Term Investment Funds (ELTIF) Regulation, as well as to the European Single Access Point (ESAP) for financial and non-financial information about EU companies and the European withholding tax framework, with a view to simplifying and harmonising the existing complex processes – seen as a significant disincentive to cross-border investment. In a press release issued on 7 December 2022, the Commission also put forward a series of new proposals to further develop the CMU. These proposals centred on three areas:

-

ensuring “safe, robust and attractive” clearing to encourage market participants to start using EU-based clearing houses for their euro-denominated products (revision of EMIR),

-

harmonising corporate insolvency rules, ironing out the disparities that currently discourage cross-border investment both within and from outside the EU,

-

simplifying the process for listing on public markets (through a new Listing Act) to make capital markets more attractive to European companies and facilitate access for SMEs.

1.4 THE GROUP’S CORE BUSINESSES

1.4.1 FRENCH RETAIL BANKING

French Retail Banking (RBDF) offers a wide range of products and services suited to the needs of a diversified base of individual and professional clients, businesses, non-profit associations and local authorities. It leverages on synergies with the Group’s specialised businesses, in particular the Insurance, the Private Banking or the Corporate & Investment Banking businesses. Accordingly, French Retail Banking distributes insurance products of Sogecap and Sogessur, subsidiaries which are part of the International Retail Banking and Financial Services’ division.

Relying on the know-how of its teams and an efficient multichannel network, the pooling of best practices, and the optimisation and digitalisation of processes, Retail Banking France combines the strength of three complementary brands: Societe Generale (a leading French bank that has housed Private Banking since January 2022) and Crédit du Nord (a group of regional banks) which are pushing further ahead with a transformational project to merge their networks, and Boursorama Banque, a key online banking operator.

In 2022, average life insurance outstandings reached EUR 120 billion, compared with EUR 119 billion in 2021.

The networks continue to support the economy and support their clients with their financing projects. Average loan outstandings of the networks rose from EUR 238 billion in 2021 to EUR 247 billion in 2022. At the same time and in a context of an intense competition, deposit collection generated a loan-to-deposit ratio of 85.2% in 2022, down 1.1 points compared to 2021.

*  Average quarterly outstandings.

The Societe Generale network offers solutions tailored to the needs of its 6.7 million individual clients as well as almost 420,000 professional clients, non-profit associations and corporate clients, representing EUR 180 billion in outstanding deposits and EUR 159 billion in outstanding loans in 2022.

To achieve this, the network leverages three major strengths:

approximately 1,200 main branches located mainly in urban areas where a large proportion of national wealth is concentrated;

an exhaustive and diversified range of products and services, ranging from savings vehicles and asset management solutions to corporate finance and payment means;

a comprehensive and innovative omnichannel system spanning internet, mobile, telephone and service platforms.

Societe Generale continued to expand its network and increase its service offering in 2022 in response to its clients’ requirements and with a view to enhancing customer satisfaction. These efforts focused notably on promoting the increased use of electronic signatures for professionals and in the short-term credit and MLT credit markets. Societe Generale broadened its commercial offering dedicated to TPEs and modified its lending services (on the application and decision for MLT loans), supported by training sessions and a change management programme.

Last, Societe Generale has made sustainable development the linchpin of its strategy by not only ensuring that its direct environmental impact is controlled through actions to reduce its waste and carbon footprint but by also developing an offer to support its clients in their own energy transition: in 2022, Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord launched a comprehensive support framework for companies, SMEs, associations and local authorities to enable them to develop a more sustainable model. They furnish new advisory and financing solutions in conjunction with top-name partners. Irrespective of their profile, the Bank also offers to measure clients’ greenhouse gas emissions, in partnership with Carbo.

The Crédit du Nord group consists of nine regional banks – Courtois, Kolb, Laydernier, Nuger, Rhône-Alpes, Société Marseillaise de Crédit, Tarneaud, Société de Banque Monaco and Crédit du Nord – and an investment services provider, the brokerage firm Gilbert Dupont.

Crédit du Nord entities are characterised by a large degree of autonomy in managing their activities, which is chiefly expressed by rapid decision-making and responsiveness to client demands.

The quality and strength of the results of the Crédit du Nord group have been recognised by the market and are confirmed by the long-term A- rating attributed by Fitch.

Crédit du Nord serves 1.6 million individual clients(1), 210,200 professional clients and non-profit associations and 46,400 corporate and institutional clients. In 2022, its average outstanding deposits totalled EUR 58 billion, compared with EUR 57 billion in 2021, while average loan outstandings stood at EUR 55 billion, compared with EUR 52 billion in 2021.

In December 2020, Société Générale and Crédit du Nord expressed their intention to merge their two networks to create a new retail bank with the aim of serving 10 million clients and ranking among the Top 3 for customer satisfaction.

The plan focuses on four main strategic planks:

a bank anchored locally throughout 11 regions: decisions will be predominantly taken at regional level and on an increasing basis directly in agencies and business centres;

a more reactive, accessible and efficient bank;

a bank that gears itself more to the specific needs of each client category: a bank that offers expertise, with resources increasingly focused on the specific requirements of the various client categories, notably with the introduction of a wealth management bank, across-the-board presence of a dedicated advisor for professional clients - covering both their personal and professional banking needs - and a wider array of savings, insurance, and professional and corporate solutions experts throughout France to deal with the full scope of their financing and advisory concerns;

a responsible bank: CSR issues are the linchpin of the new model which aims to expand the positive impact for clients and local communities through new choices regarding offers and organisation, particularly the introduction of CSR advisory teams in each region, enabling SG to accelerate financing for the environmental transition and to be a springboard for the development of France’s regions and its ecosystems from both an economic and social standpoint.

In 2022, several key milestones were achieved to create the new retail bank in France:

social framework: in February 2022, the Societe Generale Group signed a unanimous agreement with all trade union representative organisations on employment and skills as part of the planned creation of the new retail bank in France resulting from the merger of the Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord networks;

brand strategy: in April 2022, the Societe Generale Group unveiled the brand strategy of the new retail bank in France which underscored its local ties, showcasing a national SG brand rounded off by a number of regional brands: SG Crédit du Nord, SG Grand Est, SG Laydernier, SG Auvergne Rhône Alpes, SG SMC, SG Courtois, SG Sud Ouest, SG Tarneaud, SG Grand Ouest and, in Ile-de-France and in Corsica, SG Société Générale.

On 1 January 2023, Societe Generale Group carried out the legal merger of its two French Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord retail banking networks. SG will henceforth become the Group’s new retail bank in France.

Crédit du Nord’s IT system will initially be migrated in two stages to Societe Generale’s information system during the first quarter of 2023. Agency pooling will commence in the second half of 2023 and the initial phase will involve 150 batchings (30%). Some 80% of the link-ups will be performed by the end of 2024, with the remaining 20% finalised by the end of 2025.

(1)

Number of active clients.

Boursorama is a subsidiary of Societe Generale and a pioneer and leader in France for its three main businesses: online banking, brokerage and online financial information at boursorama.com, ranked No. 1 for economic and stock market news. An online bank accessible to all, without any revenue or financial wealth prerequisites, Boursorama’s promise is the same as it was when it was first created, i.e. simplify clients’ lives at the most competitive price and furnish the best service possible to boost their purchasing power.

At end-2022, Boursorama served nearly 4.7 million clients – a 41% increase in the space of a year alone. This rapid growth has been matched by an increase of more than EUR 15 billion in the bank’s outstandings over the period (over EUR 66 billion at end-December 2022, including EUR 16 billion in loans, EUR 13 billion in current accounts and EUR 37 billion in savings and share securities) which demonstrates the appeal of its fully online model based on client independence and a comprehensive range of 43 banking products and services, rounded out by 1,000 functionalities with automated processes.

The year 2022 was dominated by the i) a record client acquisition with 1.5 million new clients, on top of a substantial 20% drop in the client acquisition cost, ii) the successful integration of ING’s former clients (around 300,000 new clients and almost EUR 9 billion in outstandings, of which half covers life insurance savings, and iii) over and above its successful regular banking offer, it is committed to clients, providing a wide range of products and services, such as:

stock exchange products: the success of BoursoMarkets, the new zero-brokerage-fee trading offering encompassing over 40,000 products (e.g., volumes traded on warrants/certificates have doubled since 2021 in a shrinking market) and the launch of bespoke employee share plans;

savings products: the success of Matla, the market’s least expensive retirement savings plan (outstandings have tripled since 2021), and the launch of new asset classes with real estate crowdfunding, private equity and EMTNs;

loan products: the launch of the 100% online MyLombard loan and the expansion of the cli€ small loan (production has tripled since 2021);

insurance products: success of the comprehensive range of insurance products (loans and property and casualty) with over 830,000 contracts at end-2022, up 40% compared with end-2021;

acceleration of non-banking products (BAAP platform, The Corner, which generated EUR 150 million in revenue in 2022, which is thrice the amount for 2021.

Boursorama was voted the least expensive bank for the 15th consecutive year (source: Le Monde/Panorabanque 2022), best bank for students and young working adults (Selectra 2022) and France’s preferred bank for digital banking (source: Opinionway 2022). The online bank was ranked No. 1 on app stores, with a rating of 4.9/5 on iOS and 4.8/5 on GooglePlay. It boasts a Net Promoter Score of +35 for the sector (source: Bain and Company, January 2022).

Launched over 20 years ago, its online portal, www.boursorama.com, is consistently ranked the No. 1 website for financial and receives 50 million visits a month (Source ACPM – September 2022).

Boursorama generally attracts young clients – the average age is 35 – who are city dwellers, who work and who are financially stable. The average client outstanding is over EUR 15,000 (savings and loans). The acquisition of private banking clients continues to rise despite the rapid acceleration in growth. Boursorama has also pursued optimisation efforts and registered a decrease of almost 20% of IT costs per client and a 30% increase in the number of clients by employees.

Societe Generale Private Banking has an extensive foothold in Europe and offers global financial engineering and wealth management solutions, in addition to global expertise in structured products, hedge funds, mutual funds, private equity funds and real estate investment solutions. It also offers clients access to the capital markets.

Since January 2014 and in conjunction with the French Retail Banking core business, Societe Generale Private Banking has extensively modified its relationship banking model in France by extending its services to all individual customers with more than EUR 500,000 in their accounts. These customers reap the benefit of close-hand service provided by 80 regional franchises and the know-how of Private Banking’s expert teams.

Societe Generale Private Banking’s offering is available from three main centres: SGPB France, SGPB Europe (Luxembourg, Monaco and Switzerland) and Kleinwort Hambros (London, Jersey, Guernsey and Gibraltar). At the end of 2022, Private Banking held EUR 147 billion in assets under management.

Following the disposal of Lyxor at the end of 2021, the decision was made to house the following wealth management subsidiaries in Societe Generale Private Banking: SG 29 Haussmann(1) (France) et SGPWM(2) (Luxembourg) and to also combine in its ranks Global Markets’ structured fund activity, in addition to a number of UCITS/bonds supervisory and selection teams. Societe Generale Private Banking took advantage of the occasion to create a fourth Wealth Investment Services centre of expertise, bringing together these management and structuring skills (Investment Management Services) with the Market Solutions teams, thereby becoming a genuine one-stop shop that houses unique expertise within the Group to design investment and open-architecture solutions.

Societe Generale Private Banking was singled out for eight prizes at the 2022 Global Private Banking Innovations Awards.

SGPWM was named Asset Management Company of the Year for 2022;

SG 29 Haussmann took home Best Asset Manager for ESG Investment;

The Moorea Fund Sustainable Floating Rate Income fund was acclaimed ESG Fund of the Year 2022;

“Coach Financier” and “L’Espace Investissements” won Best Private Bank Robo Advisory;

SGPB took home Best Private Bank for Millennials;

SGPB was singled out as the Private Bank with the most innovative ESG offering;

SGPB Luxembourg was named Best Private Bank for Luxembourg;

SGPB Monaco won Best Private Bank for Monaco.

Kleinwort Hambros was awarded the Excellence in Employee Engagement prize at the 2022 Private Banker International Global Wealth Awards.

(1)

SG 29 Haussmann is a management company approved and regulated by the AMF (Autorité des marchés financiers – the French financial services authority). Its remit is to provide portfolio management services either as funds or by way of discretionary asset management, and manages in particular the assets of client portfolios of SG private banking clients, mainly for the benefit of clients of the Private Bank and clients of the Societe Generale network. It has multi-management expertise in structured management, equities, fixed income and alternative management. Since 1 November 2021, SG 29 has also integrated structured Global Markets’ structured fund management business (SIS).

(2)

SGPWM is a Luxembourg-based management company that manages (i) asset management mandates for the portfolios of SG private banking clients in Luxembourg, (ii) as is the case for the management of the UCITS Moorea sub-funds.

2 GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT

 

2.1 SOCIETE GENERALE GROUP’S MAIN ACTIVITIES

2.2 GROUP ACTIVITY AND RESULTS

Definitions and details of methods used are provided on page 41 and following.

Information followed by an asterisk (*) is indicated as adjusted for changes in Group structure and at constant exchange rates.

The reconciliation of reported and underlying data is provided on page 42.

ANALYSIS OF THE CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

(In EURm)

2022

2021

Change

Net banking income

28,059

25,798

8.8%

9.7%*

Underlying net banking income

28,059

25,681

+9.3%

+10.2%*

Operating expenses

(18,630)

(17,590)

+5.9%

+7.5%*

Underlying operating expenses

(17,991)

(17,211)

+4.5%

+6.1%*

Gross operating income

9,429

8,208

14.9%

14.4%*

Underlying gross operating income

10,068

8,470

18.9%

18.4%*

Net cost of risk

(1,647)

(700)

x 2.4

93.0%*

Operating income

7,782

7,508

3.6%

5.3%*

Underlying operating income

8,421

7,770

8.4%

10.1%*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

15

6

x 2.5

x 2.5*

Net profits or losses from other assets

(3,290)

635

n/s

n/s

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

(114)

100.0%

-100.0%*

Income tax

(1,560)

(1,697)

-8.1%

-5.8%*

Net income

2,947

6,338

-53.5%

-53.2%*

o.w. noncontrolling interests

929

697

33.3%

32.3%*

Group net income

2,018

5,641

-64.2%

-64.0%*

Underlying group net income

5,616

5,264

+6.7%

+7.9%*

Cost-to-income ratio

66.4%

68.2%

 

 

Average allocated capital(1)

55,164

52,634

 

 

ROTE

2.9%

11.7%

 

 

Underlying ROTE

9.6%

10.2%

 

 

(1)

Amounts restated compared with the financial statements published in 2020 (See Note1.7 of the financial statements).

Underlying net banking income grew strongly in 2022 at +9.3% (+10.2%*) vs. 2021, driven by historical highs in Financing & Advisory, Global Markets and ALD, sharp growth in Private Banking and International Retail Banking and a solid performance by French Retail Banking.

French Retail Banking revenues grew +4.1% vs. 2021 fuelled notably by robust service fee growth and a very solid showing by Private Banking.

International Retail Banking & Financial Services’ revenues rose +12.4% (+17.9%*) vs. 2021, driven by a record performance at ALD and strong growth at International Retail Banking whose revenues grew +11.5%* vs. 2021. Financial Services’ net banking income was significantly higher by +35.8%* vs. 2021, while Insurance net banking income increased by +6.5%* vs. 2021.

Global Banking & Investor Solutions’ revenues were up +14.3% (+12.9%*) vs. 2021. Global Markets & Investor Services’ revenues posted an +18.7% increase in revenues (14.1%*) vs. 2021, while Financing & Advisory activities increased by +15.2% (+10.7%*) vs. 2021.

In 2022, operating expenses totalled EUR 18,630 million on a reported basis and EUR 17,991 million on an underlying basis (restated for transformation costs), i.e., an increase of +4.5% vs. 2021 (on an underlying basis).

The rise can be mainly attributed to the EUR 864 million contribution to the Single Resolution Fund, which increased by EUR 278 million, currency effects, notably in US dollars, and a rise in the variable components of employee remuneration associated with higher revenues.

Underlying gross operating income increased by +18.9% to EUR 10,068 million in 2022, while the underlying cost to income ratio (excluding the Single Resolution Fund) posted a 3.4 point improvement to 61.0% (vs. 64.4% in 2021).

Excluding the Single Resolution Fund, the underlying cost to income ratio is expected to range between 66% and 68% in 2023, based notably on normalised revenues in Global Markets.

Over the full year, the cost of risk amounted to 28 basis points, landing below the guidance of between 30 and 35 basis points.

Offshore exposure to Russia was reduced to EUR 1.8 billion of EAD (Exposure At Default) at 31 December 2022, i.e., a decrease of around -45% since 31 December 2021. Exposure at risk on this portfolio is estimated at less than EUR 0.6 billion, compared with less than EUR 1 billion for the previous quarter. Total associated provisions stood at EUR 427 million at end-December 2022. Moreover, at end-December 2022, the Group’s residual exposure to Rosbank amounted to less than EUR 0.1 billion, corresponding mainly to guarantees and letters of credit.

The Group’s provisions on performing loans amounted to EUR 3,769 million at end-December, an increase of EUR 414 million in 2022.

The non-performing loans ratio amounted to 2.8%(1) at 31 December 2022, down 10 basis points vs. 31 December 2021. The gross coverage ratio on doubtful loans for the Group stood at 48%(2) at 31 December 2022.

The cost of risk in 2023 is expected to range between 30 and 35 basis points.

Operating income totalled EUR 7,782 million in 2022 compared with EUR 7,508 million in 2021. Underlying operating income came to EUR 8,421 million compared with EUR 7,770 million in 2021.

Net profits or losses from other assets totalled EUR -3,290 million in 2022, of which a EUR -3.3 billion accounting loss from the disposal of Rosbank and insurance activities in Russia recognised in H1 22.

(In EURm)

2022

2021

Reported Group net income

2,018

5,641

Underlying Group net income

5,616

5,264

(In %)

2022

2021

ROTE (reported)

2.9%

11.7%

Underlying ROTE

9.6%

10.2%

(1)

NPL ratio calculated according to EBA methodology published on 16 July 2019.

(2)

Ratio of S3 assets calculated on the gross carrying amount of the loans before netting of guarantees and collateral.

2.3 ACTIVITY AND RESULTS OF THE CORE BUSINESSES

2.3.1 RESULTS BY CORE BUSINESSES

 

French Retail

Banking

International

Retail Banking

and Financial

Services

Global Banking

and Investor

Solutions

Corporate

Centre

Group

(In EURm)

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

Net banking income

8,839

8,489

9,122

8,117

10,082

8,818

16

374

28,059

25,798

Operating expenses

(6,473)

(6,248)

(4,334)

(4,203)

(6,634)

(6,250)

(1,189)

(889)

(18,630)

(17,590)

Gross operating income

2,366

2,241

4,788

3,914

3,448

2,568

(1,173)

(515)

9,429

8,208

Net cost of risk

(483)

(125)

(705)

(504)

(421)

(65)

(38)

(6)

(1,647)

(700)

Operating income

1,883

2,116

4,083

3,410

3,027

2,503

(1,211)

(521)

7,782

7,508

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

8

1

1

0

6

4

0

1

15

6

Net profits or losses from other assets

57

23

11

18

6

(9)

(3,364)

603

(3,290)

635

Impairment losses on goodwill

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(114)

-

(114)

Income tax

(504)

(592)

(996)

(840)

(576)

(452)

516

187

(1,560)

(1,697)

Net income

1,444

1,548

3,099

2,588

2,463

2,046

(4,059)

156

2,947

6,338

o.w. non-controlling interests

(1)

(2)

723

506

36

28

171

165

929

697

Group net income

1,445

1,550

2,376

2,082

2,427

2,018

(4,230)

(9)

2,018

5,641

Cost-to-income ratio

73.2%

73.6%

47.5%

51.8%

65.8%

70.9%

 

 

66.4%

68.2%

Average allocated capital(1)

12,417

12,009

10,619

10,246

14,916

14,055

17,213

16,323

55,164

52,634

RONE (businesses)/ROTE (Group)

11.6%

12.9%

22.4%

20.3%

16.3%

14.4%

 

 

2.9%

11.7%

(1)

Amounts restated compared with the financial statements published in 2020 (See Note1.7 of the financial statements).

2.4 EXTRA-FINANCIAL REPORT

 

Societe Generale applies a comprehensive approach to incorporating CSR considerations into its range of products and services. In addition to this broad framework, Societe Generale’s Corporate Social Responsibility efforts are concentrated in two main areas: the environmental transition and contributing to local communities. As a long-standing leader in energy, the Group has made the energy transition a priority in support for its clients. Societe Generale also plays a major role in economic development and has put sustainable development of local communities as the No. 2 priority in its action plans.

The Bank strives to help its clients on their pathway to a just, green and inclusive transition, in line with its own commitments. Sustainability is an integral part of the products and services offered to all the Group’s clients and extends not only to financing and investment products, but also to financial services. By placing sustainability high on the agenda, the Group aims to meet the increasing demand from stakeholders around the world, whether clients, corporates, investors or individuals, for banking with a positive impact on the economy and society overall.

To monitor its positive impact and support for its clients, the Group developed a standard several years ago to measure the distribution of its Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance offer – SPIF* (see Glossary, page 688) products for lending to the economy and companies, together with a range of Sustainable and Positive Investment (SPI* (see Glossary, page 688). The SPIF and SPI standards and the data collection scope have been revised to reflect changes in the Group. These amendments are presented in the Methodology note, page 354.

Above and beyond its commitment to clients, the Group is determined to set the example in how it conducts its business to be an exemplary financial company. In other words, Societe Generale aims to be a responsible employer and to act ethically and responsibly at all times.

To make the changes needed in today’s rapidly-changing environment, the Group launched “Building Together”, a programme to reinvent our businesses. The three core themes are:

1.

rethinking the Bank’s businesses: we are revamping our teams’ missions to develop solutions to support clients as they transition their businesses to more sustainable models;

2.

implementing the transformation: systematically building ESG into all the Group’s strategic decisions, management tools and processes and applying them to the business lines;

3.

building more expertise by training our teams: making sure all staff receive ESG training.

To underpin this approach, a specific programme was introduced to step up operational implementation of the transformation: ESG by Design. Its main aims are to:

apply the Group’s CSR policy at operational level;

augment ESG factors in existing processes (e.g. know your client, granting loans, design/structure of new products, IT architecture, etc.);

ensure compliance with the Group’s regulatory obligations and voluntary commitments by developing the processes and tools needed to manage them, with a particular focus on integrating climate and environmental risks into the Group’s risk management;

increase operational efficiency by expanding ESG reporting across the Board and building the infrastructure to shorten the time to produce ESG data, while minimising cost and ensuring high data quality.

2.4.1 DRIVERS OF POSITIVE TRANSFORMATION

The environmental transition and contributing to local communities are the Group’s two top strategic priorities for 2025 and the springboard for our positive transformation efforts. Societe Generale’s actions are aimed at ensuring the sustainability of its own business activities and at helping clients move towards a greener and more sustainable future.

Building on an improved product offering, and having achieved our target contribution to the energy transition ahead of schedule (EUR 157 billion at the end of 2021 vs. an initial target of EUR 120 billion in the period 2019–2023), Societe Generale has set a new target of a EUR 300 billion contribution to sustainable finance (SPIF) between 2022 and 2025, applicable to all business lines for both environmental and social issues. The Group’s contribution at end-2022 was EUR 100 billion, or one-third of the target.

2.4.1.1  Supporting clients in their environmental transition

Urgent action is required to tackle climate change and rethink how we produce and consume resources. With this in mind, the banking business has to change to meet new client needs. Alive to the challenge, the Group plans to incorporate ESG considerations right from the start when it analyses what clients need. Drawing on its network of partner start-ups, Societe Generale also seeks to weave an ecosystem to offer the very latest innovations to its clients. Lastly, the Group has pressed further ahead with its drive to align its credit portfolios with trajectories that are compatible with 1.5°C scenarios.

The Bank forged ahead with developing sustainable solutions in 2022. Keenly aware of the extent of the challenges involved in the environmental transition, the Group offers solutions that are more than just financial and involve including ESG factors in the client journey right from the analysis of need stage. The new range of advisory solutions for corporate clients aims to:

1.

assist them in navigating the complexities of the environment, informed by the Group’s participation in international industry initiatives. The aim is to help develop new skills, through both a sector-wide and cross-sector approach, backed by technical expertise and regulatory knowledge to provide the very best advice;

2.

cover their investment needs with a range of finance advice services spanning the debt and equity markets, engaging with public authorities to facilitate access to private investors and help ensure projects are financially viable.

The Group encourages the emergence of new environmental transition champions and puts out new product offerings to cater to financing small-scale projects and biodiversity-friendly solutions.

The Global Markets Incubator has been working with start-ups and entrepreneurs to turn their innovative ideas into market-ready solutions since 2018. The Incubator has also upped its support for Fintechs. Start-ups working on positive-impact solutions are invited to submit applications for the Incubator’s fifth round in 2022. Successful applicants will have access to the Bank’s experts in fields from capital markets to financing activities and private banking to nudge them to the next stage of their development – with the support of the Group. Societe Generale strives to forge strong partnerships with the start-ups selected for the programme to speed up development and bring innovative solutions to market to meet the sustainability goals of its corporate clients, financial institutions and private investors, as well as its own CSR ambitions.

The Group invested in Impak Finance, an impact rating agency, to provide ESG data and intelligence to start-ups so they can measure their CSR performance. Komercni banca, a subsidiary of the Group in the Czech Republic, acquired ESG consulting firm Enviros to grow its environmental transition advisory offer.

Looking more specifically at biodiversity, the Group joined forces with Ecotree to develop commercial offerings that promote meaningful CSR action by promoting reforestation to protect biodiversity. These partnerships were instrumental in the introduction this year of an investment product that contributes to the preservation of biodiversity.

Turning to sustainable mobility, ALD Automotive, the Group’s leasing subsidiary, took a stake in the capital of Skipr, an all-in-one corporate mobility solution for companies that want to offer options to their staff, for example, to choose a flexible and sustainable mobility budget instead of a company car. The mobility business and its associated costs are tracked using a dedicated centralised management platform. This new partnership will combine cutting-edge technology with deep mobility expertise, helping companies move towards more flexible, efficient and cost-effective sustainable mobility options.

Last, Societe Generale also partners with crowdfunding platform Lumo for energy infrastructure projects to offer opportunities for its retail customers to help finance the energy transition, and with Carbo, an app to measure – and cut – their carbon footprint.

By joining the UNEP-FI Net-Zero Banking Alliance in 2021, the Group undertook to align its portfolios with trajectories aiming for carbon neutrality by 2050 (limiting global warming to 1.5°C), setting itself targets for 2030 (or sooner) and 2050, giving priority to its most GHG-intensive sectors. On top of its previous targets for thermal coal sectors (pledging to fully withdraw from the sector by 2030 for OECD countries and by 2040 elsewhere) and the shipping industry, Societe Generale has raised the bar with bolder and more ambitious targets for the oil and gas production sectors and financing of power generation. After implementing solid measures, including withdrawing from onshore Reserve Based Lending activities in the US, the Group raised its exposure target to -20% by 2025 vs. 2019 (from the previous -10% by 2025). What is more, it has set a new target for 2030 (vs. 2019) for a 30% reduction in absolute carbon emissions related to end use of oil and gas production. As regards power generation, the Group now has a stricter target for CO2 emissions intensity of 125g of CO2 per kWh by 2030 compared to the previous 2030 target of 163g of CO2 per kWh.

Societe Generale’s efforts have been applauded: the Bank was acclaimed for its global leadership in sustainable finance, winning Outstanding Leadership in Sustainable Finance from Global Finance and World’s Best Bank Transition Strategy - 2022 for its energy transition strategy from Euromoney.

2.4.1.2  Making a positive impact on local communities

Putting its client-centric values into practice, the Group is focusing on making a positive impact on local communities. It gets in behind social and economic transformation at local level by financing infrastructure projects – especial social infrastructure – and supporting SMEs and entrepreneurs. Through its car leasing subsidiary, the Group’s ambition is to be at the forefront of the transition to sustainable mobility. Societe Generale is also expanding its social and inclusive range of products and services, particularly in Africa, where its presence dates back over a long period. This commitment to sustainable development on the African continent features regularly on award lists: the Bank received no fewer than 17 accolades at the 2022 EMEA Finance magazine African Banking Awards.

For Societe Generale, infrastructure financing is a key driver of sustainable regional development. Support for infrastructure projects will improve access to health, education and digital technologies, while also helping to create more sustainable mobility, namely public transport.

Backed by our acknowledged expertise, we lay special emphasis on developing digital cohesion, strong and resilient health and education infrastructure, and access to sustainable transport and public services both locally and internationally. Through the combined impact of innovation and agility, the Bank offers finance solutions tailored to the needs of developers, public bodies and infrastructure funds to step up and meet the myriad challenges of shifts in technologies and its uses, and the vital imperative of progressing the energy transition and the move to more sustainable models.

In France, for example, the Group is involved in financing 25 fibre projects with leading private operators to connect 16 million households and companies. All in all, Group financing for access to IT infrastructure in 2022 amounted to EUR 830 million (+20% vs. 2021).

In Africa, Societe Generale merges local (around 60 experts) and global expertise behind major projects with a positive impact on the continent. It partners with leading development banks, investment funds and international consulting firms to build out and deploy its range of services. The target for the period 2021–2025 is a 20% increase in the Group’s structured finance commitments in Africa. At end-2022, these commitments are estimated to be EUR 13.8 million, an increase of 12% vs. 2021.

In total, Societe Generale has committed nearly EUR 4 billion to social infrastructure financing.

The Group gives priority to developing local economies through its support for SMEs and entrepreneurs. In tandem with setting up its new retail bank in France, Societe Generale launched a specific new resource for this client segment which entails new advisory and financing solutions offered together with its leading partners. The main components of this offer are:

environmental and social loans (Prêt Environnemental et Social, PES) to fund environmental and social sustainability projects. PES loan origination totalled EUR 443.5 million in 2022;

positive impact loans in partnership with EcoVadis and EthiFinance for companies, organisations and locales or regional authorities to offer finance solutions that incorporate an ESG indicator and a target for this indicator;

a dedicated photovoltaic and wind energy team to handle financing of these projects;

partnership with LUMO, a Societe Generale subsidiary, the crowdfunding platform helping clients secure funding for environmental and social impact projects;

connecting Group customers with leading organisations, such as EcoVadis, Ethifinance and Carbo for CSR expertise;

local support system in the regions, based on key contacts.

On the international stage, the Group’s objective is to double its credit exposure to African SMEs between 2020 and 2025. In 2022, the figure totalled EUR 430 million.

Societe Generale subsidiary ALD Automotive (ALD) is a European leader in long-term vehicle lease solutions, with sustainable mobility as the linchpin of its strategy. Sustainable mobility is not just about vehicle technology, it’s also about transforming how we use transport and how to meet new expectations. In its 2025 growth plan, ALD sets specific targets for increasing the share of electric vehicles(1) in new vehicle deliveries to at least 30% by 2025 and 50% by 2030. At 31 December 2022, it was 27%. ALD is also investing in new shared, on-demand or multimodal mobility solutions. Take ALD Move, a mobility-as-a-service app: users can tap into daily advice on the best options for their travel needs (car, public transport, bike) and manage their “mobility budget”.

Under its financial inclusion policy, Societe Generale supports innovative approaches to sustainable economic development that combine environmental and societal performance, by supporting the development of microfinance operators, in France and abroad. It also offers tailored products and services for students, customers in financial difficulty or those looking for more autonomy as part of its drive for more inclusive finance. In France, it also offers services for customers in a financially precarious position so they have access to appropriate banking services for their situation.

The Group has worked in partnership with ADIE (a non-profit promoting the right to economic initiative) since 2006 to support microfinance throughout both metropolitan and overseas France. Credit lines provided in partnership with ADIE totalled EUR 18.2 million at the close of the year, vs. EUR 18.3 million at 31 December 2021.

Back in 2005, faced with the extent of the need for microfinance and its emergence in Africa, Societe Generale made the decision to support the sector and, through its intermediary, to help boost the local bank penetration rate for local people, micro-enterprises and SMEs with no access to traditional banks. Acting on its pledge to double lending to microfinance organisations by 2022, the Group met its target with EUR 120 million outstanding at the close of 2022.

In France, Societe Generale renewed its partnership with Bpifrance, offering loans to students who have no income and nobody to act as guarantor for them. Once again in 2022, the Group was the top distributor of Bpifrance student loans with a total of EUR 61 million paid out (from a budget of EUR 70 million).

Kapsul was introduced in 2022. This is a new inclusive tool intended for customers who want to be independent and manage on a budget. Available online or in-branch, the account costs EUR 2 per month. There are no income conditions and no other account charges. Account holders can make payments from anywhere in the world and can also get an international Visa card with insurance and assistance cover. At 31 December 2022, 5,622 customers had signed up for a Kapsul account (+9% vs. 2021).

The Groupe provides a free package of basic banking services in France. Customers can sign up to Généris, a banking services package designed to help them manage their finances for just EUR 1 a month, down from EUR 3 previously . At the end of 2022, Généris had 55,355 customers (55,831 at the end of 2021). Societe Generale is keenly aware of the needs of vulnerable customers and provides specific budget simulation tools and budget management advice. Its customer service teams also receive special training.

(1)

Electric vehicle = Battery-powered electric vehicle + Rechargeable hybrid electric vehicle + Hydrogen-powered vehicle. Targets set for deliveries of new passenger vehicles for the EU + Norway + United Kingdom + Switzerland.

WHAT WE ARE DOING TO HELP CUSTOMERS WITH THE COST-OF-LIVING SQUEEZE

Inflation is part of the new financial reality and the rising cost of living presents new challenges. As a responsible bank, the Group has taken steps to help customers worried about money, especially vulnerable customers and students who have faced a host of difficulties since the pandemic.

The cost of banking services for vulnerable customers will be reduced to EUR 1 per month (from EUR 3 currently). As well as being the No. 1 distributor of Bpifrance government-backed loans for students, without personal guarantees or income conditions, Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord also grant student loans at cost. Lastly, for all our customers, the Group has pledged not to raise bank fees in 2023 (card fees, account fees, etc.).

Societe Generale Insurance introduced four key measures for policyholders in 2022:

freeze on borrowers’ insurance rates for loans distributed by the Societe Generale Group network;

freeze on the rates for the main individual life assurance products so customers can protect their families against the unexpected;

below-inflation increases in average car and home insurance premiums in 2022 and 2023;

a series of specific measures to protect vulnerable customers, especially young people: freeze on home insurance rates for students and car insurance reductions for young working people and children of policyholders.

Societe Generale Insurance has given its full backing to the “anti-inflation pack” presented to the French government by the insurance industry to help young jobseekers contend with the rising cost of living: a EUR 100 discount on car insurance for under-25s and the option to stay on their parents’ health insurance policy. Societe Generale Insurance pays special heed to customers preparing for retirement with no fees on payments to Societe Generale individual retirement savings accounts (PER) until the end of 2022.

2.5 SIGNIFICANT NEW PRODUCTS OR SERVICES

2.5.1 LAUNCH OF SOCIETE GENERALE’S PAYMENT & TRANSACTION BANKING START-UP ACCELERATOR

Societe Generale launches its first acceleration programme dedicated to startups linked to Trade Finance, Cash Management, Factoring, and Cash Clearing & Correspondent Banking activities.

The Group, a partner of many startups, is launching a new call for projects to improve the customer experience in the transaction banking sector, by increasing the performance and productivity of its activities. With the new “Payment & Transaction Banking Accelerator” (P&T BAX), Societe Generale aims to repeat the successful experience of the previous four Global Markets Incubator initiatives that have enabled startups to emerge and develop in partnership with Societe Generale.

The P&T BAX programme is a unique opportunity for entrepreneurs to convert innovative ideas into market-ready solutions and to gain valuable exposure to the industry. The proposed solutions may be related to data, client communication interfaces, CSR and the fight against fraud, amongst other topics. The selected startups will have access to Societe Generale’s expertise, with the opportunity to present their solutions and services to real-life business environments.

“In a constantly changing environment, Societe Generale’s payment & transaction banking activities are accelerating their digital transformation thanks to their ability to collaborate with startups. By combining our respective expertise and cultures, we are resolutely accompanying our customers into the world of tomorrow”, commented Alexandre Maymat, Head of Global Transaction & Payment Services at Societe Generale.

“Being innovative and pioneering is part of Societe Generale’s DNA. With the Payments & Transaction Banking Accelerator, we are taking a strong role in supporting the startup ecosystem and in transforming transaction banking activities”, added Claire Calmejane, Chief Innovation Officer for Societe Generale Group.

2.6 ANALYSIS OF THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(In EURbn)

31.12.2022

31.12.2021

Cash, due from central banks

207,013

179,969

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

329,437

342,714

Hedging derivatives

32,850

13,239

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

37,463

43,450

Securities at amortised cost

21,430

19,371

Due from banks at amortised cost

66,903

55,972

Customer loans at amortised cost

506,529

497,164

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

(2,262)

131

Investments of insurance companies

158,415

178,898

Tax assets

4,696

4,812

Other assets

85,072

92,898

Non-current assets held for sale

1,081

27

Deferred policyholders’ participation asset

1,175

-   

-Investments accounted for using the equity method

146

95

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

33,089

31,968

Goodwill

3,781

3,741

TOTAL

1,486,818

1,464,449

(In EURbn)

31.12.2022

31.12.2021

Due to central banks

8,361

5,152

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

300,618

307,563

Hedging derivatives

46,164

10,425

Due to banks

133,176

135,324

Customer deposits

132,988

139,177

Debt securities issues

530,764

509,133

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

(9,659)

2,832

Tax liabilities

1,638

1,577

Other liabilities

107,553

106,305

Non-current liabilities held for sale

220

1

Insurance contract related liabilities

141,688

155,288

Provisions

4,579

4,850

Subordinated debt

15,946

15,959

Shareholder’s equity

66,451

65,067

Non-controlling interests

6,331

5,796

TOTAL

1,486,818

1,464,449

2.6.1 MAIN CHANGES IN THE CONSOLIDATION SCOPE

The main changes to the consolidation scope at 31 December 2022 compared with the scope applicable at the closing date of 31 December 2021 is as follows:

Sale of Rosbank and its insurance subsidiaries in Russia: Societe Generale announced on 18 May 2022 the closing of the sale of the Rosbank group and its Russian insurance subsidiaries to Interros Capital. The financial consequences of the divestment are presented below:

- a reduction in the Group’s total balance sheet of EUR 16 billion, mainly including a decrease in Customer loans at amortised cost of EUR 10 billion and a decrease in Customer deposits of EUR 13 billion,

- a capital loss on the disposal, reported under Net income/expense from other assets in 2022, of EUR -3.3 billion before tax. The loss includes a translation difference reclassified into income for EUR -0.5 billion, which was the cumulated amount at 18 May after an increase of EUR 0.5 billion on back of ruble appreciation between 1 January 2022 and the date of the disposal.

2.7 FINANCIAL POLICY

The objective of the Group’s financial policy is to optimise the use of shareholders’ equity in order to maximise short- and long-term return for shareholders, while maintaining a level of capital ratios (Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios) consistent with the market status of Societe Generale and the Group’s target rating.

Since 2010, the Group has launched a major realignment programme, strengthening capital and focusing on the rigorous management of scarce resources (capital and liquidity) and proactive risk management in order to apply the regulatory changes related to the implementation of new “Basel 3” regulations.

2.7.1 GROUP SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Group shareholders’ equity totalled EUR 66.5 billion at 31 December 2022. Net asset value per share was EUR 70.50 and net tangible asset value per share was EUR 62.34 using the new methodology disclosed in Chapter 2 of this Universal Registration Document, on page 45. Book capital includes EUR 10.0 billion in deeply subordinated notes.

At 31 December 2022, Societe Generale possessed, directly or indirectly, 48.7 million Societe Generale shares, representing 5.73% of the capital (excluding shares held for trading purposes).

Under the liquidity contract implemented on 22 August 2011 with an external investment services provider, Societe Generale acquired 734,806 shares in 2022 for a value of EUR 19.7 million and sold 768,306 shares for a value of EUR 20.8 million. For the record, the liquidity contract was temporarily suspended from 8 August to 31 December 2022 throughout the share buyback period.

The information concerning the Group’s capital and shareholding structure is available in Chapter 7 of this Universal Registration Document, page 635 and following.

2.8 MAJOR INVESTMENTS AND DISPOSALS

The group maintained a targeted acquisition and disposal policy, in line with its strategy focused on its core businesses and the management of scarce resources.

Business division

Description of investments

2022

 

 

No major investment finalised in 2022

2021

 

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Fleetpool, a leading German car subscription company.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Banco Sabadell’s subsidiary (Bansabadell Renting) specialised in long-term renting and the signing of an exclusive white label distribution agreement with Banco Sabadell.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition by ALD of a 17% stake in Skipr, a start-up specialised in mobility as a service.

2020

 

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Reezocar, a French platform specialised in the online sale of used cars to individuals.

French Retail Banking

Acquisition of Shine, the neobank specialised in the professional and SME segments.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Socalfi, entity specialised in consumer credit in New Calendonia.

French Retail Banking

Acquisition by Franfinance of ITL, the equipment leasing company specialised in the environmental, manufacturing and healthcare sectors.

Business division

Description of disposals

2022

 

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of Societe Generale Group’s and Sogecap’s entire stakes in Rosbank and two joint ventures co-held with Rosbank (Societe Generale Strakhovanie LLC and Societe Generale Strakhovanie Zhizni LLC).

Corporate Centre

Sale of a 5% stake in Treezor to MasterCard, reinforcing an industrial partnership.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of a minority stake in Schufa, a credit rating agency in Germany.

2021

 

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Disposal of Lyxor, a European asset management specialist.

2020

 

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of SG Finans AS, an equipment finance and factoring company in Norway, Sweden and Denmark.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of Société Générale de Banque aux Antilles.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal by ALD of its entire stake in ALD Fortune (50%) in China.

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Disposal of the custody, depository and clearing activities in South Africa.

2.9 PENDING ACQUISITIONS AND MAJOR CONTRACTS

2.9.1 FINANCING OF THE MAIN ONGOING INVESTMENTS

Ongoing investments will be financed using the Group’s usual sources of funding.

2.10 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The gross book value of Societe Generale Group’s tangible operating fixed assets amounted to EUR 47.2 billion at 31 December 2022. The figure comprises land and buildings (EUR 5.2 billion), the right of use (EUR 3.2 billion), assets leased by specialised financing companies (EUR 32.9 billion) and other tangible assets (EUR 5.9 billion).

The net book value of tangible operating assets and investment property amounted to EUR 30.2 billion, representing only 2% of the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2022.

Accordingly, due to the nature of Societe Generale’s activities, property and equipment are not material at Group level.

(1)

A call option would be granted to Societe Generale to purchase the 49% owned by AllianceBernstein and reciprocally, a put option would be granted to AllianceBernstein to sell its 49% to Societe Generale as of the fifth anniversary of the closing date, and for a one-month period each successive year thereafter.

2.11 POST-CLOSING EVENTS

None.

2.12 STATEMENT ON POST-CLOSING EVENTS

Since the end of the last financial period, no significant change in the financial performance of the Group occurred other than those described in the present Universal Registration Document filed with the AMF on 13 March 2023.

2.13 INFORMATION ABOUT GEOGRAPHIC LOCATIONS AND ACTIVITIES AT 31 DECEMBER 2022

The article L.511-45 of the Monetary and Financial Code modified by Order No. 2014-158 of 20 February, 2014, require credit institutions to communicate information about the locations and activities of their entities included in their consolidation scope, in each State or territory.

Société Générale publishes below the information relative to staff and the financial information by countries or territories.

The list of locations is published in the Note 8.5 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Country

Staff*

NBI*

Earnings before

corporate tax*

Corporate tax*

Deferred

corporate tax*

Other taxes*

Subsidies*

South Africa

-

0

(0)

(0)

-

-

-

Algeria

1,621

169

72

(19)

(1)

(7)

-

Germany

2,983

1,082

322

(124)

17

(2)

-

Australia

62

42

8

(4)

0

(1)

-

Austria

83

26

5

(3)

(0)

(0)

-

Belarus

3

2

1

(0)

0

-

-

Belgium

358

123

58

(6)

(7)

(1)

-

Benin

229

25

12

(1)

(3)

(1)

-

Bermuda(1)

-

1

1

-

-

-

-

Brazil

371

82

37

(7)

(8)

(14)

-

Bulgaria

38

6

4

(0)

0

-

-

Burkina Faso

284

60

27

(6)

(1)

(3)

-

Cameroon

657

138

50

(16)

1

(4)

-

Canada

64

36

9

(4)

0

(1)

-

Chile

37

5

0

-

0

(0)

-

China

269

76

29

(4)

4

(0)

-

Colombia

29

4

2

(1)

2

(0)

-

Congo

144

29

8

(2)

(0)

(1)

-

South Korea

107

103

36

(20)

7

(3)

-

Cote d’Ivoire

1,403

315

145

(26)

(2)

(8)

-

Croatia

49

11

7

(1)

0

(0)

-

Curacao(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Denmark

131

43

24

(4)

1

-

-

United Arab Emirates

58

3

(13)

-

-

(0)

-

Spain

683

367

229

(56)

(7)

(2)

-

Estonia

13

3

2

(1)

-

(0)

-

United States

1,969

1,869

703

(11)

(116)

(7)

-

Finland

123

55

38

(8)

1

-

-

France

55,977

13,537

(1,824)

11

(139)

(1,638)

-

Ghana

543

77

25

(13)

5

(0)

-

Gibraltar

-

5

1

-

(0)

(1)

-

Greece

46

8

4

-

(1)

(0)

-

Guinea

302

78

24

(15)

4

(2)

-

Equatorial Guinea

236

16

6

(2)

-

(1)

-

Hong Kong

1,069

700

257

(30)

(0)

(1)

-

Hungary

99

18

12

(2)

(0)

(0)

-

Îles Caïmans(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

India(4)

10,616

42

66

(55)

(0)

(1)

-

Ireland

188

113

50

(10)

0

(0)

-

Italy

2,014

932

457

(76)

(33)

(3)

-

Japan

214

235

93

(30)

1

(2)

-

Jersey

-

18

5

(2)

0

-

-

Latvia

21

4

2

(0)

-

-

-

Lithuania

13

5

4

(1)

(0)

(0)

-

Luxembourg

1,357

758

317

(34)

9

(29)

-

Madagascar

1,032

81

37

(8)

0

(5)

-

Malaysia

16

0

(3)

-

0

-

-

Morocco

3,667

527

195

(71)

(8)

(18)

-

Mauritius

190

29

11

(1)

(3)

(2)

-

Mexico

128

30

20

(10)

(1)

(0)

-

Monaco

321

130

25

(11)

1

(0)

-

Norway

66

17

4

-

(1)

-

-

New Caledonia

305

80

41

(12)

(1)

(0)

-

Netherlands

299

143

88

(13)

(11)

(0)

-

Peru

26

4

2

(1)

(0)

-

-

Poland

497

101

49

(11)

1

(3)

-

French Polynesia

262

52

26

(13)

(1)

(1)

-

Portugal

129

37

27

(5)

(2)

-

-

Czech Republic

7,887

1,625

910

(157)

(12)

(53)

-

Romania

9,003

713

361

(61)

(2)

(17)

-

United Kingdom

3,185

1,878

879

(219)

39

(12)

-

Russian Federation

115

393

114

(21)

(4)

(7)

-

Senegal

920

112

39

(16)

(0)

(8)

-

Serbia

32

10

8

(2)

0

(0)

-

Singapore

216

161

66

(4)

(0)

(0)

-

Slovakia

116

32

25

(4)

(1)

(0)

-

Slovenia

19

5

4

(1)

0

(0)

-

Sweden

165

85

43

(9)

0

(0)

-

Switzerland

550

264

59

(13)

0

(0)

-

Taiwan

44

33

(6)

(1)

5

(2)

-

Chad

212

29

4

(3)

0

(2)

-

Thailand

3

0

(0)

-

-

-

-

Togo

48

6

5

(0)

-

(0)

-

Tunisia

1,400

154

59

(27)

3

(5)

-

Turkey

105

103

98

(0)

(24)

(0)

-

Ukraine

45

4

1

(1)

(2)

-

-

TOTAL

115,466

28,059

4,507

(1,274)

(286)

(1,867)

-

*

Staff: Full-time equivalent (FTE) as at closing date. Staff members of entities accounted for by the equity method and entities removed during the year are excluded.

NBI: Net banking income by territorial contribution to the consolidated statement, in millions of euros, before elimination of intragroup reciprocal transactions. Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method is directly recorded in the earnings before tax, there is no contribution from them.

Earning before tax: Earning before tax by territorial contribution to the consolidation statement, in millions of euros, before elimination of intragroup reciprocal transactions.

Corporate taxes: Such as presented in the consolidated statement in accordance with the IFRS standards and by distinguishing the current taxes of the deferred taxes, in millions of euros.

Other taxes: Other taxes include among others payroll taxes, the C3S, the contribution to the SRF, CET taxes and local taxes. The data arise from the consolidated reporting and from management report, in millions of euros.

Public subsidies received: Non-matching or non-refundable subsidies granted by a public entity on a one-off or renewable basis to complete a clearly defined project.

(1)

Income from the entity located in Bermuda is taxed in France.

(2)

The entity located in Curacao was liquidated in 2022.

(3)

Income from the entity located in Cayman Islands is taxed in the United States.

(4)

Most of the staff located in India is assigned to a shared services centre, the re-invoicing income of which is recorded in general and administrative expenses and not in NBI.

 

3 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

3.1 BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

3.1.1 GOVERNANCE

Purpose

The Board of Directors reviewed the Bank’s purpose in 2019 following the introduction of French Act No. 2019-486 on 22 May 2019, referred to as the Pacte Law, the aim of which is to provide action plans for innovation, business growth and transformation. The Board defined the new purpose as “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions”. From a formal standpoint, the Board decided not to include the purpose in the By-laws. However, at its Extraordinary General Meeting of 2020, Societe Generale modified its By-laws to specify that the Board of Directors determines the strategic focus of the Company’s activity and ensures that it is implemented according to its corporate interests, by taking into account environmental and social responsibility considerations (see Chapter 5). In May 2021, the first sentence of the preamble of the Board of Directors’ internal rules was also modified to take account of this change.

At 1 January 2023

The composition of the Board of Directors is presented on pages 74 and following of this report on corporate governance. The internal rules of the Board of Directors, which define the Board of Directors’ powers, are provided in Chapter 7 of this Universal Registration Document, on pages 650 and following. The Board of Directors’ work is presented on pages 92-94.

The composition of General Management and of the Management Committee is presented in the corresponding sections of this report (see pages 105-107 and 109).

The tasks of the supervisory committees are described on page 108.

The powers of the Board of Directors and of its various committees, along with the committees’ activity reports, are presented on pages 89 and following, and notably cover:

the role of the Chairman and the report on his activities, page 89;

the Audit and Internal Control Committee, page 95-98;

the Risk Committee, page 98-100;

the Compensation Committee, page 101-102;

the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, pages 102-104.

Information regarding the non-voting Director's role and a report on his activities appear on pages 72, 79, 93 and 104.

Organisation of the governance

On 15 January 2015, the Board of Directors decided that, in accordance with Article L. 511-58 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier), the offices of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer would be separated following the General Meeting of 19 May 2015. At that date, Lorenzo Bini Smaghi became Chairman of the Board of Directors, and Frédéric Oudéa remained Chief Executive Officer. On 21 May 2019, the Board of Directors decided to renew the term of office of Frédéric Oudéa as Chief Executive Officer for a further four-year term after his term of office as Director was renewed at the General Meeting of 21 May 2019.

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi was reappointed Chairman of the Board of Directors on 17 May 2022.

Frédéric Oudéa is assisted by two Deputy Chief Executive Officers whose terms of office were renewed on 21 May 2019, until the expiration of Frédéric Oudéa’s term of office. The Chief Executive Officer and the two Deputy Chief Executive Officers are assisted by two Deputy General Managers who are not corporate officers.

On 17 January 2022, Frédéric Oudéa, the Chief Executive Officer, took direct control of supervising the Risk and Compliance functions, in addition to the Inspection and Audit, Finance, Corporate Secretary Departments, and the Human Resources and Communication Departments. On 1 January 2023, he took over responsibility for Resources & Digital Transformation, the IT Function and innovation, and the Information System.

On 17 January 2022, Diony Lebot became responsible for overseeing all ESG policies and their effective incorporation into the strategic trajectories adopted by the Group’s business units and functions. She also supervises the specialised financial services (ALD and SGEF) and insurance activities.

Philippe Aymerich is Deputy Chief Executive Officer in charge of French and International Retail Banking activities.

Societe Generale refers to the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code for listed companies (hereinafter the “AFEP-MEDEF Code”). The document is available on the www.hcge.fr website. In accordance with the “comply or explain” principle, Societe Generale states that it applies all recommendations from the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

An amended set of internal rules amended on 2 August 2022 (hereinafter referred to as the “internal rules”) governs the functioning of the Board of Directors and its committees. The Company’s internal rules and By-laws appear in the Universal Registration Document (see Chapter 7).

3.2 STATUTORY AUDITORS’ REPORT ON RELATED-PARTY AGREEMENTS

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres
Tour First
TSA 1444492037
Paris-La Défense Cedex
S.A.S. à capital variable
438 476 913 R.C.S. Nanterre

DELOITTE & ASSOCIÉS
6, place de la Pyramide
92908 Paris-La Défense Cedex
S.A.S. au capital de € 2.188.160
572 028 041 R.C.S. Nanterre

SOCIETE GENERALE
Société Anonyme
17, cours Valmy
92972 Paris-La Défense

Annual General Meeting held to approve the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022

This is a translation into English of the statutory auditors’ report on related-party agreements that is issued in French and it is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users.

This report on related-party agreements should be read in conjunction, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France. It should be understood that the agreements reported are only those provided by the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and that the report does not apply to those related-party transactions described in IAS 24 or other equivalent accounting standards.

To the Annual General Meeting of Société Générale,

In our capacity as statutory auditors of your Company, we hereby report to you on related-party agreements.

The terms of our engagement require us to inform you, based on information provided to us, the principal terms and conditions of those agreements brought to our attention or which we may have discovered during the course of our audit, as well as the reasons justifying why they benefit the Company, without expressing an opinion on their usefulness and appropriateness or identifying other such agreements, if any. It is your responsibility, pursuant to Article R. 225-31 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), to assess the relevance of these agreements prior to their approval.

Our role is also to provide you with the information stipulated in Article R. 225-31 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) relating to the continuation of the implementation during the year ended December 31, 2022, of the agreements previously approved by the Annual General Meeting.

We conducted the procedures we deemed necessary in accordance with the professional guidelines of the French Institute of Statutory Auditors (Compagnie nationale des commissaires aux comptes) relating to this engagement.

We hereby inform you that we have not been notified of any agreements that were authorized and entered into during the year ended December 31, 2022, to be submitted to the approval of the Annual General Meeting in accordance with Article L. 225-38 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce).

We hereby inform you that we have not been notified of any agreement previously approved by the Annual General Meeting whose implementation continued during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Paris-La Défense, March 13, 2023

The Statutory Auditors

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres

Micha Missakian Vincent ROTY

Deloitte & Associés

Jean-Marc MICKELER Maud MONIN

 

4 RISK AND CAPITAL ADEQUACY

 

KEY FIGURES

The solvency and leverage prudential ratios, as well as the amounts of regulatory capital and RWA featured here take into account the IFRS 9 phasing (fully-loaded CET1 ratio of 13.34% at end 2022, the phasing effect being +17 bps) and the effects of the ECB’s Covid-19 transitional measures ending on 31 December 2022.

4.1 RISK FACTORS BY CATEGORY

This section identifies the main risk factors that the Group estimates could have a significant effect on its business, profitability, solvency or access to financing.

As part of its internal risk management, Societe Generale has updated its risk typology. For the purposes of this section, these different types of risks have been grouped into six main categories (4.1 to 4.1.6), in accordance with Article 16 of the Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, also known as “Prospectus 3” regulation of 14 June 2017, according to the main risk factors that the Group believes could impact the risk categories. Risk factors are presented based on an evaluation of their materiality, with the most material risks indicated first within each category.

The diagram below illustrates how the categories of risks identified in the risk typology have been grouped into the six categories and which risk factors principally impact them.

4.1.1 RISKS RELATED TO THE MACROECONOMIC, GEOPOLITICAL, MARKET AND REGULATORY ENVIRONMENTS

4.1.1.1 The global economic and financial context, geopolitical tensions, as well as the market environment in which the Group operates, may adversely affect its activities, financial position and results of operations.

As a global financial institution, the Group’s activities are sensitive to changes in financial markets and economic conditions generally in Europe, the United States and elsewhere around the world. The Group generates 49% of its business in France (in terms of net banking income for the financial year ended 31 December 2022), 32% in Europe, 7% in the Americas and 12% in the rest of the world. The Group could face significant deteriorations in market and economic conditions resulting from, in particular, crises affecting capital or credit markets, liquidity constraints, regional or global recessions and fluctuations in commodity prices (notably oil and natural gas). Other factors could explain such deteriorations, such as variations in currency exchange rates or interest rates, inflation or deflation, rating downgrades, restructuring or defaults of sovereign or private debt, or adverse geopolitical events (including acts of terrorism and military conflicts). In addition, the Covid-19 crisis continues to have an impact mainly in China, where the so-called “Zero Covid” policy has begun to be relaxed. Such events, which can develop quickly and whose effects may not have been anticipated and hedged, could affect the Group’s operating environment for short or extended periods and have a material adverse effect on its financial position, cost of risk and results of operations.

The economic and financial environment is exposed to intensifying geopolitical risks. The war in Ukraine which began in February 2022 has led to high tensions between Russia and Western countries, with significant impacts on global growth, energy and raw materials prices, as well as on a humanitarian level. The economic and financial sanctions imposed by a large number of countries, particularly in Europe and the United States, against Russia and Belarus could significantly affect operators with direct or indirect links to Russia, with a material impact on the Group’s risks (credit and counterparty, market, reputation, compliance, legal, operational, etc.). The Group will continue to analyse in real time the global impact of this crisis and to take all necessary measures to comply with applicable regulations.

In Asia, US-China relations are fraught with trade tensions and the risk of technological fractures.

After a long period of low interest rates, the current inflationary environment is leading the major central banks to raise rates. The entire economy will need to adapt to a context of higher interest rates. In addition to the impact on the valuation of equities, interest rate-sensitive sectors such as real estate will have to adjust. The US Federal Reserve and the European Central Bank (ECB) are expected to continue to tighten monetary conditions in the first half of 2023 before taking a break as inflation recedes according to our predictions. In the meantime, inflation in the US and Europe continues to impact the price of services, food and energy.

This crisis could generate strong volatility on the financial markets and a significant drop in the price of certain financial assets, potentially leading to payment defaults, with consequences that are difficult to anticipate for the Group. In France, after the long period of low interest rates which fostered an upturn of the housing market, a reversal of activity in this area could have an adverse effect on the Group’s asset value and on business, by decreasing demand for loans and resulting in higher rates of non-performing loans. More generally, the higher interest rates environment in a context where public and private debts have tended to increase is an additional source of risk.

Considering the uncertainty generated by this situation, both in terms of duration and scale, these disruptions could persist throughout 2023 and have a significant impact on the activity and profitability of certain Group counterparties.

Against the backdrop of the continuing war in Ukraine, the reduction in Russian gas imports and the introduction of an embargo on Russian oil on 5 December 2022, the European energy sector is facing a more difficult and uncertain situation. Gas prices have risen and remain highly volatile. A total halt in Russian gas supplies combined with a post-Covid-19 economic recovery in China could lead to a further spike in gas prices, affecting European economic growth.

In the longer term, the energy transition to a “low-carbon economy” could adversely affect fossil energy producers, energy-intensive sectors of activity and the countries that depend on them.

With regard to financial markets, in the context of Brexit, the topic of non-equivalence of clearing houses (central counterparties, or CCPs) remains a point of vigilance, with possible impacts on financial stability, notably in Europe, and therefore on the Group’s business. In addition, capital markets (including foreign exchange activity) and securities trading activities in emerging markets may be more volatile than those in developed markets and may also be vulnerable to certain specific risks, such as political instability and currency volatility. These elements could negatively impact the Group’s activity and results of operations.

On the mobility market, due to the shortage of new car supply, demand for used vehicles has risen, pushing up resale prices sharply. As a result, ALD has recorded a historically high result on used vehicle sales for the past year. The Group is exposed to a potential loss in a financial year from (i) resale of vehicles related to leases which expire during the period whose resale value is lower than their net carrying amount and (ii) additional impairment during the lease period if residual value drops below contractual residual value. Future sales and estimated losses are impacted by external factors such as macroeconomic conditions, government policies, tax and environmental regulations, consumer preferences, new vehicle prices, etc. The Group anticipates for 2023 that supply chains may not return to normal immediately, which could support the resale prices of used vehicles.

The Group’s results are therefore exposed to the economic, financial, political and geopolitical conditions of the main markets in which the Group operates.

4.1.1.2 The Group’s failure to achieve its strategic and financial objectives disclosed to the market could have an adverse effect on its business, results of operations and the value of its financial instruments.

The Group is fully on track to achieving its strategic milestones and has set targets for profitable and sustainable growth out to 2025 with:

average annual revenue growth of 3% or greater over the 2021-2025 period by focusing on growth in the most profitable businesses;

an improved cost to income ratio equal to or lower than 62% in 2025 and ROTE of 10% based on a targeted CET1 ratio of 12% in 2025;

disciplined management of scarce resources, in addition to keeping a tight rein on risks, will help strengthen and improve the quality of the Bank’s balance sheet;

stringent loan portfolio management with cost of risk of around 30 basis points in 2025;

increased use of new technologies and digital transformation;

commitments in Environmental, Social and Governance areas.

More precisely, the Group’s “Vision 2025” project anticipates the merger between the Retail Banking network of Societe Generale in France and Crédit du Nord. Although this project has been designed to achieve controlled execution, the merger could have a short-term material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position and costs. System reconciliations could undergo delays, thereby postponing part of the expected merger benefits. The project could lead to some staff departures, requiring replacements and training efforts which could potentially generate additional costs. The merger could also lead to the departure of some of the Group’s customers, resulting in loss of revenue. The legal and regulatory aspects of the transaction could prompt delays and additional costs.

Following ALD’s announcement on 6 January 2022 of its plan to acquire LeasePlan, Societe Generale and ALD announced on 22 April 2022 the signing of a framework agreement, with the aim of creating a global leader in mobility solutions. The acquisition is notably subject to receiving certain regulatory approvals and to the performance of other standard conditions precedent.

The Group also announced in November 2022 the signing of a letter of intent with AllianceBernstein to combine the equity research and execution businesses in a joint venture to create a leading global franchise in these activities. This announcement was followed by the signature of an acquisition agreement in early February 2023.

The conclusion of final agreements on these strategic transactions depends on several stakeholders and, accordingly, is subject to a degree of uncertainty. The inability to close on the transactions would not have an immediate impact on the Group’s activity, but could potentially weigh on the share price, at least temporarily.

Societe Generale has placed Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) at the heart of its strategy in order to contribute to positive transformations in the environment and the development of local regions. In this respect, the Group has made a certain number of commitments (see Chapter 2, page 46 and following and Chapter 5, page 291 and following). Failure to comply with these commitments, and those that the Group may make in the future, could harm its reputation. Furthermore, the rollout of these commitments may have an impact on the Group’s business model. Last, failure to make specific commitments could also generate reputation and strategic risk.

The Group may face execution risk on these strategic projects, which are to be carried out simultaneously. Any difficulty encountered during the process of integrating the activities (particularly from a human resources standpoint) is likely to generate higher integration costs and lower-than-anticipated savings, synergies and benefits. Moreover, the process of integrating the acquired operational businesses into the Group could disrupt the operations of one or more of its subsidiaries and divert General Management’s attention, which could have a negative impact on the Group’s business and results.

4.1.1.3 The Group is subject to an extended regulatory framework in each of the countries in which it operates and changes to this regulatory framework could have a negative effect on the Group’s businesses, financial position and costs, as well as on the financial and economic environment in which it operates.

The Group is subject to the laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This includes French, European and US legislation as well as other local laws in light of the Group’s cross-border activities, among other factors. The application of existing laws and the implementation of future legislation require significant resources that could affect the Group’s performance. In addition, possible failure to compliance with laws could lead to fines, damage to the Group’s reputation, force the suspension of its operations or, in extreme cases, the withdrawal of operating licences.

Among the laws that could have a significant influence on the Group:

several regulatory changes are still likely to significantly alter the framework for Market activities: (i) the possible strengthening of transparency constraints related to the implementation of the new requirements and investor protection measures (review of MiFID II/MiFIR, IDD, ELTIF (European Long-Term Investment Fund Regulation)), (ii) the implementation of the fundamental review of the trading book, or FRTB, which may significantly increase requirements applicable to European banks and (iii) possible relocations of clearing activities could be requested, despite the European Commission’s decision of 8 February 2022 to extend the equivalence granted to UK central counterparties until 30 June 2025;

new requirements resulting from the EU banking regulation reform proposal presented on 27 October 2021 by the European Commission. The reform consists of several legislative instruments to amend the directive on capital requirements (European Parliament and EU Council, Directive 2013/36/EU, 26 June 2013) as well as the regulation on capital requirements (CRR) (European Parliament and EU Council, regulation (EU) No. 575/2013, 26 June 2013);

in the United States, the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act has almost been finalised. The Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) regulations relating to security-based swap dealers have been implemented and Societe Generale has been registered with the SEC as a Securities Based Swap Dealer;

european measures aimed at restoring banks’ balance sheets, especially through active management of non-performing loans (“NPLs”), which are leading to a rise of prudential requirements and an adaptation of the Group’s strategy for managing NPLs. More generally, additional measures to define a framework of good practices for granting (e.g., loan origination orientations published by the European Banking Authority) and monitoring loans could also have an impact on the Group;

the strengthening of data quality and protection requirements and a future strengthening of cyber-resilience requirements in relation to the adoption by the Council on 28 November 2022, which completes the legislative process, of the European directive and regulation package on digital operational resilience for the financial sector;

the implementation of the European sustainable finance regulatory framework, with an increase in non-financial reporting obligations, enhanced inclusion of environmental, social and governance issues in risk management activities and the inclusion of such risks in the supervisory review and assessment process (Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process, or SREP);

the strengthening of the crisis prevention and resolution regime set out in the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive of 15 May 2014 (“BRRD”), as revised, which gives the Single Resolution Board (“SRB”) the power to initiate a resolution procedure towards a credit institution when the point of non-viability is considered reached. In this context, the SRB could, in order to limit the cost to the taxpayer, force some creditors and the shareholders of the Group to incur losses in priority. Should the resolution mechanism be triggered, the Group could, in particular, be forced to sell certain of its activities, modify the terms and conditions of the remuneration of its debt instruments, issue new debt instruments, accept a depreciation of its debt instruments or convert them into equity securities. New legal and regulatory obligations could also be imposed on the Group in the future, such as:

-

the ongoing implementation in France of consumer-oriented measures affecting retail banking,

-

the potential requirement at the European level to open more access to banking data to third-party service providers,

-

new obligations arising from a package of proposed measures announced by the European Commission on 20 July 2021 aiming to strengthen the European supervisory framework around the fight against money laundering and terrorist financing, as well as the creation of a new European agency to fight money laundering;

from 2023, new regulatory texts will enter into force concerning rate risk of Banking Book (stress on IM, caps on maturity of deposits flows, etc.) and credit rate of banking portfolio. These new texts could constrain certain aspects of rate and credit risk monitoring.

The Group is also subject to complex tax rules in the countries where it operates. Changes in applicable tax rules, uncertainty regarding the interpretation of certain evolutions or their effects may have a negative impact on the Group’s business, financial position and costs.

Moreover, as an international bank that handles transactions with US persons, denominated in US dollars, or involving US financial institutions, the Group is subject to US regulations relating in particular to compliance with economic sanctions, the fight against corruption and market abuse. More generally, in the context of agreements with US and French authorities, the Group largely implemented, through a dedicated programme and a specific organisation, corrective actions to address identified deficiencies and strengthen its compliance programme. In the event of a failure to comply with relevant US regulations, or a breach of the Group’s commitments under these agreements, the Group could be exposed to the risk of (i) administrative sanctions, including fines, suspension of access to US markets, and even withdrawals of banking licences, (ii) criminal proceedings, and (iii) damage to its reputation.

4.1.1.4 Increased competition from banking and non-banking operators could have an adverse effect on the Group’s business and results, both in its French domestic market and internationally.

Due to its international activity, the Group faces intense competition in the international and local markets in which it operates, whether from banking or non-banking actors. As such, the Group is exposed to the risk of not being able to maintain or develop its market share in its various activities. This competition may also lead to pressure on margins, which would be detrimental to the profitability of the Group’s activities.

Consolidation in the financial services industry could result in the competitors benefiting from greater capital, resources and an ability to offer a broader range of financial services. In France and in the other main markets where the Group operates, the presence of major domestic banking and financial actors, as well as new market participants (notably neo-banks and online financial services providers), has increased competition for virtually all products and services offered by the Group. New market participants such as “fintechs” and new services that are automated, scalable and based on new technologies (such as blockchain) are developing rapidly and are fundamentally changing the relationship between consumers and financial services providers, as well as the function of traditional retail bank networks. Competition with these new actors could be exacerbated by the emergence of substitutes for central bank currency (crypto-currencies, digital central bank currency, etc.), which themselves carry risks.

Moreover, competition is also enhanced by the emergence of non-banking actors that, in some cases, may benefit from a regulatory framework that is more flexible and in particular less demanding in terms of equity capital requirements.

To address these challenges, the Group has implemented a strategy, in particular with regard to the development of digital technologies and the establishment of commercial or equity partnerships with these new actors (such as Lumo, the platform offering green investments, or Shine, the neobank for professionals). In this context, additional investments may be necessary for the Group to be able to offer new innovative services and to be competitive with these new actors. This intensification of competition could, however, adversely affect the Group’s business and results, both on the French market and internationally.

4.1.1.5 Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks, in particular related to climate change, could have an impact on the Group’s activities, results and financial situation in the short-, medium- and long-term.

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks are defined as risks stemming from the current or prospective impacts of ESG factors on counterparties or invested assets of financial institutions. ESG risks are seen as aggravating factors to the traditional categories of risks (credit risks, counterparty risks, market risks, structural risks (including liquidity and funding risks), operational risks, reputational risks, compliance risks and risks related to insurance activities) and are likely to impact the Group’s activities, results and financial position in the short, medium and long-term.

The Group is thus exposed to environmental risks, and in particular climate change risks through certain of its financing, investment and service activities. Concerning climate risks, a distinction is made between (i) physical risk, with a direct impact on entities, people and property stemming from climate change and the multiplication of extreme weather events; and (ii) transition risk, which results from the process of transitioning to a low-carbon economy, such as regulatory or technological disruptions or changes in consumer preferences.

The Group could be exposed to physical risk resulting from a deterioration in the credit quality of its counterparties whose activity could be negatively impacted by extreme climatic events or long-term gradual changes in climate, and through a decrease in the value of collateral received (particularly in the context of real estate financing in the absence of guarantee mechanisms provided by specialised financing companies).

Beyond the risks related to climate change, risks more generally related to environmental degradation (such as the risk of loss of biodiversity) are also aggravating factors to the Group’s risks. The Group could notably be exposed to credit risk on a portion of its portfolio, linked to lower profitability of some of its counterparties due, for example, to increasing legal and operating costs (for instance due to the implementation of new environmental standards).

In addition, the Group is exposed to social risks, related for example to non-compliance by some of its counterparties with labour rights or workplace health and safety issues, which may trigger or aggravate reputational and credit risks for the Group.

Similarly, risks relating to governance of the Group’s counterparties and stakeholders (suppliers, service providers, etc.), such as an inadequate management of environmental and social issues, could generate credit and reputational risks for the Group.

Beyond the risks related to its counterparties or invested assets, the Group could also be exposed to risks related to its own activities. Therefore, the Group is exposed to physical climate risk with respect to its ability to maintain its services in geographical areas impacted by extreme events (floods, etc.).

The Group also remains exposed to specific social and governance risks, relating for example to the operational cost of implementation of regulations related to labour laws and the management of its human resources.

All of these risks could have an impact on the Group’s business, results and reputation in the short, medium and long term.

4.1.1.6 The Group is subject to regulations relating to resolution procedures, which could have an adverse effect on its business and the value of its financial instruments.

The BRRD and Regulation (EU) No. 806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 15 July 2014 (the Single Resolution Mechanism, or “SRM”) define a European Union-wide framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms. The BRRD provides the authorities with a set of tools to intervene early and quickly enough in an institution considered to be failing so as to ensure the continuity of the institution’s essential financial and economic functions while reducing the impact of the failure of an institution on the economy and the financial system (including the exposure of taxpayers to the consequences of the failure). Under the SRM Regulation, a centralised resolution authority is established and entrusted to the SRB and national resolution authorities.

The powers granted to the resolution authority under the BRRD and the SRM Regulations include write-down/conversion powers to ensure that capital instruments and eligible liabilities absorb the Group’s losses and recapitalise it in accordance with an established order of priority (the “Bail-in Tool”). Subject to certain exceptions, losses are borne first by the shareholders and then by the holders of additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments, then by the non-preferred senior debt holders and finally by the senior preferred debt holders, all in the order of their claims in a normal insolvency proceeding. The conditions for resolution provided by the French Monetary and Financial Code implementing the BRRD are deemed to be met if: (i) the resolution authority or the competent supervisory authority determines that the institution is failing or likely to fail; (ii) there is no reasonable perspective that any measure other than a resolution measure could prevent the failure within a reasonable timeframe; and (iii) a resolution measure is necessary to achieve the resolutions’ objectives (in particular, ensuring the continuity of critical functions, avoiding a significant negative effect on the financial system, protecting public funds by minimising the recourse to extraordinary public financial support, and protecting customers’ funds and assets) and the winding up of the institution under normal insolvency proceedings would not meet these objectives to the same extent.

The resolution authority could also, independently of a resolution measure or in combination with a resolution measure, proceed with the write-down or conversion of all or part of the Group’s capital instruments (including subordinated debt instruments) into equity if it determines that the Group will no longer be viable unless it exercises this write-down or conversion power or if the Group requires extraordinary public financial support (except where the extraordinary public financial support is provided in the form defined in Article L. 613-48 III, paragraph 3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code).

The Bail-in Tool could result in the write-down or conversion of capital instruments in whole or in part into ordinary shares or other ownership instruments.

In addition to the Bail-in Tool, the BRRD provides the resolution authority with broader powers to implement other resolution measures with respect to institutions that meet the resolution requirements, which may include (without limitation) the sale of the institution’s business segments, the establishment of a bridge institution, the split of assets, the replacement or substitution of the institution as debtor of debt securities, changing the terms of the debt securities (including changing the maturity and/or amount of interest payable and/or the imposition of a temporary suspension of payments), the dismissal of management, the appointment of a provisional administrator and the suspension of the listing and admission to trading of financial instruments.

Before taking any resolution action, including the implementation of the Bail-in Tool, or exercising the power to write down or convert relevant capital instruments, the resolution authority must ensure that a fair, prudent and realistic valuation of the institution’s assets and liabilities is made by a third party independent of any public authority.

The application of any measure under the French implementing provisions of the BRRD or any suggestion of such application to the Group could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s ability to meet its obligations under its financial instrument and, as a result, holders of these securities could lose their entire investment.

In addition, if the Group’s financial condition deteriorates, the existence of the Bail-in Tool or the exercise of write-down or conversion powers or any other resolution tool by the resolution authority (independently of or in combination with a resolution) if it determines that Societe Generale or the Group will no longer be viable could result in a more rapid decline in the value of the Group’s financial instruments than in the absence of such powers.

4.2 RISK MANAGEMENT ORGANISATION

4.2.1 RISK APPETITE

Risk appetite is defined as the level of risk that the Group is prepared to accept to achieve its strategic and financial goals.

The Group’s ambition is to push ahead with sustainable development based on a diversified and balanced banking model with a strong European anchor and a targeted global presence in selected areas of strong business expertise. The Group also wishes to maintain long-term relationships with its clients built on the mutual confidence deserved and to meet the expectations of all of its stakeholders by providing them with responsible and innovative financial solutions.

This is reflected in:

an organisation with 14(1) Business Units (BUs) offering various products and services to the Group’s clients in different geographic locations;

balanced selective capital allocation between activities:

-

a preponderance of retail banking activities in France and abroad, which currently represent more than 50% of risk weighted assets (“RWA”) of the Group,

-

limitation of Business Unit Global Markets’ share in the RWA of the Group. In accordance with its client-focused development strategy, the Group ceased its trading activities for its own account(2) in 2019, and finalised its project to simplify the products processed in 2021,

-

non-bank services activities, in particular Insurance and operating leasing activities are conducted in line with the business strategy; they demonstrate a disciplined risk profile and thus generate profitability compliant with the Group’s expectations;

a geographically balanced model:

-

in Retail Banking, the Group focuses on international development where it benefits from a historical presence, extensive market knowledge and top-tier positions, in Retail Banking activities,

-

as regards Global Banking and Investor Solutions, apart from historical establishments, the Group targets activities for which it can leverage international expertise;

a targeted growth policy, favoring existing areas of expertise, the sound quality business fund and the search for synergies in the diversified banking model;

a positive and sustainable contribution to the transformation of our economies, in particular with regard to the technological revolution, and economic, social and environmental transitions; CSR concerns are therefore at the heart of its strategy and the Group’s relationships with stakeholders (internal and external);

a strong vigilance as regards its reputation, deemed by the Group to be a high-value asset which must be protected.

The Group seeks to achieve sustainable profitability, relying on a robust financial profile consistent with its diversified banking model, by:

aiming for profitable and resilient business development;

maintaining a rating allowing access to financial resources at a cost consistent with the development of the Group’s businesses and its competitive positioning;

calibrating its capital and hybrid debt monitorings to ensure:

-

meeting the minimum regulatory requirements on regulatory capital ratios,

-

compliance with the financial conglomerate ratio which considers the combined solvency of the Group’s banking and insurance activities,

-

one-year coverage of the “internal capital requirement” using available CET1 capital,

-

a sufficient level of creditor protection consistent with a debt issuance program that is particularly hybrid consistent with the Group’s objectives in terms of rating and regulatory ratios such as Tier 1, TLAC (“Total Loss Absorbing Capacity”), MREL (“Minimum Required Eligible Liabilities”), and the leverage ratio;

ensuring resilience of its liabilities, which are calibrated by taking into account a survival horizon in a liquidity stress ratio, compliance with LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio) and NSFR (Net Stable Funding Ratio) regulatory ratios and the level of dependence on short-term fundings and the foreign exchange needs of the Group’s businesses, particularly in dollars;

controlling the leverage ratio.

Credit risk appetite is managed through a system of credit policies, risk limits and pricing policies.

When it takes on credit risk, the Group focuses on medium- and long-term client relationships, targeting both clients with which the Bank has an established relationship of trust and prospects representing profitable business development potential over the mid-term.

Acceptance of any credit commitment is based on in-depth client knowledge and a thorough understanding of the purpose of the transaction.

In particular, concerning the underwriting risk, the Group, mainly through GLBA, makes a steadfast commitment to transactions at a guaranteed price as debt financing arranger, prior to syndicating them to other banking syndicates and institutional investors. If market conditions deteriorate or markets close while the placement is under way, these transactions may create a major over-concentration risk (or losses, if the transaction placement requires selling below the initial price).

(1)

Fourteen BUs, after CDN and BDDF merged on 1 January 2023.

(2)

In accordance with French banking law, the few residual trading activities of the Group unrelated to clients were isolated in a dedicated subsidiary called Descartes Trading.

The Group limits the cumulative amount of approved underwriting or underwriting positions in order to limit its risk in the event of a prolonged closure of the debt markets.

In a credit transaction, risk acceptability is based first on the borrower’s ability to meet its commitments, in particular through the cash flows which will allow the repayment of the debt. For medium and long-term operations, the funding duration must remain compatible with the economic life of the financed asset and the visibility horizon of the borrower’s cash flow.

Security interests are sought to reduce the risk of loss in the event of a counterparty defaulting on its obligations, but may not, except in exceptional cases, constitute the sole justification for taking the risk. Security interests are assessed with prudent value haircuts and paying special attention to their actual enforceability.

Complex transactions or those with a specific risk profile are handled by specialised teams within the Group with the required skills and expertise.

The Group seeks risk diversification by controlling concentration risk and maintaining a risk allocation policy through risk sharing with other financial partners (banks or guarantors).

Counterparty ratings are a key criterion of the credit policy and serve as the basis for the credit approval authority grid used in both the commercial and risk functions. The rating framework relies on internal models. Special attention is paid to timely updating of ratings (which, in any event, are subject to annual review)(1).

The risk measure of the credit portfolio is based primarily on the Basel parameters that are used to calibrate the capital need. As such, the Group relies for the internal rating of counterparties on Balois models allowing the assessment of credit quality, supplemented for “non-retail” counterparties, by expert judgment. These measures are complemented by an internal stress-sized risk assessment, either at the global portfolio level or at the sub-portfolio level, linking risk measures and rating migration to macro-economic variables most often to say expert. In addition, the calculation of expected losses under the provisions of IFRS 9, used to determine the level of impairment on healthy outstandings, provides additional insight into assessing portfolio risk.

In consultation with the Risk Department, the businesses implement, most of the time, pricing policies that are differentiated according to the level of risk of counterparties and transactions. The purpose of pricing a transaction is to ensure acceptable profitability, in line with the objectives of ROE (Return on Equity) of the business or entity, after taking into account the cost of the risk of the transaction in question. The pricing of an operation can nevertheless be adapted in certain cases to take into account the overall profitability and the potential customer relationship development. The intrinsic profitability of products and customer segments is subject to periodic analysis in order to adapt to changes in the economic and competitive environment.

Proactive management of counterparties whose situation has deteriorated is key to containing the risk of final loss in the event of counterparty failure. As such, the Group has put in place rigorous procedures for monitoring non retail counterparties and/or for closer monitoring of retail counterparties whose risk profiles are deteriorating. In addition, the businesses and entities, in conjunction with the Risk and Finance Departments, and through collaborators specialising in recovery and litigation, work together to effectively protect the Bank’s interests in the event of default.

Concerning ESG risks (Environmental, Social & Governance), the assessment and management of the impact of ESG risk factors on credit risk is based in particular on the establishment of exclusion lists, portfolio alignment indicators (oil and gas and electricity production for example) and sensitivity analyses (in particular transition risk via the CCVI or Corporate Climate Vulnerability Index).

In general, credit granting policies must comply with the criteria defined within the framework of the Group’s Social and Environmental Responsibility (CSR) policy, which is broken down through:

the general environmental and social principles and the sectoral and cross-cutting policies appended to them. Sector policies cover sectors considered potentially sensitive from an environmental, social or ethical point of view;

the targets for alignment with the objectives of the Paris agreement, which the Group has set itself, starting with the sectors with the highest CO2 emissions;

commitment to granting sustainable financing classified as Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance and to sustainability linked transactions.

Risks related to climate change (physical and transition risks), which are an aggravating factor in the types of risks facing the Bank must be taken into account in risk assessment processes. An assessment of climate vulnerability (particularly in terms of transition risk) must be provided by the Business Unit for certain specific sectors and may have an impact on the internal rating so that it incorporates the client’s adaptation strategy (See also section 4.13 “Environmental, social and governance risks” of this Universal Registration Document).

The future value of exposure to a counterparty as well as its credit quality are uncertain and variable over time, both of which are affected by changes in market parameters. Thus, counterparty credit risk management is based on a combination of several types of indicators:

indicators of potential future exposures (potential future exposures, or PFE), aimed at measuring exposure to our counterparties:

-

the Group controls idiosyncratic counterparty credit risks via a set of CVaR(2) limits. The CVaR measures the potential future exposure linked to the replacement risk in the event of default by one of the Group’s counterparties. The CVaR is calculated for a 99% confidence level and different time horizons, from one day until the maturity of the portfolio,

-

in addition to the risk of a counterparty default, the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) measures the adjustment of the value of our portfolio of derivatives and repos account the credit quality of our counterparties;

the abovementioned indicators are supplemented by stress test impacts frameworks or on nominal ones in order to capture risks that are more difficult to measure:

-

the more extreme correlation risks are measured via stress tests at different levels (wrong-way risk, stress monitoring at sector level, risk on collateralised financing activities and agency),

-

the CVA risk is measured via a stress test in which representative market scenarios are applied, notably involving the credit spreads of our counterparties;

exposures to central counterparty clearing houses (CCP) are subject to specific supervision:

-

the amount of collateral posted for each segment of a CCP: the initial posted margins, both for our principal and agency activities, and our contributions to CCP default funds,

-

in addition, a stress test measures the impact linked to (i) the default of an average member on all segments of a CCP and (ii) the failure of a major member on a segment of a CCP;

the Global Stress Test on market activities includes cross market-counterparty risks, it is described in more detail in the “Market risk” section;

besides, a specific framework that has been set up aims to avoid individual concentration related to counterparty risk in market operations.

(1)

For non-automated processes.

(2)

The CVaR economic indicator is built on the same modeling assumptions as the regulatory Effective Expected Positive Exposure (EEPE) indicator used to calculate RWAs.

The Group’s market activities are carried out as part of a business development strategy primarily focused on meeting client requirements through a full range of products and solutions.

Market risk is managed through a set of limits for several indicators (such as stress tests, Value at Risk (VaR) and stressed Value at Risk (SVaR), “Sensitivity” and “Nominal” indicators). These indicators are governed by a series of limits proposed by the business lines and approved by the Risk Division during the course of a discussion-based process.

The choice of limits and their calibration reflect qualitatively and quantitatively the fixing of the Group’s appetite for market risks. A regular review of these frameworks also enables risks to be tightly controlled according to changing market conditions with, for example, a temporary reduction of limits in case of a deterioration. Warning thresholds are also in place to prevent the possible occurrence of overstays.

Limits are set at different sub-levels of the Group, thereby cascading down the Group’s risk appetite from an operational standpoint within its organisation.

Within these limits, the Global Stress Test limits on market activities and the Market Stress Test limits play a pivotal role in determining the Group’s market risk appetite; in fact, these indicators cover all operations and the main market risk factors as well as risks associated with a severe market crisis which helps limit the total amount of risk and takes account of any diversification effects.

Non-financial risks are defined as non-compliance risk, risk of inappropriate conduct, IT risk, cybersecurity risk, other operational risks, including operational risk associated with credit risk, market risk, model risk, liquidity and financing, structural and rate risk. These risks can lead to financial losses.

Governance and a methodology have been put in place for the scope of non-financial risks.

As a general rule, the Group has no appetite for operational risk or for non-compliance risk. Furthermore, the Group maintains a zero-tolerance policy on incidents severe enough to potentially inflict serious harm to its image, jeopardise its results or the trust displayed by customers and employees, disrupt the continuity of critical operations or call into question its strategic focus.

The Group underscores that it has is no or very low tolerance for operational risk involving the following:

internal fraud: the Group does not tolerate unauthorised trading by its employees. The Group’s growth is founded on trust, as much between employees as between the Group and its employees. This implies respecting the Group’s principles at every level, such as exercising loyalty and integrity. The Group’s internal control system must be capable of preventing acts of major fraud;

cybersecurity: the Group has zero tolerance for fraudulent intrusions, disruption of services, compromise of elements of its information system, in particular those which would lead to theft of assets or theft of customer data. The Bank aims to put in place effective means to prevent and detect this risk. It has a barometer that measures the degree of maturity of the cybersecurity controls deployed within its entities and the appropriate organisation to deal with any incidents;

data leaks: trust is the main asset of the Societe Generale Group. Consequently the Group is committed to deploying the necessary resources and implementing controls to prevent, detect and remediate data leaks. It does not tolerate any leaks of its most sensitive information, in particular that of customer data;

business continuity: the Group relies heavily on its information systems to perform its operations and is therefore committed to deploying and maintaining the resilience of its information systems to ensure the continuity of its most essential services. The Group has very low tolerance for the risk of downtime in its information systems that perform essential functions, in particular systems directly accessible to customers or those enabling to conduct business on financial markets;

outsourced services: the Group seeks to achieve a high degree of thoroughness in the control of its activities entrusted to external service providers. As such, the Group adheres to a strict policy of reviewing its providers the frequency of which depends on their level of risk;

managerial continuity: the Group intends to ensure the managerial continuity of its organisation to avoid the risk of a long-term absence of a manager that would question the achievement of its strategic objectives, which might threaten team cohesion or disrupt the Group’s relationships with its stakeholders;

physical security: the Societe Generale Group applies security standards to protect personnel, tangible and intangible assets in all the countries where it operates. The Group Security Department ensures the right level of protection against hazards and threats, in particular through security audits on a list of sites that it defines;

execution errors: the Societe Generale Group has organised its day-to-day transaction processes and activities through procedures designed to promote efficiency and mitigate the risk of errors. Notwithstanding a robust framework of internal control systems, the risk of errors cannot be completely avoided. The Group has a low tolerance for execution errors that would result in very high impacts for the Bank or its clients.

The Group measures and strictly controls structural risks. The mechanism whereby rate risk, foreign exchange risk and the risk on pension/long-service obligations is controlled is based on sensitivity or stress limits which are broken down within the various businesses (entities and business lines).

There are four main types of risk: rate level risk, curve risk book, optional risk (arising from automatic options and behavioral options) and basis risk, related to the impact of relative changes in interest rates indices. The Group’s structural interest rate risk management primarily relies on the sensitivity of Net Present Value (“NPV”) of fixed-rate residual positions (excesses or shortfalls) to interest rate changes according to several interest rate scenarios. The limits are established either by the Board of Directors or by the Finance Committee, at the Business Unit/Service Unit and Group levels. Furthermore, the Group measures and controls the sensitivity of its net interest margin (“NIM”) on different horizons.

The Group’s policy in terms of structural exchange rate risks consists of limiting as much as possible the sensitivity of its CET1 capital ratio to changes in exchange rates, so that the impact on the CET1 ratio of an appreciation or a depreciation of all currencies against the euro does not exceed a certain threshold in terms of bp by summing the absolute values of the impact of each currency.

Regarding risks to pension and long-service obligations, which are the Bank’s long-term obligations towards its employees, the amount of the provision is monitored for risk on the basis of a specific stress test and an attributed limit. The risk management policy has two main objectives: reduce risk by moving from defined-benefit plans to defined-contribution plans and optimise asset risk allocation (between hedge assets and performance assets) where allowed by regulatory and tax constraints.

Controlling liquidity risk is based primarily on:

compliance with regulatory liquidity ratios, with precautionary buffers: LCR (liquidity coverage ratio) ratios that reflect a stress situation and NSFR (net stable funding ratio);

compliance with a minimum survival horizon under combined market and idiosyncratic stress;

framing of transformation and anti-transformation positions (price risk).

Controlling financing risk is based on:

maintaining a liability structure to meet the Group’s regulatory constraints (Tier1, Total Capital, Leverage, TLAC, NSFR, MREL) and complying with rating agencies’ constraints to secure a minimum rating level;

recourse to market financing: annual long-term issuance programs and a stock of moderate structured issues and short-term financing raised by supervised treasuries.

The Group is committed to defining and deploying internal standards to reduce model risk on the basis of key principles, including the creation of three independent lines of defence, the proportionality of due diligence according to each model’s level of risk inherent, the consideration of the models’ entire lifecycle and the appropriateness of the approaches within the Group.

A wrong design, implementation, use or a non rigorous models monitoring can have two mains unfavorable consequences: an under estimation of equity based of models validated by Regulators and/or financial losses.

Risk model appetite is defined for the perimeter of this group of models: credit risk IRB and IFRS 9, market and counterparty risk, market product valuation, ALM, trading model, compliance and granting.

The Group conducts Insurance activities (Life Insurance and Savings, Retirement savings, Property & Casualty Insurance, etc.) which exposes the Group to two major types of risks:

subscription risk related to pricing and fluctuations in the claims ratio;

risks related to financial markets (interest rate, credit and equity) and asset-liability management.

The Group has limited appetite for financial holdings, such as proprietary private equity transactions. The investments allowed are mainly related to:

commercial support for the network through the private equity activity of the Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord network and certain subsidiaries abroad;

taking stakes, either directly or through investment funds, in innovative companies via SG Ventures;

the takeover of stakes in local companies: Euroclear, Crédit Logement, etc., which does not have limit.

The settlement-delivery risk on financial instruments arises when transactions (over-the-counter in cash or forward) give rise to a time lag (usually of a few hours) between the payment and the delivery of the underlying (securities, raw materials, foreign exchange, etc.) during their settlement.

The Group defines a risk appetite for delivery risk in relation to the quality of the counterparty (via its rating) with larger limits granted to counterparties in the investment grade category (IG).

4.3 INTERNAL CONTROL FRAMEWORK

4.3.1 INTERNAL CONTROL

Internal control is part of a strict regulatory framework applicable to all banking institutions.

In France, the conditions for conducting internal controls in banking institutions are defined in the Order of 3 November 2014, modified by the Order of 25 February 2021. This Order, which applies to all credit institutions and investment companies, defines the concept of internal control, together with a number of specific requirements relating to the assessment and management of the various risks inherent in the activities of the companies in question, and the procedures under which the supervisory body must assess and evaluate how the internal control is carried out.

The Basel Committee has defined four principles – independence, universality, impartiality, and sufficient resources – which underpin the internal control carried out by credit institutions.

The Board of Directors ensures that Societe Generale has a solid governance system and a clear organisation ensuring:

a well-defined, transparent and coherent sharing of responsibilities;

effective procedures for the detection, management, monitoring and reporting of risks to which the Company could be exposed.

The Board tasks the Group’s General Management with rolling out the Group’s strategic guidelines to implement this set-up.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is a Board of Directors’ Committee that is specifically responsible for preparing the decisions of the Board in respect of internal control supervision.

As such, General Management submits reports to the Audit and Internal Control Committee on the internal control of the Group. The Committee monitors the implementation of remediation plans when it considers the risk level to be justified.

Internal control is based on a body of standards and procedures.

All Societe Generale Group activities are governed by rules and procedures contained in a set of documents referred to collectively as the “Standard Guidelines”, compiled in the Societe Generale Code, which:

set out the rules for action and behavior applicable to Group staff;

define the structures of the businesses and the sharing of roles and responsibilities;

describe the management rules and internal procedures specific to each business and activity.

The Societe Generale Code groups together the standard guidelines which, in particular:

define the governance of the Societe Generale Group, the structures and duties of its Business Units and Services Units, as well as the operating principles of the cross-business systems and processes (Codes of Conduct, charters, etc.);

set out the operating framework of an activity and the management principles and rules applicable to products and services rendered, and also define internal procedures.

The Societe Generale Code has force of law within the Group and falls under the responsibility of the Group Corporate Secretary.

In addition to the Societe Generale Code, operating procedures specific to each Group activity are applied. The rules and procedures in force are designed to follow basic rules of internal control, such as:

segregation of functions;

immediate, irrevocable recording of all transactions;

reconciliation of information from various sources.

Multiple and evolving by nature, risks are present in all business processes. Risk management and control systems are therefore key to the Bank’s ability to meet its targets.

The internal control system is represented by all methods which ensure that the operations carried out and the organisation and procedures implemented comply with:

legal and regulatory provisions;

professional and ethical practices;

the internal rules and guidelines defined by the Company’s management body of the undertaking in its executive function.

Internal control in particular aims to:

prevent malfunctions;

assess the risks involved, and exercise sufficient control to ensure they are managed;

ensure the adequacy and effectiveness of internal processes, particularly those which help safeguard assets;

detect irregularities;

guarantee the reliability, integrity and availability of financial and management information;

check the quality of information and communication systems.

The internal control system is based on five basic principles:

the comprehensive scope of the controls, which cover all risk types and apply to all the Group’s entities;

the individual responsibility of each employee and each manager in managing the risks they take or supervise, and in overseeing the operations they handle or for which they are responsible;

the responsibility of functions, in line with their expertise and independence, in defining normative controls and, for three of them, exercising second-level permanent control;

the proportionality of the controls to the materiality of the risks involved;

the independence of internal auditing.

The internal control framework is based on the “three lines of defence” model, in accordance with the Basel Committee and European Banking Authority guidelines:

the first line of defence comprises all Group employees and operational management, both within the Business Units and the Services Units in respect of their own operations.

Operational management is responsible for risks, their prevention and their management (by putting in place first-level permanent control measures, amongst other things) and for implementing corrective or remedial actions in response to any deficiencies identified by controls and/or process steering;

the second line of defence is provided by the risk and compliance functions.

Within the internal control framework, operational management is responsible for verifying the proper and continuous running of the risk security and management operation functions through the effective application of established standards, defined procedures, methods and requested controls.

Accordingly, these functions must provide the necessary expertise to define in their respective fields the controls and other means of risk management to be implemented by the first line of defence, and to ensure that they are effectively implemented; they conduct second-level permanent control over all of the Group’s risks, based in particular on the controls they have defined, as well as those defined, if necessary, by other expert functions (e.g. sourcing, legal, tax, human resources, information system security, etc.) and by the businesses;

the third line of defence is provided by the Internal Audit Department, which encompasses the General Inspection and Internal Audit functions. This department performs periodic internal audits that are strictly independent of the business lines and the permanent control function;

internal control coordination, which falls under the responsibility of the Chief Executive Officer, is also provided at Group level and is rolled out in each of the departments and core businesses.

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for ensuring the overall consistency and effectiveness of the internal control system.

The purpose of the Group Internal Control Coordination Committee (GICCC) is to ensure the consistency and effectiveness of the Group’s internal control, in response in particular to the obligation laid down in Art. 16 of the amended French Order of 3 November 2014. The Committee is chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his absence, by a Deputy General Manager or by the Deputy Chief Executive Officer tasked with supervising the area under review. When it meets, the CCCIG convenes the Manager responsible for Coordinating the Internal Control function, the Permanent Control function, the Managers of the second line of defence (CPLE and RISQ), the Representatives appointed by the Heads of DFIN and RESG (including the Global CISO), the Manager of the third line of defence (IGAD) and as observers, the Head of Operational Risks, as well as the Heads of the level 2 permanent control central teams (RISQ/CTL, CPLE/CTL, DFIN/CTL).

The Committee meets approximately 20 times a year to deal with cross-cutting topics, as well as the annual review of each BU/SU.

Its objectives are:

to give a consolidated view of the Group’s internal control to the General Management;

to evaluate the Group’s permanent control system in terms of effectiveness, consistency and completeness;

to evaluate the functioning of the Group’s permanent control framework based on the review of the Group’s quarterly dashboard of permanent controls, supplemented by cross-cutting thematic reviews and by the independent review of RISQ and CPLE in the exercise of their role as the second line of defence for the Group;

to examine and validate the Group’s annual internal control report (ICR);

to define the roles and responsibilities of the stakeholders of the permanent control and of the GICCC and CCCI and to validate the operational principles of permanent control and governance;

to validate the sections dealing with internal control in the SG Code (in particular, Title IV of Book A);

to validate the decisions of the Committee in terms of permanent control framework;

to review and challenge the permanent control framework of BU/SU;

to review other cross-cutting topics related to the permanent control of the Group.

The organisation put in place at Group level to coordinate action by each of the various internal control functions is rolled out in each Business Unit (BU) and Service Unit (SU). All Group BUs and SUs have internal control coordination committees. These committees are chaired by the BU or SU manager and convene the managers of the competent permanent and internal audit control functions, as well as the representatives of the Manager of the Group’s internal control coordination function and the Group Heads of the control functions.

The Group’s permanent control system comprises:

the first-level permanent control, which is the basis of the Group’s permanent control, is performed by the businesses. Its purpose is to ensure the security, quality, regularity and validity of transactions completed at operational level;

the second-level permanent control, which is independent of the businesses and concerns three departments, i.e. the Compliance, Risk and Finance Departments.

In 2018, General Management initiated a transformation programme of the Group’s permanent control system, which is under its direct supervision. Through a set of actions focusing on areas such as standards, methods, tools, procedures and training, the programme served to consolidate the control culture and optimise risk control, and thus helps to improve the quality and the reliability of services provided to our customers and partners. The programme was finalised and brought to an end in 2021, and the transfer of the long-term activities to operating teams was completed.

Permanent Level 1 controls, carried out on operations performed by BUs and the SUs, ensure the security and quality of transactions and the operations. These controls are defined as a set of provisions constantly implemented to ensure the regularity, validity, and security of the operations carried out at operational level.

The permanent Level 1 controls consist of:

any combination of actions and/or devices that may limit the likelihood of a risk occurring or reduce the consequences for the Company: these include controls carried out on a regular and permanent basis by the businesses or by automated systems during the processing of transactions, automated or non-automated security rules and controls that are part of transaction processing, or controls included in operational procedures. Also falling into this category are the organisational arrangements (e.g., segregation of duties) or governance, training actions, when they directly contribute to controlling certain risks;

controls performed by managers: line managers control the correct functioning of the devices for which they are responsible. As such, they must apply formal procedures on a regular basis to ensure that employees comply with rules and procedures, and that Level 1 controls are carried out effectively.

Defined by a Group entity within its scope, Level 1 controls include controls (automated or manual) that are integrated into the processing of operations, proximity controls included in operating procedures, safety rules, etc. They are carried out in the course of their daily activities by agents directly in charge of an activity or by their managers. These controls aim to:

ensure the proper enforcement of existing procedures and control of all risks related to processes, transactions and/or accounts;

alert management in the event of identified anomalies or malfunctions.

Permanent Level 1 controls are set by management and avoid, as far as possible, situations of self-assessment. They are defined in the procedures and must be traced without necessarily being formalised, e.g. preventive automated controls that reject transactions that do not comply with system-programmed rules.

In order to coordinate the operational risk management system and the permanent Level 1 control system, the BUs/SUs use a specific department called CORO (Controls & Operational Risks Office Department).

The permanent Level 2 control ensures that the Level 1 control works properly:

the scope includes all permanent Level 1 checks, including managerial supervision checks and checks carried out by dedicated teams;

this review and these audits aim to give an opinion on (i) the effectiveness of Level 1 controls, (ii) the quality of their implementation, (iii) their relevance (including, in terms of risk prevention), (iv) the definition of their modus operandi, (v) the relevance of remediation plans implemented following the detection of anomalies, and the quality of their follow-up, and thus contribute to the evaluation of the effectiveness of Level 1 controls.

The permanent level 2 control, control of the controls, is carried out by teams independent of the operational.

These controls are performed centrally by dedicated teams within Risk Service Unit (RISQ/CTL), Compliance Service Unit (CPLE/CTL) and Finance Service Unit (DFIN/CTL) and locally by the second-level control teams within the BU/SUs or entities.

The Group’s Internal Audit function is delivered by the Service Unit Inspection and Internal Audit (“IGAD”), which brings together the Group’s Inspection and Internal Audit Departments. The Group’s Head of Inspection and Audit has a Group-wide responsibility for the internal audit function.

The Internal Audit function is part of the Group’s internal control set-up. It provides the third and last line of defence and performs internal audit controls. The third line of defense is strictly independent from the businesses and other lines of control.

The internal audit mandate performed by IGAD, defined in line with the IIA Standards (Institute of Internal Auditors), is an independent and objective activity that provides the Group with an assurance as to how effectively it is controlling its risks and operations, advises on improvements and contributes to the creation of added value. By carrying out this mandate, Inspection and Internal Audit help the Group to achieve its targets by evaluating systematically and methodically its processes for risk management, control and corporate governance and making recommendations to increase their efficiency.

IGAD’s internal audit mandate covers Societe Generale SA and all of the Group’s entities and business activities. All businesses, operations and processes without exceptions can be subject to an audit carried out by either Inspection or Internal Audit. That said, entities in which the Group holds a minority stake are excluded, even if the Group has a significant influence, except in cases where such a situation is likely to have a significant impact for the Group on its risk management.

Outsourced activities are also included in the scope of the mandate of IGAD as the Group’s internal audit function.

The Group Head of Inspection and Audit reports directly to the Group Chief Executive Officer.

The Chief Executive Officer meets with the Chairman of the Board of Directors on a regular basis. As mentioned in the Internal Rules of the Board, updated in August 2022, the Group Head of Inspection and Audit reports on the execution of the internal audit mandate to the Board of Directors on the basis of presentations made to the Group’s Audit and Internal Control Committee. He presents the Group’s audit and inspection plan, approved by the Chief Executive Officer, to the Board of Directors following its examination by the Group’s Audit and Internal Control Committee.

The Group Head of Inspection and Audit attends all meetings of the Board’s Audit and Internal Control Committee and on reguasiprovides the Committee a presentation of the activity of Internal Audit and General Inspection as well as on the status of implementation of recommendations issued both by IGAD and by supervisors (the ECB and the ACPR). He also attends all meetings of the Board’s Risk Committee. Both the Audit and Internal Cobntrol Committee and the Risk Committee are briefed by the Group Head of Inspection and Audit, possibly at his request.

As foreseen in the Internal Rules of the Board, if necessary, in the event of changes in the risks affecting or likely to affect the Company, the Group Head of Inspection and Audit may report to the Board of Directors, directly or through the Audit and Internal Committee, without referring to the Effective Senior Managers.

To perform its duties , the Group’s IGAD Service Unit is given adequate resources from a qualitative and quantitative point of view. The Group’s Inspection and Audit Service Unit has about 1,000 employees located at Head Office and within affiliates and branches (France and overseas).

The Service Unit IGAD operates as a hierarchically integrated division. General Inspection, based at Head Office, has a Group-wide mandate. The various Audit Departments are each in charge of a defined scope of businesses or risks. Whether they are based at Head Office or within entities (subsidiaries or branches), Audit Departments all report to the IGAD Service Unit. A matrix organisation allows to cover important transversal topics at Group level. Depending on resources and skills required, an audit mission can bring together auditors from different departments. IGAD may decide to send any audit team to carry out a mission within the Group.

General Inspection and Audit carry out their roles on the basis of missions. Beyond audit missions defined in the yearly plan, General Inspection can be called to perform analysis and study missions or contribute to due diligence work in cases of acquisitions or divestments of Group entities or activities. A specific framework is in place to monitor such work and ensure there are no conflict of interest.

General Inspection and Audit define their respective workplans on a risk-based approach. Internal Audit combines this approach with the requirement to comply with a five-year audit cycle and determines the frequency of review based on the risk level of the audited entities.

In 2022, General Inspection and Internal Audit continued to perform an independent follow-up on recommendations issued by supervisors (ECB, ACPR) with regular status updates presented - in coordination with the Group’s General Secretariat - to General management and the Board’s Audit and Internal Control Committee.

As required by international auditing standards, IGAD is subject to an external quality assessment. IGAD’s certification was maintained following a second certification by the certification institute of the IFACI (Institut Français de l’Audit et du Contrôle Interne – French branch of the IIA).

The context in 2022 allowed IGAD to resume business travel and on-site missions to a larger extent whilst maintaining remote auditing methods developed during the health crisis. Audit missions carried out in 2022 were split between all risk categories. Changes made to the audit plan during the year remained limited (reduction of 8% of man-days on audit missions with a total of 586 audit missions carried out this year), reflecting mainly the impact of a higher level of turnover in certain geographies and a shift in a number of projects initially planned to be subject to an audit. Such tensions also led to reschedule a few Inspection missions this year.

In 2022, IGAD initiated works required in response to recommendations issued by the European Central Bank and IFACI on the internal audit function. Such work pertained mainly to (i) governance, being IGAD’s internal governance, the set-up with regards to the interactions between the internal Audit function and the Group’s governance at General Management and Board of Directors’ level and the governance for the audit function at local level; (ii) the redesign, to be completed by end of 2024, of its independent risk assessment exercise and (iii) the introduction of a multi-year audit plan. The implementation of these action plans will remain a priority over 2023 and 2024 for the internal audit function. In addition, the restructuring of the audit recommendations issuance and monitoring process was initiated: all Business Units and Service Units will be engaged in the process, which will enable IGAD to focus its work on the most important risks, in line with a strategic goal to optimie the layering of controls within the Group’s internal control framework.

On the operational side, internal audit departments (i) further developed their ability to provide independent assurance on the performance of permanent control departments; (ii) reinforced their auditing methods on topics such as “conduct” or “ESG” and (iii) increased the use of data analytics in the audit missions.

4.4 CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AND ADEQUACY

4.4.1 THE REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

Audited I Since January 2014, Societe Generale has applied the Basel III regulations implemented in the European Union through a regulation and a directive (CRR and CRD4 respectively).

The general framework defined by Basel III is structured around three pillars:

Pillar 1 sets the minimum solvency, leverage and liquidity requirements and defines the rules that banks must use to measure risks and calculate the related capital requirements, according to standard or more advanced methods;

Pillar 2 concerns the discretionary supervision implemented by the competent authority, which allows them – based on a constant dialogue with supervised credit institutions – to assess the adequacy of capital requirements as calculated under Pillar 1, and to calibrate additional capital requirements taking into account all the risks to which these institutions are exposed;

Pillar 3 encourages market discipline by developing a set of qualitative or quantitative disclosure requirements which will allow market participants to better assess a given institution’s capital, risk exposure, risk assessment processes and, accordingly, capital adequacy.

Several amendments to European regulatory standards were adopted in May 2019 (CRR2/CRD5). The majority of these provisions entered into force in June 2021.

The amendments include:

NSFR: The text introduces the regulatory requirements for the NSFR ratio. A ratio of 100% is respected since June 2021;

Leverage ratio: the minimum requirement of 3% to which is added, since January 2023, 50% of the buffer required as a systemic institution;

Derivatives counterparty risk (SA-CCR): the “SA-CCR” method is the Basel method replacing the “CEM” method for determining prudential exposure to derivatives in a standard approach;

Large Risks: the main change is the calculation of the regulatory limit (25%) on Tier 1 (instead of total own funds), as well as the introduction of a specific cross-limit on systemic institutions (15%);

TLAC: The ratio requirement for G-SIBs is introduced in CRR. In accordance with the Basel text, G SIBs must respect an amount of own funds and eligible debt equal to the highest between 18%+risk-weighted buffers and 6.75% leverage since 2022.

With regard to the implementation of the market risk reform (FRTB), after the publication of the first revised standard in January 2016 and of the consultation in March 2018 on this subject, the Basel Committee published in January 2019 its final text: BCBS457. In March 2020, the Basel Committee announced a one-year delay in the implementation of FRTB (1 January 2023 instead of 1 January 2022 as originally planned in the January 2019 text).

The European FRTB calendar would be as follows:

regarding reporting requirements:

-

the Standardised Approach (SA) has been effective since Q3 2021,

-

for the Internal Model Approach (IMA), for the approved banks, reporting should start three years after the publication in the Official Journal of the European Union (OJEU) of three technical standards (RTS) of the EBA, which entered in force on the 15th of November 2022;

capital requirements for FRTB: Expected by 1 January 2025 at this stage, which would make the IMA reporting obsolete; a 2-year delay (i.e. 1 January 2027) could be applied in the event of unlevel playing field with other major jurisdictions In December 2017, the Group of Central Bank Governors and Heads of Supervision (GHOS), the Basel Committee’s oversight body, endorsed the regulatory reforms aiming to complete Basel 3.

In December 2017, the Group of Central Bank Governors and Heads of Supervision (GHOS), the Basel Committee’s oversight body, endorsed the regulatory reforms aiming to complete Basel 3.

A first version of the transposition text was published by the European Commission on 27 October 2021 (“CRR3 – CRD6”) and will serve as support for the European Trialogue where this version will be combined with the Council text published in November 2022 and the Parliament text. The trialogue is expected to be finalized in the summer of 2023. It will then have to be voted by Parliament to become applicable. .

These new rules, which were to take effect from 2022, have been postponed to January 2025 with an overall output floor: the risk-weighted assets (RWA) will be floored to a percentage of the standard method (credit, market and operational). The output floor level will increase gradually, from 50% in 2025 to 72.5% in 2030.

4.5 CREDIT RISK

Audited I Credit risk corresponds to the risk of losses arising from the inability of the Group’s customers, issuers or other counterparties to meet their financial commitments. This risk includes the risk related to securitisation activities, and may be further amplified by individual, country and sector concentration risk. It also concerns the risk linked to syndication activity. It also includes underwriting risk which is the risk of loss arising from debt syndication activities where the bank fails to meet its final take target due to market conditions, inaccurate reading of investor demand, miscalculated credit profile of the borrower or credit deterioration of the borrower during the syndication phase of the loan/the bond.

4.5.1 CREDIT RISK MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM

Audited I The risk approval process is based on the following main principles:

the analysis and the validation of the files fall respectively and independently to the sector of commercial follow-up of the client and to the dedicated risk units within the risk management function. In order to guarantee a consistent approach to Group risk-taking, this commercial monitoring sector and this risk unit examine all authorisation requests relating to a given client or category of clients. This commercial monitoring sector and this risk unit must be independent of each other;

the internal rating of counterparties is a key criterion in the granting policy. These ratings are proposed by the commercial monitoring sector and validated by the dedicated risk unit;

a system of delegation of competence, largely based on the internal rating of the counterparties, confers decision-making capacities to the risk units on the one hand and the commercial monitoring sectors on the other.

The business line assumes the burden of provisions and losses related to its credit decisions as the first line of defence. The Risk Department submits recommendations to CORISQ on the evolution of the granting policy, with limits on credit portfolios, for the countries, geographic areas, sectors, products or types of customers presenting high concentration risks.

The main mission of the Risk Department is to draw up the document formalising and defining with the Finance Department the Group’s risk appetite, a mechanism aimed at defining the acceptable level of risk given the Group’s strategic objectives.

The Risk Department is responsible for implementing the system to manage and monitor risks, including cross-Group risks. The Risk Department exercises hierarchical and functional oversight of the Risk management function in charge of Group credit risk giving it a comprehensive view of all the Group’s credit risks.

The Risk Department helps define risk policies in light of each core business targets and the associated risk issues. It defines or approves the methods and procedures used to analyse, measure, approve and monitor risks and the risk IT system and makes sure these are appropriate to the core businesses’ needs. As second line of defence, various Risk Departments (for Retail Banking, Corporate and Investment Banking and Market activities) are also in charge of credit risk and as such responsible for the independent control as second line of defence. These consist in independently reviewing and comparing any credit application that exceeds the authority delegated to core businesses or local Risk Department teams. The Risk Department also assesses the quality of first-level credit reviews and takes any remedial action necessary.

The Risk Department also approves transactions and limits proposed by core business lines in respect of credit risk.

Finally, as part of its responsibilities as a second line of defence, the Risk Department carries out permanent controls of credit risks. As such, the Risk Department provides independent control as a second line of defence on the detection and monitoring of the overshoot resolution.

The monthly Risk Monitoring Report presented to CORISQ by the Risk Department comments among others on the evolution of the Group’s credit portfolio and ensures compliance with the guidelines. Changes in the credit portfolio, changes in credit policy validated by CORISQ and respect for the Group’s risk appetite are presented at least quarterly to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

As part of the quarterly reporting to the Board of Directors and to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, an overview of the main credit risk metrics supplemented by details of the thresholds and limits where applicable is presented. The following metrics are in particular the subject of a presentation with a quarterly history: net cost of risk, NPL rate (non-performing loans), coverage rate, average credit quality of portfolios, outstanding corporates placed under surveillance (watchlist), supervision of corporate exposures by sector of activity, Grands Risques Réglementaires (major regulatory risk exposures), environmental indicators of portfolio alignment, etc.

A monthly version of the report intended for the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors also provides additional information at a Business Unit level or on certain financing activities. A summary of the thematic CORISQs is also presented.

As part of the monthly CORISQ reporting to General Management, a summary of the main credit files is presented. Thematic presentations also provide recurring clarifications on certain perimeters and activities: personal real estate loans, consumer credit, non-retail credit risk, sector limits, country risks, major regulatory risks (Grands Risques Réglementaires), environmental indicators of portfolio alignment, etc.

Audited I Individual and professional portfolio (retail portfolio) have specific features in terms of risk management. This management is based on a statistical approach and on the use of tools and methods in the industrialisation of processes.

The retail portfolio is made up of a sum of exposures of low unit amounts, validated in a partially automated manner, which together constitute significant outstandings at Group level and therefore a high level of risk.

Given the high number and standardisation of retail clients commitments, aggregate monitoring is necessary at all levels of the Risk function in charge of credit risk. This mass monitoring of retail customer exposure is based on the use of a statistical risk approach and monitoring by homogeneous risk class.

In these circumstances, the risk monitoring system for the Retail portfolio cannot rely on the same procedures or the same tools as for corporates.

For instance, any change in marketing policy (shortening the probationary period for loyalty, delegation of lending decisions to brokers, increase in margins, etc.) can have a rapid and massive impact and must therefore be tracked by a system that allows all actors (i) to identify as quickly as possible where any deterioration in exposures is coming from and (ii) to take remedial action.

Even if the IFRS 9 standard authorises a collective approach and if the Group has a statistical approach on retail customers for the evaluation of the expected loss, the increase in risk for the purposes of the classification into stages is identified on an individual basis for this clientele. The available parameters (operating accounts and late payments) allow the assessment of the significant increase in credit risk at the level of individual exposures. The collective approach is currently only used in a very small number of instances within the Group.

The Risk management function must support Business Units and subsidiary managers in managing their risks with an eye to:

the effectiveness of lending policies;

the quality of the portfolio and its development over the lifetime of exposures (from grant to recovery).

Risk Department structures its supervision around the following four processes:

granting: this decision-making process can be more or less automated depending on the nature and complexity of the transactions, and hence the associated risk;

monitoring: different entities use different systems for granting and managing retail risks systems (scoring, expert systems, rules, etc.) and an appropriate monitoring system must be in place for each to assess the appropriateness of the grant rules applied (notably via monitoring);

recovery: recovery is an essential stage in the life cycle of Retail portfolio credits and makes a decisive contribution to our control of cost of risk. Whatever the organisation adopted (outsourcing, in-house collection, etc.), the establishment of an effective collection process is an essential element of good risk management. It makes a decisive contribution to controlling the cost of risk and limiting the level of our non-performing loans. If recovery is outsourced, it must conform to the Group’s regulations governing outsourcing;

provisioning: provisions against the Retail portfolio are decided at local level. They are calculated using the methodologies and governance methods defined and approved by the Risk Department. 

Societe Generale complies with regulations governing large exposures (major regulatory risk exposure cap of 25% of equity). A more restrictive internal limit of 10% delegated by General Management (which can occasionally or permanently amend it) has been put in place. Since 1 July 2018, the High Council for Financial Stability has imposed on banks an exposure limit on the most indebted companies established in France at a maximum level of 5% of eligible equity.

Internal systems are implemented to identify and manage the risks of individual concentrations, particularly at granting of credit. For example, concentration thresholds, based on the internal rating of counterparties, are set by CORISQ and define the governance for validating the limits on individual concentrations. Exposures to groups of clients deemed significant by the Group are reviewed by the Large Exposure Committee chaired by the General Management. As part of the identification of its risks, the Group also carries out loss simulations by type of customer (on significant individual exposures that the Group could have).

The Group uses credit derivatives to reduce some exposures considered to be overly significant. Furthermore, the Group systematically seeks to mutualise risks with other banking partners, at origination or through secondary sales, to avoid keeping an excessive share in operations of large-scale companies.

Country risk arises when an exposure (loan, security, guarantee or derivative) becomes susceptible to negative impact of the country for example from changing regulatory, political, economic, social and financial conditions.

Strictly speaking, the notion of country risk refers to political and non-transfer risk which covers the risk of non-payment resulting from either actions or measures taken by local government authorities (decision to prohibit the debtor from meeting its commitments, nationalisation, expropriation, non-convertibility, etc.), domestic events (riots, civil war, etc.) or external events (war, terrorism, etc.).

More broadly, a deterioration of the credit quality of the country, the Sovereign, or the conditions of activity in the country may result in a commercial risk, with in particular a deterioration of the credit quality of all counterparties in a given country due to a national economic or financial crisis, independently of each counterparty’s individual financial situation. This could be a macroeconomic shock (sharp slowdown in activity, systemic banking crisis, etc.), currency depreciation, or sovereign default on external debt potentially entailing other defaults.

Overall limits (except for SUIG – Sovereign Upper Investment Grade countries) and/or monitoring of exposures have been established for countries based on their internal ratings and governance indicators. The supervision is strengthened depending on the level of the country’s risk.

Country limits (and in some cases thresholds by country) are approved annually by General Management (or the Risk Department in specific situations). They can be revised downward at any time if the country’s situation deteriorates or is expected to deteriorate.

All Group exposures (securities, derivatives, loans and guarantees) are taken into account by this monitoring. The Country Risk methodology determines an initial risk country and a final risk country (after any guarantee-related effects), which is supervised using country limits or threshold (except for SUIG countries).

The procedure for putting a country on watch list is triggered in the event of deterioration in the country risk or anticipation of such a deterioration by the Risk Department.

The Group regularly reviews its entire credit portfolio through analyses by business sector. To do this, it relies on industry sector studies (including a one-year anticipation of sectoral risk) and on sectoral concentration analyses.

In addition, the Group periodically reviews its exposures to the portfolio segments presenting a specific risk profile, within the framework of CORISQs at Group level or at Business Unit level. These identified sectors or sub-portfolios are, where appropriate, subject to specific supervision through portfolio exposure limits and specific granting criteria. The limits are monitored either at General Management level or at Business Unit management level depending on the materiality and the level of risk of the portfolios.

As a complement, targeted sector-based research and business portfolio analyses may be requested by General Management, the Risk Department and/or the businesses, depending on current affairs. In that respect, certain sectors weakened in 2022 by the Russian-Ukrainian crisis and its effects have been subject to dedicated monitoring (for example, the electricity and gas supply sector in Europe).

Portfolios specifically monitored by the Group CORISQ include:

individual and professional credit portfolio (retail) in metropolitan France and in International Retail Banking in Europe. The Group defines in particular a risk appetite target concerning the minimum share covered by Crédit Logement guarantee for real estate loans granted to individuals;

oil and gas sectors, on which the Group has defined a credit policy adapted to the different types of activity of sector players. This policy distinguishes financing guaranteed by oil reserves, project financing, short-term trade finance transactions, and takes into account regional characteristics;

commercial real estate scope, on which the Group has defined a framework for origination and monitoring of exposures and limits according to the different types of financing, geographical areas and/or activities;

leveraged finance, for which the Group applies the definition of the scope and the management guidelines recommended by the ECB in 2017 (guidance on leveraged transactions). The Group continues to pay a particular attention to the Leverage Buy-Out (LBO) sub-portfolio, as well as to the highly-leveraged transactions segment;

exposures on hedge funds is subject to a specific attention. The Group incurs risk on hedge funds through derivative transactions and its financing activity guaranteed by shares in funds. Risks related to hedge funds are governed by individual limits and global limits on market risks and wrong way risks;

exposures on shadow banking are managed and monitored in accordance with the EBA guidelines published in 2015 which specify expectations regarding the internal framework for identifying, controlling and managing identified risks. CORISQ has set a global exposure threshold for shadow banking.

With the aim of identifying, monitoring and managing credit risk, the Risk Department works with the businesses to conduct a set of specific stress tests relating to a country, subsidiary or activity. These specific stress tests combine both recurring stress tests, conducted on those portfolios identified as structurally carrying risk, and ad hoc stress tests, designed to recognise emerging risks. Some of these stress tests are presented to CORISQ and used to determine how to frame the corresponding the activities concerned.

Credit risk stress tests complement the global analysis with a more granular approach and allow fine-tuning of the identification, assessment and operational management of risk, including concentration. They allow to calculate the expected credit losses on exposures which have undergone an event of default and on exposures which have not undergone an event of default, in accordance with the method prescribed in the standard IFRS 9. The perimeter covered may include counterparty credit risk on market activities when relevant.

4.6 COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK

Audited I Counterparty credit risk (CCR) is driven by market transactions. Counterparty credit risk is therefore a multidimensional risk, combining credit and market risks, in the sense that the future value of the exposure to a counterparty and its credit quality are uncertain and variable in time (credit component), whilst also being impacted by changes in market parameters (market component). It can be broken down into the following categories:

default risk: it corresponds to the replacement risk to which the Societe Generale Group is exposed in the event of a counterparty’s failure to comply with its payment obligations. In this case, following the counterparty’s default SG must replace this transaction with a new transaction. Potentially, this must be done under stressed market conditions, with reduced liquidity and sometimes even facing a Wrong Way Risk (WWR);

Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) risk: it corresponds to the variability of the value adjustment due to counterparty credit risk, which is the market value of the CCR for derivatives and repos, that is an adjustment to the transaction price factoring in the credit quality of the counterparty. It is measured as the difference between the price of a contract with a risk-free counterparty and the price of the same contract factoring in the counterparty’s default risk;

risk on CCPs : it is related to the default of another clearing member of the central clearing house, which could result in losses for the Group on its contribution to the default fund.

Transactions involving counterparty credit risk include delivered pensions, securities lending and borrowing, and derivative contracts, whether they are dealt with principal activity or on behalf of third parties (agency activities or client clearing) in the context of market activites.

4.6.1 DETERMINING LIMITS AND MONITORING FRAMEWORK

4.6.1.1  Main principles

Audited I Counterparty credit risk is framed through a set of limits that reflect the Group’s appetite for risk.

Counterparty credit risk management mainly relies on dedicated first and second lines of defence as described below:

the first lines of defence (LoD1) notably include the business lines that are subject to counterparty credit risk, the Primary Client Responsibility Unit that is in charge of handling the overall relationship with the client and the group to which it belongs, dedicated teams within the Global Banking and Advisory and the Global Markets Business Units responsible for monitoring and managing the risks within their respective scope of activities;

the Risk Department acts as a second line of defence (LoD2) through the setup of a counterparty credit risk control system, which is based on standardised risk measures, to ensure the permanent and independent monitoring of counterparty credit risks.

The fundamental principles of limit granting policy are:

dedicated LoD1 and LoD2 must be independent of each other;

the Risk Department has a division dedicated to counterparty credit risk management in order to monitor and analyse the overall risks of counterparties whilst taking into account the specificities of counterparties;

a system of delegated authorities, mainly based on the internal rating of counterparties, confers decision-making powers to LoD1 and LoD2;

the limits and internal ratings defined for each counterparty are proposed by LoD1 and validated by the dedicated LoD2(1). The limits may be set individually, at the counterparty level, or globally through framing a (sub)set of counterparties (for example: supervision of stress test exposures).

These limits are subject to annual or ad hoc reviews depending on he needs and changing market conditions.

A dedicated team within the Risk Department is in charge of production, reporting and controls on risk metrics, namely:

ensuring the completeness and reliability of the risk calculation by taking into account all the transactions booked by the transaction processing department;

producing daily certification and risk indicator analysis reports;

controlling compliance with defined limits, at the frequency of metrics calculation, most often on a daily basis: breaches of limits are reported to Front Office and dedicated LoD2 for remediation actions.

In addition, a specific monitoring and approval process is implemented for the most sensitive counterparties or the most complex categories of financial instruments.

4.6.1.2  Comitology

While not a substitute for CORISQ or for the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors (see the section on Risk management governance), the Counterparty Credit Risk Committee (CCRC) closely monitors counterparty credit risk through:

a global overview on exposure and counterparty credit risk metrics such as the global stress tests, the Potential Future Exposure PFE, etc., as well as focuses on specific activities such as collateralised financing, or agency business;

dedicated analysis on one or more risks or customer categories or frameworks or in case of identification of emerging risk areas.

This Committee, chaired by the Risk Department on a monthly basis, brings together representatives from the Market Activities and the Global Banking and Advisory Business Units, but also departments that, within the risk management function, are in charge of monitoring counterparty credit risks on market transactions and credit risk. The CCRC also provides an opinion on the changes to the risk frameworks within its authority. The CRCC also identifies key CCR topics that need to be escalated to the management.

(1)

For Hedge Funds and PTG (Proprietary Trading Group) counterparties, the rating proposal is delegated to LoD2.

4.6.1.3  Replacement risk

The Group frames the replacement risks by limits that are defined by credit analysts and validated by LoD2 based on the Group’s risk appetite.

The limits are defined at the level of each counterparty and then aggregated at the level of each client group, each category of counterparties and finally consolidated at the entire Societe Generale Group portfolio level.

The limits used for managing counterparty credit risk are:

defined at the counterparty level;

consolidated across all products types authorised with the counterparty;

established by maturity buckets to control future exposure using the Potential Future Exposure (PFE) measure also known as CVaR within Societe Generale;

calibrated according to the credit quality and the nature of the counterparty, the nature/maturity of the financial instruments contemplated (FX transactions, repos transactions, security lending transactions, derivatives, etc.), and the economic understanding, the contractual legal framework agreed and any other risk mitigants.

The Group also considers other measures to monitor replacement risk:

a multifactor stress test on all counterparties, which allows to holistically quantify the potential loss on market activities following market movements which could trigger a wave of defaults on these counterparties;

a set of single-factor stress tests to monitor the general wrong-way risk (see section 4.6.3.3 on Wrong Way Risk).

4.6.1.4  CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) risk

In addition to the replacement risk, the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) measures the adjustment of the value of the Group’s derivatives and repos portfolio in order to take into account the credit quality of the counterparties facing the Group (see section 4.6.3.2 “Credit Valuation Adjustment”).

Positions taken to hedge the volatility of the CVA (credit, interest rate or equity instruments) are monitored through:

sensitivity limits;

stress test limits: scenarios representative of the market risks impacting the CVA (credit spreads, interest rates, exchange rates and equity) are applied to carry out the stress test on CVA.

The different indicators and the stress tests are monitored on the net amount (the sum of the CVA exposure and of their hedges).

4.6.1.5  Risk on central counterparties

Clearing of transactions is a common market practice for SG, notably in compliance with the EMIR (European Market Infrastructure Regulation) regulations in Europe and the DFA (Dodd-Frank Act) in the United States, which require that the most standardised over-the-counter transactions be compensated via clearing houses approved by the authorities and subject to prudential regulation.

As a member of the clearing houses with which it operates, the Group contributes to their risk management framework through deposits into the defaults funds, in addition to margin calls.

The counterparty credit risk stemming from the clearing of derivatives and repos with central counterparties (CCP) is subject to a specific framework on:

initial margins, both for house and client activities (client clearing);

the Group’s contributions to the CCP default funds (guarantee deposits);

a stress test defined to capture the impact of a scenario where a major CCP member should default.

See table “EAD and RWA on central counterparties” of section 4.6.3.4 “Quantitative Information” for more information.

4.7 MARKET RISK

Audited I Market risk is the risk of loss of value on financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters, and the correlations between them. These parameters include, but are not limited to, exchange rates, interest rates, the price of securities (equities or bonds), commodities, derivatives and other assets.

4.7.1 ORGANISATION OF MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Audited I Although primary responsibility for managing risk exposure relies on the front office managers, the supervision system comes under the Market Risk Department of the Risk Department, which is independent from the businesses.

The main missions of this department are:

the definition and proposal of the Group’s market risk appetite;

the proposal of appropriate market risk limits by Group activity to the Group Risk Committee (CORISQ);

the assessment of the limit requests submitted by the different businesses within the framework of the overall limits authorised by the Board of Directors and General Management, and based on the use of these limits;

the permanent verification of the existence of an effective market risk monitoring framework based on suitable limits;

the definition of the indicators used to monitor market risk;

the daily calculation and certification of the market risk indicators, of the P&L resulting from market activities, based on formal and secure procedures, and then of the reporting and the analysis of these indicators;

the daily monitoring of the limits set for each activity.

In order to perform its tasks, the department also defines the architecture and the functionalities of the information system used to produce the risk and P&L indicators for market transactions, and ensures it meets the needs of the different businesses and of the Market Risk Department.

This department contributes to the detection of possible rogue trading operations through a monitoring mechanism based on alert levels (on gross nominal value of positions for example) applied to all instruments and desks.

Market risks oversight is provided by various Committees at different levels of the Group:

the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors(1) is informed of the Group’s major market risks; in addition, it issues a recommendation on the most substantial proposed changes in terms of market risk measurement and framework (after prior approval by the CORISQ); this recommendation is then referred to the Board of Directors for a decision;

the Group Risk Committee(2) (CORISQ), chaired by the Chief Executive Officer of the Group (DGLE), is regularly informed of Group-level market risks. Moreover, upon a proposal from the Risk Department, it validates the main choices with regard to market risk measurement, as well as the key developments on the architecture and implementation of the market risk framework at Group level. The global market risk limits with a Board or DGLE delegation level are reviewed in CORISQ at least twice a year;

the market risks related to the Global Markets Division are reviewed during the Market Risk Committee(3) (MRC) led by the Market Risk Department and co-chaired by the Risk Department and by the Global Markets Division. This Committee provides information on risk levels for the main risk indicators as well as for some specific activities pointed out depending on market or business driven events. It also provides an opinion on the market risk framework changes falling under the remit of the Risk Department and Global Markets Division. Thus, the global market risk limits with a MARK/DIR – RISQ/DIR delegation level are reviewed in MRC at least twice a year.

During these Committees, the market activities P&L and several metrics for monitoring market risks are reported:

stress test measurements: Global Stress Test on market activities and Market Stress Test;

regulatory metrics: Value-at-Risk (VAR) and Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVAR).

In addition to these Committees, detailed and summary market risk reports, produced on a daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly basis, either related to various Group levels or geographic areas, are sent to the relevant business line and risk function managers.

In terms of governance, within the Market Risk Department, the main functional and transversal subjects are dealt with during Committees organised by value chains (market risk, P&L, etc.). These Committees are decision-making bodies, composed of senior representatives from each relevant Department teams and regions.

(1)

The Risk Committee met 10 times in 2022, covering topics related to market activities.

(2)

Seven CORISQ meetings dedicated to market activities took place in 2022.

(3)

The Market Risk Committee met 11 times in 2022.

4.8 STRUCTURAL RISKS - INTEREST RATE AND EXCHANGE RATE RISKS

Audited I Structural exposure to interest rate and exchange rate risks results from commercial transactions, their associated hedging transactions and corporate centre transactions.

The interest rate and exchange rate risks linked to Trading Book activities are excluded from the structural risk measurement scope as they belong to the category of market risks.

Structural and market exposures constitute the Group’s total interest rate and exchange rate exposure.

The general principle for managing structural interest rate and exchange rate risks within consolidated entities is to ensure that adverse movements in interest rates do not significantly threaten the Group’s financial base or its future earnings.

Within the entities, commercial and corporate centre operations must therefore be matched in terms of interest rates and exchange rates as much as possible. At the consolidated level, a structural foreign exchange position is maintained in order to minimise the sensitivity of the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio to exchange rates fluctuations.

4.8.1 ORGANISATION OF THE MANAGEMENT OF STRUCTURAL INTEREST RATE AND EXCHANGE RATE RISKS

The principles and standards for managing these risks are defined at the Group level. The entities are first and foremost responsible for managing these risks. The ALM (Asset and Liability Management) Department within the Group’s Finance Division leads the control framework of the first line of defence. The ALM department of the Risk Department assumes the role of second line of defence supervision.

The purpose of the Group Finance Committee is to:

validate and ensure the adequacy of the system for monitoring, managing and supervising structural risks;

review changes in the Group’s structural risks through consolidated reporting;

review and validate the measures proposed.

The Finance Committee gives delegation to the Global Rate Forex Committee chaired by the Finance Department and the Risk Division for the validation of frameworks not exceeding defined amounts.

The ALM (Asset and Liability Management) Department is responsible for:

defining the structural risk policies for the Group and formalising risk appetite;

analysing the Group’s structural risk exposure and defining hedging strategies;

monitoring the regulatory environment concerning structural risk;

defining the ALM principles for the Group;

defining the modelling principles applied by the Group’s entities regarding structural risks;

identifying, consolidating and reporting on Group structural risks;

monitoring compliance with structural risk limits.

Within the Risk Division, the ALM Risk Department oversees structural risks and assesses the management system for these risks. As such, this department is in charge of:

defining the steering indicators and overall stress test scenarios of the different types of structural risks and setting the main limits for the business divisions and the entities and Business Units (BU) and Service Units (SU);

defining the normative environment of the structural risk metrics, modelling and framing methods.

In addition, RISQ/MRM authorises this department to validate ALM models for which it organises and chairs the Validation Committee of Models. Finally, he chairs the Model Validation Committee and the ALM Standards Validation Committee and thus ensures that the regulatory framework is correctly interpreted and that the SG environment is properly adapted.

Each entity, each BU/SU, manages its structural risks and is responsible for regularly assessing risks incurred, producing the risk report and developing and implementing hedging options. Each entity, each BU/SU is required to comply with Group standards and to adhere to the limits assigned to it.

As such, the entities and the BUs/SUs apply the standards defined at Group level and develop the models, with the support of the central modelling teams of the Finance Department.

A dedicated ALM manager reporting to the Finance Department in each entity, BU/SU, is responsible for monitoring these risks (first-level control). This manager is responsible for reporting ALM risks to the Group Finance Department. All entities, BU/SU, have an ALM Committee responsible for implementing validated models, managing exposure to interest rate and exchange rate risks and implementing hedging programmes in accordance with the principles set out by the Group and the limits validated by the Finance Committee and the BU/SU ALM Committees.

4.9 STRUCTURAL RISK - LIQUIDITY RISK

Audited I Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the bank does not have the necessary funds to meet its commitments. Funding risk is defined as the risk that the Group will no longer be able to finance its activities with appropriate column of assets and at a reasonable cost.

4.9.1 OBJECTIVES AND GUIDING PRINCIPLES

The liquidity and funding management set up at Societe Generale aims at ensuring that the Group can (i) fulfil its payment obligations at any moment in time, during normal course of business or under lasting financial stress conditions (management of liquidity risks); (ii) raise funding resources in a sustainable manner, at a competitive cost compared to peers (management of funding risks). Doing so, the liquidity and funding management ensures compliance with risk appetite and regulatory requirements

To achieve these objectives, Societe Generale has adopted the following guiding principles:

liquidity risk management is centralised at Group level, ensuring pooling of resources, optimisation of costs and consistent risk management. Businesses must comply with static liquidity deadlocks in normal situations, within the limits of their supervision and the operation of their activities, by carrying out operations with the “own management” entity, where appropriate, according to an internal refinancing schedule. Assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity are assigned maturities according to agreements or quantitative models proposed by the Finance Department and by the business lines and validated by the Risk Division;

funding resources are based on business development needs and the risk appetite defined by the Board of Directors. See below the “Funding Plan” chapter in section 2;

financing resources are diversified by currencies, investor pools, maturities and formats (vanilla issues, structured, secured notes, etc.). Most of the debt is issued by the parent company. However, Societe Generale also relies on certain subsidiaries to raise resources in foreign currencies and from pools of investors complementary to those of the parent company;

liquid reserves are built up and maintained in such a way as to respect the stress survival horizon defined by the Board of Directors. Liquid reserves are available in the form of cash held in central banks and securities that can be liquidated quickly and housed either in the banking book, under direct or indirect management of the Group Treasury, or in the trading book within the market activities under the supervision of the Group Treasury;

the Group has options that can be activated at any time under stress, through an Emergency Financing Plan (EFP) at Group level (except for insurance activities, which have a separate contingency plan), defining leading indicators for monitoring the evolution of the liquidity situation, operating procedures and remedial actions that can be activated in a crisis situation.

4.10 OPERATIONAL RISK

In line with the Group’s Risk taxonomy, operational risk is one of the non-financial risks monitored by the Group. Operational risk is the risk of losses resulting from inadequacies or failures in processes, personnel or information systems, or from external events.

Societe Generale’s operational risk classification is divided into eight event categories:

commercial litigation;

disputes with authorities;

errors in pricing or risk evaluation including model risk;

execution errors;

fraud and other criminal activities;

rogue trading;

loss of operating resources;

IT system interruptions.

This classification ensures consistency throughout the system and enabling cross-business analyses throughout the Group (see section 4.10.2), particularly on the following risks:

risks related to information and communication technologies and security (cybercrime, IT systems failures, etc.);

risks related to outsourcing of services and business continuity;

risks related to the launch of new products/services/activities for customers;

non-compliance risk (including legal and tax risks) represents the risk of legal, administrative or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or loss to reputation a bank may suffer as a result of its failure to comply with national or European legislation, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organisation standards, and Codes of Conduct applicable to its banking activities;

reputational risk arises from a negative perception on the part of customers, counterparties, shareholders, investors or regulators that could negatively impact the Group’s ability to maintain or engage in business relationships and to sustain access to sources of financing;

misconduct risk resulting from actions (or inaction) or behaviour of the Bank or its employees inconsistent with the Group’s Code of Conduct, which may lead to adverse consequences for our stakeholders, or place the Bank’s sustainability or reputation at risk.

The framework relating to the risks of non-compliance, reputation and inappropriate conduct is detailed in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance risk”.

4.10.1 ORGANISATION OF OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group operational risk management framework, other than non-compliance risks detailed in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance risk” is structured around a three-level system comprising:

a first line of defence in each core Business Units/Service Units, responsible for applying the framework and putting in place controls that ensure risks are identified, analysed, measured, monitored, managed, reported and contained with the limits set by the Group-defined risk appetite;

a second line of defence, namely the Operational Risk Department in the Group’s Risk Division.

As such, the Operational Risk Department:

-

conducts a critical examination of the BU/SUs management of operational risks (including fraud risk, risks related to information systems and information security, and risks related to business continuity and crisis management),

-

sets regulations and procedures for operational risk systems and production of cross Group analyses,

-

produces risk and oversight indicators for operational risk frameworks.

To cover the entire Group, the Operational Risk Department has a central team supported by regional hubs. The regional hubs report back to the department, providing all information necessary for a consolidated overview of the Bank’s risk profile that is holistic, prospective and valid for both internal oversight purposes and regulatory reporting.

The regional hubs are responsible for implementing the Operational Risk Division’s briefs in accordance with the demands of their local regulators.

The Operational Risk Department communicates with the first line of defence through a network of operational risk correspondents in each Business/Service Units.

Concerning risks specifically linked to business continuity, crisis management and information, of persons and property, the Operational Risk Department carries out the critical review of the management of these risks in connection with the Group Security Division. Specifically, regarding IT risks, the Operational Risk Department carries out the critical review of the management of these risks in connection with the Resources and Digital Transformation Department.

a third line of defence in charge of internal audits, carried out by the General Inspection and Audit Division.

The implementation and monitoring of the operational risk management framework is part of the Group’s internal control framework:

level 1 control is performed as part of operations within each SG Group BU/SU/entity, including managerial supervision and operational controls. This permanent control framework is supervised by the Normative Controls Library (NCL), which brings together, for the entire Group, the control objectives defined by the expertise functions, the business lines, in connection with the second lines of defence;

level 2 control is carried out by dedicated teams in the Risk Division to carry out this mission on operational risks covering the risks specific to the various businesses (including operational risks related to credit and market risks), as well as the risks associated with purchases, communication, real estate, human resources and information system.

Protecting persons and property, and compliance with the laws and regulations governing security are major objectives for Societe Generale Group. It is the mission of the Group Security Division to manage human, organisational and technical frameworks that guarantee the smooth operational functioning of the Group in France and internationally, by reducing exposure to threats (in terms of security and safety) and reducing their impact in the event of crisis.

The security of persons and property encompasses two very specific areas:

security, which comprises all the human, organisational and technical resources combined to deal with technical, physical, chemical and environmental accidents that can harm people and property;

safety, which comprises all the human, organisational and technical resources combined to deal with spontaneous or premeditated acts aimed at harming or damaging the Bank with the intent of obtaining psychological and/or financial profit.

The management of all these risks is based on operational risk systems and the second line of defence is provided by the Risk Department.

Given the importance for the Group of its information system and the data it conveys and the continuous increase in the cybercriminal threat, the risks related to information and communication technologies (ICT) and to security are major for Societe Generale. Their supervision, integrated into the general operational risk management system, is steered as the first line of defence by a dedicated area of expertise (Information and Information Systems Security – ISS) and the second line of defence is provided by the Risk Department. They are subject to specific monitoring by the management bodies through sessions dedicated to Group governance (Risk Committee, CORISQ, CCCIG, DTCO) and a quarterly dashboard which presents the risk situation and action plans on the main information and communication technologies risks.

The Group Security Department, housed within the General Secretariat, is responsible for protecting information. The information provided by customers, employees and also the collective knowledge and know-how of the bank constitute Societe Generale’s most valuable information resources. To this end, it is necessary to put in place the human, organisational and technical mechanisms which make it possible to protect the information and ensure that it is handled, communicated to and shared by only the people who are authorised to know.

The person in charge of risks related to information and communication technologies (ICT) and security of information systems is housed at the Corporate Resources and Digital Transformation Division. Under the functional authority of the Head of Group Security, he recommends the strategy to protect digital information and heads up the IT Security Department. The IT security framework is aligned with the market standards (NIST, ISO 27002), and implemented in each Business/Service Unit.

Risk management associated with cybercrime is carried out through the tri-annual Information Systems Security (ISS) master plan.

In order to take into account the development of the threat, in particular that related to ransomware, and in line with the Group strategy, the ISS 2021-2023 master plan is structured, with a budget of EUR 650 million over the period 2021-2023, around two pillars that guide actions out to 2023:

protect the data of our customers and our ability to operate the banking services, by integrating the threats, the requirements of the regulators, and the need to support the Business Units and Service Units in their digital transformation and the evolution of uses that accompanies it. A risk-based approach allows us to concentrate our efforts on the most critical elements and data, in connection with the work of the Security Department cited above. We are preparing to manage a major cyber crisis by improving in particular our detection capacity, our ability to control our IT links with our partners and subsidiaries, and our ability to rebuild the information system;

increase our operational efficiency by gaining overall consistency, and by increasing our protections and our ability to react. In particular by developing the management of the Cyber Security Department, by optimising our processes and our tools to be able to deploy new protections at constant cost. Finally, by working on the management of human resources in the department, in particular on developing skills and networks of expertise.

At the operational level, the Group relies on a CERT (Computer Emergency Response Team) unit in charge of incident management, security watch and the fight against cybercrime. This team uses multiple sources of information and monitoring, both internal and external. Since 2018, this unit has also been strengthened by the establishment of an internal Red Team whose main tasks are to assess the effectiveness of the security systems deployed and to test the detection and reaction capabilities of the defence teams (Blue Teams) during an exercise simulating a real attack. The services of the Red Team enable the Group to gain a better understanding of the weaknesses in the security of the Societe Generale information system, to help in the implementation of global improvement strategies, and also to train cybersecurity defence teams. CERT works closely with the Security Operation Center (SOC), which is in charge of detecting security events and processing them.

A team at the Resources and Digital Transformation Department is in charge of ensuring the consistency of the implementation of operational risk management systems and their consolidation for IT processes. The main tasks of the team are as follows:

identify and evaluate the major IT risks for the Group, including extreme risk scenarios (e.g. cyberattack, failure of a provider), to enable the Bank to improve its knowledge of its risks, be better prepared for extreme risk scenarios and better align their investments with their IT risks;

produce the indicators that feed the IT risks monitoring dashboard, intended for management bodies and Information Systems Directors. They are reviewed regularly with the second line of defence in order to remain aligned with the IS and SSI strategy and their objectives;

more generally, ensure the quality and reliability of all devices addressing IT operational risks. Particular attention is paid to the permanent control system for its IT risks, which is based on the definition of normative IT and security controls and the support of the Group in the deployment of managerial supervision on this topic. As part of the “PCT” program to transform permanent control, the normative controls were reviewed, i.e. around thirty controls on IS/SSI subjects. The IT Department monitors the deployment of these controls across the Group, the progress of which is aligned with the objectives set by the Group.

In terms of awareness, a multilingual online training module on information security is mandatory for all internal Group staff and for all service providers who use or access our information system. It was updated in early 2020 in order to incorporate changes to the new Group Information Security Policy. At the end of August 2021, 98% of Societe Generale Group employees who were notified of the training module had performed it.

The supervision of fraud risk, whether internal or external, is integrated into the general operational risk management framework which allows the identification, assessment, mitigation and monitoring of the risk, whether it is potential or actual.

It is steered in the first line of defence by dedicated expert teams working on fraud risk management, in addition to the teams in charge of operational risk management specific to each of the banking businesses. These teams are in charge of the definition and operational implementation of the means of raising awareness, preventing, detecting and dealing with frauds. The second line of defence is provided by the Operational Risks Department with a fraud risk manager. The second line defines and verifies compliance with the principles of fraud risk management in conjunction with the first line teams, and ensures that the appropriate governance is in place.

Finally, the teams, whether they are in the first or second line of defence, work jointly with teams of experts in charge of information security, the fight against cyber crime, know your client (KYC), anti-money laundering and combating corruption. Likewise, the teams work closely with the teams in charge of credit risk and market risk. The sharing of information contributes to the identification and increased responsiveness in the presence of a situation of proven fraud or weak signals. This active collaboration makes it possible to initiate investigative measures, blocking attempted fraud or initiating the recovery of funds or the activation of associated guarantees and insurance payments in the event of successful fraud.

4.11 COMPLIANCE RISK

Compliance risk is considered a non-financial risk, in keeping with the Group’s risk taxonomy.

Acting in compliance means understanding and observing the external and internal rules that govern our banking and financial activities. These rules aim to ensure a transparent and balanced relationship between the Bank and all of its stakeholders. Compliance is the cornerstone of trust between the Bank, its clients, its supervisors and its staff.

Compliance with rules is the responsibility of all Group employees, who must demonstrate compliance and integrity on a daily basis. The rules must be clearly expressed, and staff have been informed and/or trained to understand them properly.

The compliance risk prevention system is based on shared responsibility between the operational entities and the Group Compliance Department:

the operational entities (BUs and SUs) must incorporate into their daily activities compliance with laws and regulations, the rules of professional best practice and the Group’s internal rules;

the Compliance Department manages the Group’s compliance risk prevention system. It ensures the system’s consistency and efficiency, while also developing appropriate relationships (liaising with the General Secretariat) with bank supervisors and regulators. This independent department reports directly to General Management.

To support the businesses and supervise the system, the Compliance Department is organised into:

Standards and Consolidation teams responsible for defining the normative system and oversight guidelines, consolidating them at Group level, as well as defining the target operational model for each compliance risk;

Departmental/Business Compliance teams which are aligned across the Group’s major business lines (Corporate and Investment Bank, French Retail Banking, International Retail Banking, Private Banking and Corporate Divisions), responsible for the relationship with BU/SUs, including deal flow, advisory, and risk oversight of BU/SUs;

teams responsible for cross-business functions, including second-level controls.

The Compliance Department is organised into three main compliance risk categories:

financial security: know your client (KYC) processes; the observance of international sanctions and embargo rules, and anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism (AML/CFT) rules, including the declaration of suspicious activities to the relevant authorities where applicable;

regulatory risks, which cover in particular: client protection, anti-bribery and corruption, ethics and conduct, compliance with tax transparency regulations (based on knowledge of the customers’ tax profile), compliance with corporate social responsibility regulations and Group commitments, market integrity, compliance with prudential regulations in collaboration with the Risk Department, joint coordination with HRCO of the Group’s Culture & Conduct issues (conduct in particular);

data protection, including personal data, in particular client data.

Financial crime risks

Regulatory risks

Data

protection

& digital

KYC(1)

AML/CTF(2)

Sanctions and embargoes

Client protection

Market integrity

Tax transparency

Anti-Corruption & Bribery, Ethics & Conduct

CSR(3)

Prudential risks

 

(1)

Know Your Client.

(2)

Anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism.

(3)

Corporate Social Responsibility.

Compliance has set up an extensive compulsory training programme for each of these risk categories, designed to raise awareness of compliance risks among all or some employees. The training has been completed by high-level employees within the Group.

In addition to its LoD2 function with regard to the aforementioned risks, Compliance oversees the regulatory system for all regulations applicable to credit institutions, including those implemented by other departments, such as prudential regulations.

4.11.1 COMPLIANCE

At the end of 2022, the Group concluded an extensive programme launched in 2018 to rework its KYC functions in order to boost their operational efficiency (via the simplification of standards, greater pooling of resources, optimisation of tools and processes) and to improve the client experience. Placed under the responsibility of the Compliance Department, this programme has made it possible to redefine a standardised normative framework country by country in terms of KYC due diligence, to develop new client rating models, and to launch an industrialised system for the screening and processing of negative client news. This allowed the anti-corruption system to be upgraded in line with the requirements of the French anti-bribery agency.

The Group has transposed all the measures related to Directive (EU) 2015/849 on anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing (referred to as “the 5th Anti-Money Laundering Directive”), as well as European Regulation 2015/847 on the quality of payment information and the Order of 6 January 2021 on the system and internal controls to fight money laundering and terrorism financing.

The system for the detection of suspicious or unusual transactions continued to be strengthened in 2022 with the roll-out of more sophisticated monitoring tools, the optimisation of scenarios used and the launch of initiatives to switch to new-generation monitoring tools, with priority given to International Retail Banking and Boursorama.

In 2022, the Embargoes/Sanctions teams were hit with the impact of the Russian crisis, in particular the increase in and complexity of the sanction regimes defined by the various jurisdictions (European Union, United States, United Kingdom, etc.) in the first months of the Ukraine war and the disposal of our subsidiary Rosbank.

Societe Generale was able to effectively react to this crisis thanks to the strengthening in recent years of its embargoes/sanctions risk management system, and the exceptional recruitment of additional employees to manage the sharp rise in alerts.

Despite the significant increase in workload for all teams, managing the Russian crisis did not affect the completion of upgrades to the system following agreements entered into with the US authorities in 2018. In accordance with the dismissal of the Deferred Prosecution Agreement, announced in December 2021, the La Fayette programme was officially closed on 1 August 2022. Nevertheless, Societe Generale is still regularly reviewed by an independent consultant appointed by the FED.

Customer protection is a major challenge for the Societe Generale Group, which is committed to respecting and protecting the interests of its customers.

The prevention of financial vulnerability (early detection), banking inclusion (the right to hold an account) and the removal of insurance taken out on a real estate loan are still priorities. These measures were supplemented by the application of the recent Lemoine law, which stipulates that any request to replace a contract must be processed within 10 days.

Information provided to customers was strengthened with new rules on ESG (Environmental and Social Governance) labelling and designations.

The Group continues to implement significant measures to improve its system in terms of:

strengthening internal rules regarding key aspects of customer protection (marketing rules – especially in terms of sustainable investment, cross-border sales, customer claims, conflicts of interest, product governance, protection of customers’ assets, along with compensation and qualification of employees);

specific training and increased staff awareness; the importance the Group places on this issue is largely addressed in the Group’s Code of Conduct;

adapting as a matter of necessity existing tools to new regulatory requirements, in particular the Shareholder Rights Directive II (SRD2), applicable as of 2021.

Processing a claim is a commercial act that impacts customer satisfaction. Accordingly, it has received much coverage in the Code of Conduct.

The “Customer claim processing” Group instruction incorporates the recommendations of the national supervisor (French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority – ACPR) and the regulatory requirements (MIF2, DDA and DSP – the Payment Services Directive) relative to the strengthening of customer protection measures at European level. The Bank’s businesses have an ad hoc governance, an organisation, human resources and applications, formalised procedures, and quantitative and qualitative monitoring indicators.

Independent mediation supplements this internal system. Mediation, a measure aimed at amicable settlement, is brought to customers’ awareness on multiple information media, in particular through a permanent notice on the back of bank account statements. Every entity involved is obliged to comply with the independent mediator’s decision.

The Group has a clear normative framework in place to prevent and manage conflicts of interest. This framework specifies the principles and mechanisms that have been implemented. This robust system covers three categories of potential conflicts of interest: those that may arise between the Group and its customers or between the Group’s customers; those occurring between the Group and its employees (particularly in relation to activities involving an employee’s personal interest and/or their professional obligations); and, lastly, those arising between the Group and its suppliers. The system has been supplemented by the annual reporting of conflicts of interest (Déclaration des Conflits d’intérêts – DACI) regarding people most exposed to the risks of corruption.

Systematic reviews ahead of and during the marketing process ensure compliance with product governance obligations. As product originator, Societe Generale sets up Product Review Committees to ensure the target market has been defined correctly and, if not, to adjust it accordingly. As distributor, Societe Generale checks that the criteria match the customers’ situation and communicates with product originators to track products during their life cycle. Societe Generale’s investment services policy includes new offers in terms of sustainable finance, the supervision of crypto-assets, and detailed notes on the target markets of the main instruments produced or distributed by each business.

Societe Generale has established practices and usages to comply with legislation vis-à-vis vulnerable customers, in particular customers benefiting from the offer tailored to financially vulnerable customers. To contribute to the national effort to boost the purchasing power of French citizens in challenging financial circumstances, the Group has added to its practices by introducing additional measures in 2019, notably: i) freezing bank fees; ii) capping bank intervention fees for vulnerable clients; and iii) organising follow-up and support suited to the situation of customers experiencing difficulties in the wake of recent events. These measures are closely monitored and covered in action plans aimed at identifying financially vulnerable customers.

The market integrity laws and regulations adopted in recent years have been included in a robust risk hedging system implemented in the Societe Generale Group.

The rules of conduct, the organisational principles and the oversight and control measures are in place and regularly assessed. Moreover, extensive training and awareness-raising programmes are provided to all Group employees.

This system was strengthened in 2022 to keep pace with regulatory developments, in particular:

to address the escalation in regulatory requirements regarding transaction reporting;

regarding derivatives, which is an area subject to regulatory changes; combined with business and technological developments, they require constant updates and adjustments to the compliance management system;

by continuing the IBOR transition to adopt Risk-Free Rates after an important milestone was achieved at the end of 2021 with the discontinuation of LIBOR in EUR, GBP, JPY and CHF.

Societe Generale Group’s principles on combating tax evasion are governed by the Tax Code of Conduct. The Code is updated periodically and approved by the Board of Directors after review by the Executive Committee. It is publicly available via the Bank’s institutional investor portal (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents /Code%20de%20conduite/tax_code_of_conduct_of_societe_generale_group_uk.pdf).

The five main principles of the Code of Conduct are as follows:

Societe Generale ensures compliance with the tax rules applicable to its business in all countries where the Group operates, in accordance with international conventions and national laws;

in its customer relationships, Societe Generale ensures that customers are informed of their tax obligations relating to transactions carried out with the Group, and the Group complies with the reporting obligations that apply to it as bookkeeper or in any other way;

in its relations with the tax authorities, Societe Generale is committed to strictly respecting tax procedures and ensures that it maintains open and transparent relations to uphold its reputation;

Societe Generale does not encourage or promote tax evasion for itself, its subsidiaries or its customers;

Societe Generale has a tax policy in line with its strategy of sustainable profitability and refrains from any operation, whether for its own account or for its customers, whose main purpose or effect is tax motivated, unless this is consistent with the intention of the legislation.

The Tax Department annually presents to the Risk Committee or the Board of Directors the Group’s tax policy, including the procedures and systems in place within the Group to ensure that new products and new establishments comply with the Group’s tax principles.

The Group is committed to a strict policy with regard to tax havens. No Group entity is authorised in a state or territory on the official French list of ETNCs (États et territoires non coopératifs in French)(1) and internal rules have been in place since 2013 to monitor an expanded list of countries or territories,

The Group adheres to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) Transfer Pricing Guidelines and applies the principle of competitive neutrality in order to ensure that its intra-group transactions are made at arm’s length conditions and do not lead to the transfer of any indirect benefits. However, local constraints may require deviations from OECD methodologies, in which case the local constraints must be documented.

The Group publishes information on its entities and activities annually on a country-by-country basis (see 2.12 page 67) and confirms that its presence in a number of countries is for commercial purposes only, and not to benefit from special tax provisions. The Group also complies with the tax transparency rules for its own account (CbCR – country-by-Country Reporting).

Societe Generale complies with client tax transparency standards. The Common Reporting Standard (CRS) enables tax authorities to be systematically informed of income received abroad by their tax residents, including where the accounts are held in asset management structures. Societe Generale also complies with the requirements of the United States FATCA (Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act), which aims to combat tax evasion involving foreign accounts or entities held by US taxpayers. The Group has implemented the European Directive DAC6, which will require the reporting of cross-border tax arrangements. Lastly, the Group is studying the new tax transparency standards on digital assets ahead of their upcoming implementation, in particular the CARF (Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework), changes to the CRS standard, and the new European directive in this regard, known as DAC8 (Directive on Administrative Cooperation 8).

Importantly, the account-keeping entities of the Private Banking business line are established exclusively in countries with the strictest tax transparency rules imposed by G20 member countries and the OECD. Assets deposited in Private Banking books are subject to enhanced scrutiny using comprehensive due diligence procedures to ensure they are tax compliant.

In accordance with regulatory requirements, Societe Generale also includes tax fraud in its anti-money laundering procedures.

Societe Generale is fully committed to fighting corruption and has given clear undertakings in this respect by participating in the Wolfsberg Group and the Global Compact.

The Group applies the strict principles included in its Code of Conduct and its “Anti-Corruption and Influence Peddling Code”.

(1)

Including the European Union blacklist.

Societe Generale’s anti-corruption programme is built around the following themes:

Code of Conduct;

risk mapping;

appropriate training at all levels (senior management, exposed persons, all employees);

control systems;

accounting procedures;

evaluation of third parties;

disciplinary system;

right to whistleblow.

In this context, processes and tools have been strengthened since 2018 with more staff dedicated to anti-corruption practices within the Group (in particular to carry out client due diligence), the creation of monitoring indicators, and new operational checks to reduce the risk of corruption.

The Group’s anti-corruption instructions are revised and expanded every year.

The Societe Generale Group also has several tools at its disposal, such as the tool for declaring gifts and invitations (GEMS), the tool for whistleblowing management (WhistleB), the annual conflict of interest declaration tool (DACI), and the tool for selecting risky manual accounting entries (OSERIS).

Several anti-corruption training measures are implemented on a regular basis, for the benefit not only of employees, but also of persons most exposed to the risk of corruption, accounting controllers, and members of General Management and the Board of Directors.

Third-party (customers, suppliers and associations benefiting from donations or sponsorship initiatives) knowledge procedures have been strengthened.

European financial regulations have seen significant changes from a social and environmental perspective, in particular with:

the entry into force in March 2021 of Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 – SFDR on sustainability-related disclosures in the financial services sector;

the Taxonomy Regulation (EU) 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment; and

the entry into force in January 2022 of the Delegated Regulation of 4 June 2021 supplementing the Taxonomy Regulation.

The Compliance Department is developing the normative framework relative to the European Union regulations on sustainable investment. A dedicated programme is helping the business lines to comply with regulations and is producing deliverables pertaining to normative documentation, training, controls and supervision. An e-learning module on sustainable investment was made compulsory for more than 30,000 Group employees.

Over and above the regulations, the Group is making voluntary, public commitments in this area. To manage the implementation of the environmental and social risk management system and ensure the Group’s commitments are upheld, the Compliance Division has taken the following measures:

developing normative controls;

deploying e-learning on environmental and social risk management. The training was made compulsory for all employees having a direct or indirect relationship with corporate customers. Moreover, specific workshops were conducted with targeted employees in the Compliance Division to foster an understanding of and compliance with the criteria for applying voluntary commitments;

defining an environmental and social escalation procedure with respect to corporate customers to set out the criteria requiring business lines to reach out to the Compliance Division and, where applicable, the Responsible Commitments Committee, to connect with a company or during situations likely to present a reputation risk arising from environmental or social factors.

Societe Generale is especially sensitive to personal data protection.

In order to comply with the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), Societe Generale Group has significantly strengthened its personal data processing framework.

Across all Group entities, internal instructions and associated procedures in line with local and European regulations define the rules to apply and the measures to take to guarantee the protection and security of customer and staff data. In particular, measures to inform data subjects (customers, employees, shareholders, suppliers, etc.) and process their demands are in place so that such persons can exercise their rights, notably via dedicated digital platforms. A personal data security policy has been defined, which fits in with the Group’s overall security strategy, especially as regards cybersecurity. Moreover, there has been a specific effort to increase staff awareness via dedicated training. Accordingly, the e-learning module was revised in 2022 to be rolled out to all employees working in the relevant entities.

Societe Generale Group has appointed a Data Protection Officer (DPO) in accordance with the applicable regulations. Reporting to the Head of Group Compliance, the DPO is the main contact person for the Personal Data Protection Authority (Commission Nationale de l’Informatique et des Libertés – CNIL). The DPO is also responsible for ensuring sound Group compliance for personal data protection. Alongside the network of local DPOs and correspondents throughout the Group entities, the DPO assists them with security issues and personal data usage.

As part of his or her duties, the DPO regularly reviews a number of indicators, notably the number and nature of requests by persons seeking to exercise their rights under GDPR, the internal training completion rate, and the local DPO certification programme.

Societe Generale Group is required to archive information that could provide evidence of its activities, in accordance with the laws and regulations applicable in its countries of operation.

Data Records Management (DRM) is defined as all actions, tools and methods aimed at identifying, storing, retrieving and destroying or permanently preserving all information providing evidence of its activities. It ensures the traceability of the Group’s activities by preserving records held in compliance with the legal, regulatory, contractual and business rules applicable to the relevant activities, and by destroying them at the end of their retention period, except in specific cases (pre-litigation or litigation retention procedures, for example).

Three DRM principles must be observed and implemented in a proportionate manner for all archived records: integrity, traceability and access.

DRM governance is covered by a specific Group-wide policy.

It is being rolled out gradually as part of a dedicated programme, under the responsibility of the Human Resources, Compliance and Legal Departments, and relies on a network of DRM correspondents.

It is coordinated by the Compliance Department, which:

supports the Compliance Control Officers of the businesses in their strategy for preventing, identifying, assessing and controlling reputation risk;

develops a reputation risk dashboard that is communicated quarterly to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, based on information from the businesses/Business Units and support functions/Service Units (in particular the Human Resources, Communications, Legal, Corporate Social Responsibility and Data Protection Departments).

Moreover, Chief Compliance Officers dedicated to Business Units take part in the various bodies (New Product Committees, ad hoc Committees, etc.) organised to approve new types of transactions, products, projects or customers, and formulate a written opinion as to their assessment of the level of risk of the planned initiative, and notably the reputation risk.

In addition to its second-line-of-defence function with regard to the aforementioned risks, the Compliance Department has continued to strengthen the supervision of the Group’s regulatory system in coordination with the Risk, Finance and Legal Departments. This oversight relies on the corporate compliance framework, which aims to ensure the Group’s compliance with all banking and finance regulations, including those implemented by other departments (control functions or independent expert functions) in areas where Compliance has no dedicated expertise.

Furthermore, the process for reporting prudential non-compliance incidents was strengthened in 2022 with the creation of a new category in the Group’s taxonomy, dedicated to prudential regulations and incorporated into the scope of the Compliance Incident Committees.

In June 2018, Societe Generale entered into agreements with the US Department of Justice (DOJ) and the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) to resolve their investigations into IBOR submissions, and with the DOJ and the French Financial Prosecutions Department (Parquet National Financier PNF) to resolve their investigations into certain transactions involving Libyan counterparties.

In November 2018, Societe Generale entered into agreements with the US authorities to resolve their investigations into certain US dollar transactions involving countries, persons or entities subject to US economic sanctions.

As part of these agreements, the Bank committed to enhance its compliance system in order to prevent and detect any violation of anti-corruption and bribery, market manipulation and US economic sanction regulations, and any violation of New York state laws. The Bank also committed to enhance corporate oversight of its economic sanction’s compliance programme.

Moreover, the Bank agreed with the US Federal Reserve to hire an independent consultant to assess the Bank’s progress on the implementation of measures to strengthen its compliance programme with respect to sanctions and embargoes.

To meet the commitments made by Societe Generale as part of these agreements, the Bank developed a programme to implement these commitments and strengthen its compliance system in the relevant areas, which was officially concluded on 1 August 2022.

On 30 November and 2 December 2021, the US federal court confirmed the termination of legal proceedings by the DOJ, which confirmed that Societe Generale complied with obligations relating to the deferred prosecution agreements (DPA) of June and November 2018. In December 2020, the PNF resolved proceedings against Societe Generale and acknowledged that Societe Generale had fulfilled its obligations with respect to the public interest judicial convention.

On 19 November 2018, Societe Generale Group and its New York branch (SGNY) entered into an agreement (enforcement action) with the NY State Department of Financial Services regarding the SGNY anti-money laundering compliance programme. This agreement requires (i) submitting an enhanced anti-money laundering programme, (ii) an anti-money laundering governance plan, and (iii) the performance of an external audit in 2020.

As background information, on 14 December 2017, Societe Generale and SGNY on the one hand, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve on the other hand, agreed to a Cease-and-Desist order (the “Order”) regarding the SGNY compliance programme to adhere to the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and its anti-money laundering (“AML”) obligations (the “Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program”), and regarding some aspects of its know your client (KYC) programme.

This Cease-and-Desist Order signed on 14 December 2017 with the US Federal Reserve supersedes the Written Agreement entered into in 2009 between Societe Generale Group and SGNY on the one hand, and the US Federal Reserve and the New York State Financial Services Department on the other.

On 17 December 2019, Societe Generale SA and SGNY signed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (FRB) regarding compliance risk management. This agreement included the submission and approval by the FRB, followed by the implementation, of (i) an action plan to strengthen supervision by the US Risk Committee of the compliance risk management programme, (ii) an action plan to improve the compliance risk management programme in the US, and (iii) revisions of the internal audit programme concerning compliance risk management audits in the US.

At the end of 2022, Societe Generale had made considerable progress in the delivery of remedial actions.

4.12 MODEL RISK

Many choices made within the Group are based on quantitative decision support tools (models). Model risk is defined as the risk of adverse consequences (including financial consequences) due to decisions reached based on results of internal models. The source of model risk may be linked to errors in development, implementation or use of these models and can take the form of model uncertainty or errors in the implementation of model management processes.

4.12.1 MODEL RISK MONITORING

The Group is fully committed to maintaining a solid governance system in terms of model risk management in order to ensure the efficiency and reliability of the identification, design, implementation, modification monitoring processes, independent review and approval of the models used. An MRM (“Model Risk Management”) Department in charge of controlling model risk was created within the Risk Department in 2017. Since then, the model risk management framework has been consolidated and structured and is based today on the following device.

The model risk management system is implemented by the three independent lines of defence, which correspond to the responsibility of the business lines in risk management, to the review and independent supervision and evaluation of the system and which are segregated and independent to avoid any conflict of interest.

The device is as follows:

the first line of defence (LoD1), which brings together several teams with diverse skills within the Group, is responsible for the development, implementation, use and monitoring of the relevance over time of the models, in accordance with model risk management system; these teams are housed in the Business Departments or their Support Departments;

the second line of defence (LoD2) is made up of governance teams and independent model review teams, and supervised by the “Model Risk” Department within the Risk Department;

the third line of defence (LoD3) is responsible for assessing the overall effectiveness of the model risk management system (the relevance of governance for model risk and the efficiency of the activities of the second line of defence) and independent audit of models: it is housed within the Internal Audit Department.

A MRM Committee chaired by the Risk Director meets at least every three months to ensure the implementation of the management system and monitor the risk of models at Group level. Within the second line of defence and the “Model risk” Department, a governance team is in charge of the design and management of the model risk management system at Group level.

As such:

the normative framework applicable to all of the Group’s models is defined, applied when necessary to the main families of models to provide details on the specifics, and maintained while ensuring the consistency and homogeneity of the system, its integrity and its compliance with regulatory provisions; this framework specifies in particular the definition of expectations with regard to LoD1, the principles for the model risk assessment methodology and the definition of guiding principles for the independent review and approval of the model;

the identification, recording and updating of information of all models within the Group (including models under development or recently withdrawn) are carried out in the model inventory according to a defined process and piloted by LoD2;

the monitoring and reporting system relating to model risk incurred by the Group in Senior Management has been put in place. The appetite for model risk, corresponding to the level of model risk that the Group is ready to assume in the context of achieving its strategic objectives, is also formalised through statements relating to risk tolerance, translated under form of specific indicators associated with warning limits and thresholds.

For each model, risk management is based on compliance with the rules and standards defined for the entire Group by each LoD1 player, it is guaranteed by an effective challenge from LoD2 and a uniform approval process.

The need to examine a model is assessed according to the level of model risk, its model family and applicable regulatory requirements. The independent review by the second line of defence is triggered in particular for new models, periodic model reviews, proposals to change models and transversal reviews in response to a recommendation:

it corresponds to all the processes and activities which aim to verify the conformity of the functioning and use of the models with respect to the objectives for which they were designed and to the applicable regulations, on the basis of the activities and controls implemented by LoD1;

it is based on certain principles aimed at verifying the theoretical robustness (evaluation of the quality of the design and development of the model), the conformity of the implementation and use, and the relevance of the monitoring of the model;

it gives rise to an Independent Review Report, which describes the scope of the review, the tests carried out, the results of the review, the conclusions or the recommendations.

The approval process follows the same approval scheme for all models, the composition of governance bodies being able to vary according to the level of model risk, the family of models, the applicable regulatory requirements and the Business Units/Service Units in which model is applicable. Responsible for LoD2, the approval process consists of two consecutive instances:

the Review Authority which aims to present the conclusions identified by the review team in the Independent Review Report and to discuss, allowing for a contradictory debate between LoD1 and LoD2. Based on the discussions, LoD2 confirms or modifies the conclusions of the Review Report, including the findings and recommendations, without being limited thereto;

the Approval Authority, a body which has the power to approve (with or without reservation) or reject the use of a model, changes made to the existing model or continuous monitoring of the relevance of the model along the time proposed by the LoD1, from the Independent Review Report and the minutes of the Review Authority.

4.13 ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (ESG) RISKS

4.13.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks correspond to the risk of negative impacts stemming from current or prospective ESG factors relating to the Group’s financing, investment or service activities. Societe Generale applies the concept of double materiality when analysing such risks. This means that in addition to analysing environmental, social and governance materiality, to identify the impact of its activities on the environment and on human rights, it also analyses financial materiality, to identify risks that stand to affect the Group’s economic and financial activities as a result of ESG factors.

The Group is exposed to ESG risks not only through its financing, investment and service activities, but also through its direct activities in relation to its buildings, sourcing, etc. It has updated its risk management framework to take these new risks into account and continues to make further adjustments where necessary.

ESG risks are considered factors that can aggravate the traditional categories of risk (credit and counterparty risk, market and structural risk, operational risk, reputational risk, compliance risk, liquidity and funding risk, risks related to insurance activities). They can impact the Group’s activities, results and financial position in the short-, medium- and long-term. Accordingly, they are assessed on the same time horizons as for the Group’s financial and operational risks.

The individual components of ESG risks can be defined as follows:

environmental risks correspond to the risk of materialisation of environmental factors that may adversely affect the financial performance or solvency of a sovereign or individual entity. Environmental factors are those related to the quality and proper functioning of the natural environment and natural systems. They include factors such as climate change, biodiversity*, energy consumption and waste management;

social risks correspond to the risk of materialisation of social factors that may adversely affect the financial performance or solvency of a sovereign or individual entity. Social factors are those related to the rights, well-being and interests of people and communities. They include factors such as (in)equality, health, inclusiveness, labour relations, workplace health & safety and well-being, human capital and communities;

governance risks correspond to the risk of materialisation of governance factors that may adversely affect the financial performance or solvency of a sovereign or individual entity. Governance factors are those related to governance practices (executive leadership, executive pay, audits, internal control, fiscal policy, Board of Director independence, shareholder rights, integrity, etc.) and to how companies and entities take environmental and social factors into account in their policies and procedures.

The Group added ESG risk factors to its risk taxonomy in 2021 and the associated descriptions were revised in 2022 to include physical and transition risks among environmental factors and to incorporate double materiality. Its definitions are based on the EBA Report on management and supervision of ESG risks for credit institutions and investment firms (published in 2021) and the ECB’s Guide on climate-related and environmental risks (published in 2020).

With a view to satisfying the Pillar 3 requirements for qualitative disclosures on ESG risks, this part of Chapter 4 explains how the Group has developed a framework to mitigate such risks. A table of cross-references to the Declaration of Extra-Financial Performance is provided in Chapter 9 (see page 682).

4.14 OTHER RISKS

4.14.1 RISK RELATED TO INSURANCE ACTIVITIES

The Group is also exposed to a variety of risks linked to this business through its insurance subsidiaries. In addition to balance sheet management risks (interest rate, valuation, counterparty and exchange rate risk), these risks include premium pricing risk, mortality risk and the risk of an increase in claims.

There are two main types of insurance risks:

underwriting risks, particularly risk through life insurance, individual personal protection and non-life insurance. This risk can be biometrical: disability, longevity, mortality, or related to policyholders’ behaviour (risk of lapses). To a lesser extent, the Insurance business line is also exposed to non-life and health risks. Such risks can come from pricing, selection, claims management or catastrophic risk;

risks related to financial markets and ALM: the Insurance business line, mainly through life insurance on the French market, is exposed to instabilities on the financial markets (changes in interest rates and stock market fluctuations) which can be made worse by policyholder behavior.

Managing these risks is key to the Insurance business line’s activity. It is carried out by qualified and experienced teams, with major bespoke IT resources. Risks are monitored and regularly reported, they are framed by risk policies validated by the Board of Directors of each entity.

Risk management techniques are based on the following:

heightened security for the risk acceptance process, with the aim of guaranteeing that the price schedule matches the policyholder’s risk profile and the guarantees provided;

regular monitoring of indicators on product claims rates in order to adjust certain product parameters, such as pricing or the level of guarantee, if necessary;

implementation of a reinsurance plan to protect the business line from major/serial claims;

application of policies on risk, provisioning and reinsurance.

Management of risks linked to the financial markets and to ALM is an integral part of the investment strategy as long-term performance objectives. The optimisation of these two factors is highly influenced by the asset/liability balance. Liability commitments (guarantees offered to customers, maturity of policies), as well as the amounts booked under the major items on the balance sheet (shareholders’ equity, income, provisions, reserves, etc.) are analysed by the Finance and Risk Departments of the Insurance business line.

Risk management related to financial markets (interest rates, credit and shares) and to ALM is based on the following:

monitoring short- and long-term cash flows (match between the term of a liability and the term of an asset, liquidity risk management);

particular monitoring of policyholder behaviour (redemption);

close monitoring of financial markets;

hedging against exchange rate risks (both rising and falling);

hedging downside equity risk;

defining thresholds and limits per counterparty, per issuer rating and assets class;

stress tests, the results of which are presented annually at entities’ Board of Directors’ meetings, as part of the ORSA Report (Own Risk and Solvency Assessment), transferred to the ACPR after approval by the Board;

application of policies related to ALM and investment risks.

The models are reviewed by the Insurance Risks Department, which is the second line of defence in the context of model risk management. The review works relate to the theoretical robustness (evaluation of the quality of design and development) of the models, the use of the model, the conformity of the implementation and the continuous monitoring of the relevance of the model over time. The independent review process ends with (i) a report describing the scope of the review, the tests performed, the results of the review, conclusions or recommendations and by (ii) validation Committees. The model control system gives rise to recurring reporting to the appropriate bodies.

5 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

 

Our planet’s resources are not infinite – a fact thrown into sharp relief by the energy crisis sparked by the war in Ukraine. And so we find ourselves forced to face up to the need for far-reaching change in society and how we do things. As a result, efficiency is now the watchword in economic circles. Due to the role banks play in financing the economy, public perception of them is evolving and their stakeholders’ demands of them expanding.

Societe Generale is well positioned to adapt its activities to this new environment. With its corporate purpose - “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions” - and its materiality matrix (see page 336) squarely in mind, the Group has reaffirmed its Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Ambition. Details of this CSR Ambition and how it infuses the Group’s business model are given in Chapter 1 (see page 8). To learn about how the Group translates its CSR Ambition into actions and results, see Chapter 2 (page 46).

Driven by its core values of Innovation, Team Spirit, Commitment and Responsibility, the Group is pursuing a fair and inclusive environmental transition, in keeping with the highest standards of governance (see Chapter 3, page 69), ensuring rigorous risk assessment and management systems for both financial and non-financial risks (see Chapter 4, page 161) and regularly reviewing the impact of its activities (see “Duty of Care Plan”, page 361).

As a signatory of the UN Principles for Responsible Banking, the Group believes it has a duty to conduct its activities responsibly and to do its utmost to help its clients towards a fairer and more inclusive economy.

This requires Societe Generale to be exemplary in everything it does. The first part of this chapter therefore looks at the transformation projects undertaken by the Group in its role as a responsible employer, a responsible purchaser and a company that cares about the environment (see Part 1, “Being an exemplary financial company”, page 293).

The Group wants to be a force for change for its clients. To help it achieve this, it draws on its technical expertise and capacity for innovation, as well as its international reach. The second part of this chapter looks at how Societe Generale is promoting dialogue with its stakeholders (see 2.2 “A mindful bank”, page 335) and supporting its clients (see 2.1.3 “Supporting positive transformation”, page 325), as well as adapting its own governance (see 2.3 “A respectful and transparent bank”, page 343).

Words followed by an asterisk have a specific definition and appear in the Glossary on page 682.

Quantified indicators can be found here: https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2022-04/Corporate-social-
responsibility-Group-key-figures.xlsx.

5.1 BEING AN EXEMPLARY FINANCIAL COMPANY

5.1.1 BEING A RESPONSIBLE EMPLOYER

 

2020

2021

2022

Group headcount (at end of period, excluding temporary staff)

133,251

131,293

117,576

Full-Time Equivalents (FTEs)

126,391

124,089

115,466

Number of countries

61

66(1)

66

(1)

Including the new ALD entities in Belarus, Bulgaria, Chile, Colombia and Peru.

Societe Generale makes its social impact and its responsibility as an employer towards the Group’s 117,500 employees in 66 countries a top priority.

Monitoring quality of working life and the diversity and professional development of its teams is crucial to encouraging employee engagement within the Group and optimising performances.

And so, as part of its commitment to being a responsible employer and respecting human rights, the Group takes active steps to stay on top of the social and operational risks related to its human resources management. This ensures that its operations comply with regulations (labour law, health and safety standards, social legislation, etc.) and with the internal rules it has established, while also securing business continuity and decent working conditions for its employees.

Details on the Group’s commitments, the main human resources indicators it monitors and the associated policies and initiatives it deploys can be found in five reports, each covering one of the Group’s five priority areas in human resources (see https://www.societegenerale.com/ en/news/all-news/2021-responsible-employer-reports).

The risks related to human resources management are covered by the Group’s general risk management system, which is organised into three lines of defence and applies to all sites (see Chapter 4, “Organisation of permanent control/Operational risk management system”, page 258).

The HR Department and its teams draw on:

global policies in the various HR areas, governing human resources management in each of the Group’s BUs, SUs and subsidiaries;

processes covering the five key missions for an employer: (i) ensuring administrative management of human resources and payroll, (ii) managing employees’ careers, (iii) defining and managing compensation and benefits, (iv) managing jobs and skills, and (v) defining and managing social policies;

operational procedures and user guides aimed at securing operations and ensuring satisfactory knowledge management within the Group;

indicators to inform internal oversight.

The HR Department and its teams are also covered by the Group’s risk management and permanent control systems, including:

a set of controls on key HR processes deployed throughout the Group;

risk identification and prevention exercises;

business continuity plans and crisis exercises.

The Audit and Inspection teams also carry out periodic checks on HR activities.

In line with the Group-level risk mapping detailed in Chapter 4.1 (see “Risk factors”, page 163), the HR Department has carried out its own risk assessment and identified three chief HR risks for Societe Generale and its subsidiaries.

As an international group, Societe Generale operates within a competitive and changing environment, in which:

new players and new technologies are disrupting the banking sector’s make-up and revolutionising how it handles labour relations and conducts business with clients;

traditional ideas surrounding how we work and how businesses operate have been shaken up by the climate and social crises, leading to greater individual and collective awareness of what is at stake with digitalisation and working conditions in particular;

the economic, social and environmental fall-out from the pandemic weighs heavily on individuals, in both their professional and their personal lives.

In light of these structural and economic factors, the Group is stepping up its transformation efforts in a bid to address the new challenges arising for its businesses, such as:

intensifying market competition, particularly for candidates with IT and data expertise;

evolving working arrangements and aspirations and demands from employees in terms of how they relate to their work and their employer;

emerging needs in response to environmental, social and governance issues.

The Group recognises the impact of this accelerating pace of change and the HR risks that come with it.

The Group has identified the following HR risks that could affect its business continuity and its ability to implement its strategy and transformation plans:

1.

lack of qualified staff and the resulting risks of high staff turnover and loss of skills and expertise;

2.

poor working conditions and the resulting risks of reduced employer appeal, increased absenteeism and lack of motivation among employees, as well as the associated health and safety risks, particularly psychosocial risks. The risk of occupational accidents and illnesses for the Group’s employees is relatively limited given that they work in the banking sector rather than in an industrial setting, for example;

3.

non-compliance with labour regulations and the Group’s own labour rules, and the resulting legal, reputation and conduct risks.

Societe Generale’s people are one of its greatest assets and a key component of its business model and value proposition. Its employees’ commitment and motivation are vital to the Group’s success in its endeavours to transform its business, establishing a sustainable and responsible model to satisfy its clients.

With this in mind, and to address the various structural and economic challenges faced by the banking sector as a whole, the Group has introduced a range of policies and measures in response to its key HR risks.

Poor management of careers, skills and talent and a dip in the Group’s employer appeal could lead to staff shortages and less engaged employees. This in turn would have a direct impact on individual and collective performance, hampering the Group’s ability to attract and retain employees and, ultimately, to implement its strategy.

To address this risk, the Group has introduced a series of policies and initiatives, including due diligence, to address the following challenges.

Societe Generale’s recruitment policy is tailored to the specific needs of its businesses and activities, as well as to the local context. Its hiring processes are nonetheless uniform across the Group and always include an HR interview to assess the candidate’s affinity with the Group’s values (see “Rolling out a Code of Conduct underpinned by shared values (and human rights)”, page 345).

Hiring decisions are based solely on skills, to avoid any risk of discrimination. The Group takes concrete steps to ensure this (raising awareness of non-discriminatory hiring practices, developing a recruitment tool designed to prevent discrimination, etc.).

Societe Generale is progressively diversifying its hiring methods, making use of new technological and digital tools. The Group continues to enhance and modernise its Careers site – its main way of reaching prospective candidates – showcasing new fields of work and responding to changing candidate aspirations. It is also present on other platforms, such as My Job Glasses, Talent.io, etc., with a view to providing better visibility for the Group’s businesses, digitalising talent recruitment and strengthening Societe Generale’s employer brand.

Societe Generale strives to create sustainable appeal, seeking to promote its employer brand at every opportunity.

To help achieve this, and in line with the Group’s transformation and new commitments, Societe Generale is working together with its employees to come up with a new employer promise. The aim is to address two major trends: the Group’s expanding hiring needs (particularly in IT) within a tight labour market and employees’ evolving aspirations and demands in terms of how they relate to their work and their employer.

In order to build a long-term relationship based on trust and foster a sense of belonging, Societe Generale’s induction programme focuses on the Group’s values. The induction period is a chance for new employees to learn about the Group’s culture, methods and values, but also for the Group to start building loyalty and laying the foundations for deep-rooted engagement. A revised induction policy was introduced in 2019 and is applicable Group-wide. All employees therefore follow the same basic programme before embarking on training specific to their entity. Various tools, adapted to the Group’s different entities and businesses, are available for new hires: welcome packs, induction handbooks, guides for managers, etc.

Societe Generale views developing its employees’ skills as a way of optimising the Bank’s performance and advancing its transformation, as well as mitigating the risk of a mismatch between its needs and the employee profiles available within the Group.

Societe Generale aims to ensure it has the right skills to reach its goals in the medium and long term. To prevent risks associated with a talent shortage or mismatch, qualitative and quantitative Strategic Workforce Planning (SWP) is in place in all the Group’s locations worldwide. The aim is to match HR policies, particularly in terms of training and filling positions, to the skills required to meet the Group’s strategic challenges. SWP provides employees with the means to boost their employability.

The SWP initiative is organised into three stages:

1.

defining a qualitative and quantitative target for the skills the Group needs in the medium to long term to deliver on its strategic goals;

2.

assessing and mapping the skills available to the Group;

3.

identifying the gap between the current situation and the target in order to apply the right levers (training, internal mobility, recruitment, etc.) and action plans to bridge it. This must be a regular process so that the corresponding action plans can be updated as needed.

SWP is in place for all of the Group’s key businesses and in 2022 covered virtually all BUs and SUs, representing the foundation of an effective strategy for acquiring new skills and guiding the development of those already existing within the Group. In France, SWP is governed by a labour agreement that was signed in 2013, renewed in 2016 and again in 2019.

Societe Generale’s approach to skills mapping is based on the principle of self-empowerment: it gives employees a key role in developing their own careers and employability, using two tools through which they can record their skills. The first of these is ACE (for Appétences, Compétences, Expériences – or Aspirations, Skills & Experience). This tool relies on a dynamic skills base and machine learning technology(1) and is available to 80,000 employees spread across 80 entities and 30 countries, representing more than half of the Group’s workforce. The second, MonDiag, is specific to the French Retail Banking businesses. Employees can use this tool to craft a personalised development plan to support them in upskilling. MonDiag is available to nearly 18,000 employees.

Training is of vital importance to the Group: it is how employees develop their skills and boost their employability throughout their careers at Societe Generale. The Bank promises its employees the chance to shape their own career path, taking advantage of the multiple opportunities on offer.

The training courses offered by various players (cross-business teams or academies specific to BUs, SUs or subsidiaries) come in a variety of formats (e-learning, face-to-face, MOOC, videos, etc.) and cover:

business skills;

the risk, responsibility and compliance culture. Compulsory training for all Group employees covers the following subjects: information security, anti-corruption measures, Code of Conduct, the General Data Protection Regulation, international sanctions, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing, conflicts of interest and harassment;

soft skills (agile working, collaborative working, people management, change management, etc.);

managerial culture, and social and environmental responsibility.

As the Group moves ahead with its transformation, its existing businesses are evolving, creating needs for new skills in all functions.

The training offer is thus tailored to Societe Generale’s strategy and centres on the key businesses identified through SWP and in the annual report from the Group’s Professions Observatory. It focuses primarily on innovation and digital transformation, with a view to improving customer experience and satisfaction, training all employees on CSR so that they can play a pivotal role in integrating ESG concerns, and building operational efficiency into the Group’s transformation plans as regards both its organisational structure (especially with the Vision 2025 project and ALD’s acquisition of LeasePlan) and its digitalisation.

Societe Generale has expertise across a broad range of sectors and offers employees a host of career opportunities. Twelve principles underpin the Group’s policies on internal mobility and filling positions, and they apply to all entities. They focus on:

ensuring transparency as regards vacancies, by systematically posting offers on the internal job exchange (Job@SG) available in 34 countries;

filling positions from within the Group where possible; and

strictly adhering to the recruitment process defined by the Human Resources Department to avoid any potential risk of corruption or conflict of interest, or any form of discrimination or favouritism.

In 2021, the Group rounded off its internal mobility policies with initiatives to ensure its BUs and SUs have the talent they need and to help employees build and constantly upgrade their skill sets so that they can be sufficiently agile to respond to rapid change and seize career opportunities. In addition to being able to apply for vacancies advertised internally, employees can now be contacted by managers looking to fill a position. Employees’ skills are matched with those sought by hiring managers thanks to the ACE skills self-reporting platform, which enables managers to quickly identify employees whose profile meets their needs. This feature has proven extremely popular with managers and employees alike.

The Group also offers reskilling programmes. These programmes, initiated by the Group in 2020 and developed with business experts, aim to offer employees the opportunity to reskill and retrain in growth areas or hard-to-fill jobs within the Group. They combine theoretical training from academic partners (most often leading to a certificate or diploma) with apprenticeship within the employee’s new team. Over 200 employees (up 35% on 2021) signed up for 30 different reskilling programmes in 2022. The programme thus forms part of the response to the need to match skills to the Group’s requirements in the context of its business transformations, as well as offering employees the chance to take a new direction in their careers. New programmes are in the pipeline for 2023, primarily focused on data and ESG issues, reflecting employees’ aspirations as well as skills gaps within the Group.

(1)

Machine learning computers are not explicitly programmed for AI technology.

GROUP-WIDE CSR TRAINING PLAN

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) goes to the very core of Societe Generale’s purpose and is a strategic priority for the Group.

Accordingly, the Group wants to get all its employees up to speed on the associated issues so that they can drive the Bank’s ESG transformation and help its clients every step of the way in their own transitions.

Societe Generale is rolling out an ambitious training and communications plan, with the strategic goals of:

developing a Group CSR culture based on a shared foundation of core knowledge;

ensuring the businesses have the requisite technical expertise available to them among their employees.

The Group’s CSR training offer comprises:

around 100 training and awareness-raising modules available to all employees. These modules take a variety of forms (e-learning, masterclasses, conferences, workshops, etc.) and are all available on the Group’s dedicated training platform. They are organised under six separate headings, between them covering all aspects of CSR:

-

the basics of ESG,

-

ESG risks and assessment,

-

the environmental transition and ESG,

-

sustainable IT,

-

sustainable finance,

-

sustainable investment;

five different training tracks for skills development:

-

a foundational training track for all employees,

-

specific training tracks for certain groups (ambassadors, Executive Committee members, new hires, junior staff);

training on Climate Fresk the Group is keen to get its employees to use this tool and has set itself the target of training 30% of them on it by the end of 2024;

specific programmes such as the CSR graduate programme and a CSR reskilling programme.

What was achieved over 2022

Societe Generale was particularly active in CSR training and awareness-raising campaigns over 2022. It:

conducted communications and awareness-raising campaigns reaching employees Group-wide:

-

communications on the Group’s CSR Ambition and, in particular, on how it is stepping up its commitments in energy transition,

-

webcasts and discussions on how best to support the Group’s clients in their own energy transition projects,

-

conferences with experts on diversity and from The Shift Project (a French think tank advocating the shift to a post-carbon economy) among others;

new training opportunities in its CSR catalogue:

-

courses leading to qualifications in sustainable investment (with the EDHEC and ESSEC business schools),

-

e-learning modules on environmentally responsible habits, digital accessibility, and what responsible consumers expect from their bank,

-

workshops and talks, including the biodiversity fresk, 2 tonnes and MyCO2;

made sustainable investment training compulsory for internal targets, notably staff in financial advisory businesses tasked with marketing investment products;

trained all Group Management Committee members on Climate Fresk;

trained all Ambassadors(1) on the energy transition;

took part in the Positive Impact Week;

developed business-specific platforms for CSR training and awareness programmes.

(1)

Ambassadors represent the Group's top 1,400 individuals who occupy key positions across the Business Units and Service Units in the different geographical regions. As spokesperson for General Management among their teams, they play a decisive role in implementing and communicating Group strategy.

Key figures

Since 2021, the Group has dispensed:

more than 100,000 training sessions on CSR;

more than 65% of employees on CSR issues, via modules available on MyLearning,(1) including:

-

training on E&S risk management for 38,000 employees,

-

training on Societe Generale’s CSR strategy for 20,000 employees,

-

training on sustainable IT for 10,000 employees,

-

training on sustainable investment for 10,000 employees;

helped more than 60 employees get their CESGA(2) certification;

training for 10,000 employees on the energy transition and what it means for the Bank’s clients (ENEA module).

Built around its Leadership Model and designed to optimise and develop the potential of its employees, while deepening engagement to the Group, Societe Generale’s talent management policy applies across all entities, businesses and regions. The aim of the policy is not only to identify, develop and retain high-potential employees and the leaders of tomorrow, but also to ensure the Group has the right managers for its key positions through succession planning.

In 2022, the Group further strengthened its policy of identifying, managing and developing high-potential talents. It:

reviewed succession plans for key positions in the Group;

continued its efforts on diversity (see the Diversity and Inclusion Report), introducing two new professional development programmes designed to help women progress in their careers;

continued to support talent development, making widespread use of personalised development tools such as 360° assessments, coaching, and leadership development centres;

supported its HR teams and fostered a community of talent managers.

Societe Generale has a balanced compensation policy that meets regulatory requirements. Whilst it is adapted to the specific economic, social, legal and competitive environment in each of the markets in which the Group operates, its core tenets of non-discrimination and equal treatment are nevertheless shared by all entities, as are the principles underpinning the policy, namely:

rewarding individual and collective performance;

promoting healthy and effective risk management and ensuring employees are not encouraged to take inappropriate risks;

attracting, retaining and motivating strategic talents and key resources;

aligning the interests of employees with those of the Group and its shareholders;

checking that employees comply with the applicable internal rules and regulations while ensuring equal treatment of customers.

The principles governing Societe Generale’s compensation policy, in particular for the categories of staff whose professional activities are liable to have a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile, as per CRD 5, are detailed in the Compensation Policies and Practices Report. This report will be published ahead of the General Meeting, as is the case each year, and submitted to the French oversight body for banks and prudential supervision (Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution – ACPR) in accordance with the provisions of EU Regulation No. 575/2013(3) (see the Performance and Compensation Report).

To ensure equal treatment of its employees, the Group monitors their performance throughout their careers, particularly through development plans and 360° assessments. Development plans assess the employee’s professional competence and to what extent they have met their operational targets, as well as how they have done so. Individual employee development is also discussed during annual appraisals and regular meetings between the employee and their line manager or HR manager. In France, the topic is likewise covered in the employee reviews that take place between employees and their line managers or HR managers each year.

In addition to variable remuneration determined according to the Company’s overall performance, Societe Generale offers its employees a number of collective benefits: profit-sharing and incentives, employee savings plans and employee share ownership.

At the end of 2022, Societe Generale employees and former employees (between them numbering over 88,000) held 7.93% of the Bank’s share capital and 13.2% of its voting rights, through Company or Group savings plans.

Profit-sharing and incentives paid out in 2022 in respect of 2021 amounted to EUR 175.4 million in total, of which EUR 10 million related to the Group’s CSR objective.

And lastly, the 29th edition of the Global Employee Share Ownership Programme saw more than 46,000 employees subscribe to a capital increase in 2022 amounting to EUR 235.7 million.

(1)

The Group’s digital training platform.

(2)

Certified Environmental Social and Governance Analyst.

(3)

The 2021 report on compensation policies and practices was lodged with the ACPR in April 2022 and is on the Societe Generale website.

Alongside its attractive compensation policy, Societe Generale also works to give its employees other reasons to stay, including:

the ability to shape their own career paths, with special schemes for employees approaching retirement, careers in transition management, etc. (see the Professions and Skills Report);

the opportunity to take part in civic-minded initiatives through skills sponsorship programmes (see the Corporate Culture and Ethics Principles Report);

subsidised lunches, sports activities and commuting costs, such as through the French government’s green commuter scheme, adopted by certain Group entities including CGI France and ALD Automotive France (see the Occupational Health and Safety Report);

benefits to promote a better work-life balance and thus improve both quality-of-life and working conditions(see “Risks relating to poor working conditions” below).

Societe Generale takes a proactive approach to preventing physical and mental health risks in the workplace and to ensuring decent working conditions. Accordingly, in addition to the induction programmes, training, compensation and benefits it offers its employees, it also seeks to foster engagement and loyalty by promoting well-being in the workplace.

At Group level

2020

2021

2022

% of positions filled through internal mobility

63%

56%

53%

% of employees on permanent contracts who change jobs per year

15%

14%

14%

Number of training hours taken by Group employees (in millions)

3.0

3.7

4

Average number of training hours per employee

20.3(1)

26

2

% of employees having completed at least one training course during the year

85%

88%

89%

Number of employees on permanent contracts who had an appraisal

108,947

106,687

97,969

% of the workforce on permanent contracts

93%

94%

94%

The Group’s payroll expenses (in EUR billions)

9,289

9,764

10,052

Voluntary turnover rate for the workforce on permanent contracts

6.2%

9.4%

8.6%

(1)

The number of training hours dispensed and the training budget were impacted when the pandemic hit at the start of 2020. Face-to-face training sessions were suspended early on in the pandemic. The Group adapted and transformed its programmes, offering new remote learning alternatives to maintain training opportunities for its employees.

To tackle high staff turnover at certain sites (partly attributable to local employment patterns or the Group's transformation projects), some of the Group’s subsidiaries have launched targeted HR actions to improve employee engagement and retention. These actions focus on benefit packages, working conditions and career progression.

The Covid-19 pandemic and its consequences prompted the Bank to step up its transformation efforts, particularly in terms of how it operates and how its employees work. Poor working conditions and pressures on physical and mental health can have knock-on effects on employee well-being and engagement. Not only can poor management of working conditions be harmful to the Group’s performance, it can also result in a loss of business and a deterioration in quality of service (harming customer satisfaction), and in workplace well-being and the Group’s employer appeal (weakening the employee experience).

To address these risks, the Group has introduced a series of policies and initiatives, including due diligence, in the following areas.

The pandemic brought about a sea change in employee expectations. It also prompted many employees to reassess their work priorities and how they relate to colleagues and others in their professional lives. As a responsible bank, Societe Generale has taken its employees’ new aspirations on board, especially in terms of their well-being at work and the need to feel heard and to find meaning in what they do.

In November 2022, the Human Resources Department signed an agreement with the French trade unions on workplace well-being (WW). The aim was to galvanise efforts to improve working conditions and prevent occupational risks within the Group. This agreement entered into effect on 1 January 2023 for a three-year term and centres on five areas: work-life balance, new ways of working (remote/hybrid working), individual and collective freedom of expression, workload and preventing psychosocial risks (PSRs) (see “How the Group is stepping up its efforts on psychosocial risk prevention”, page 301).

FOCUS ON THE EMPLOYEE SATISFACTION SURVEY

Societe Generale measures employee engagement through its Employee Satisfaction Survey, an annual, anonymous internal survey conducted throughout the Group. Employees are asked to freely give their opinion and impressions on a range of topics related to life at work. All answers are strictly confidential. The results are shared with employees and serve as the basis for drawing up action plans and putting together working groups in each of the BUs and SUs, with a view to continuous improvement. The action plans are then submitted to the Board of Directors.

In 2022, 73% of the Group’s employees took part in the survey. This latest survey covered the following topics:

engagement:

The employee engagement score remained stable (63% in 2022 as opposed to 64% in 2021 – on a like-for-like basis, excluding Russia). The percentage of employees that would recommend the Group as an employer was up 2 points on 2021, at 64%, and pride in belonging to the Group remained high (74%, compared to 75% in 2021).

relationship to management:

As always, team spirit was highlighted as one of the Group’s core values, resulting in strong team cohesion (92%) and cooperation (80%) scores. Moreover, 85% of employees said that they could count on their manager being there for them and supporting them.

perception of the Group’s long-term programmes (CSR, Culture & Conduct, Inclusion):

-

CSR: 52% of employees wanted more information on best practices (in terms of reducing the Group’s carbon footprint, how to uphold its responsible employer ethos, etc.),

-

Culture & Conduct: 85% of employees said they felt able to give their opinion or express new ideas or concerns within their team, a sign that the “speak-up culture” has taken root,

-

Inclusion: employees considered their working environment to be inclusive;

workplace organisation and efficiency; Well-being at work:

Employees particularly highlighted flexibility and greater autonomy as things they appreciated about the new working arrangements that have been put in place (61% were satisfied with the new working arrangements within their entity). For the first time, the survey asked employees outside of France to rate their level of stress: the score was 6.7/10.

Since 2018, the collective targets set for members of the Group’s Management Committee each year have included a target employee engagement score, as measured through the Employee Satisfaction Survey (see the Performance and Compensation Report).

In view of evolving attitudes and practices in terms of how we work, Societe Generale launched a massive in-house consultation in May 2020, asking 6,000 employees in France and around the world how they saw the future of work. Their responses helped form a snapshot of how remote working is being used within the Group and gave insight into how they felt it should be developed.

The findings were then compiled in a white paper and presented to General Management.

The outcome was a Remote Working Agreement signed between General Management and the French trade unions in January 2021.

A number of Group entities have also conducted their own local surveys to take the pulse of their employees’ well-being and health. SG Stockholm, for example, asks external provider Feelgood to survey its employees’ health and workplace environment each year so that management can take action based on the findings.

Societe Generale was an early endorser of remote working – employees have been allowed to work from home since 2016 – and the Group has been proactive in adapting how it operates to make this possible. The Covid-19 pandemic accelerated the trend, and the Group successfully implemented Group-wide remote working for all compatible positions.

In January 2021, General Management signed a Remote Working Agreement with the French trade unions. The agreement entered into force on 4 October 2021 and makes remote working available to all employees (i.e., whether on permanent or temporary contracts and including interns, work-study participants and new hires). The agreement establishes the principle of regular remote working, setting two days’ remote working per week as the standard. Each BU/SU remains free to decide how many days a week its employees can work from home, and can deviate from this standard number of days when justified by its business activity. In implementing this agreement, the Group’s entities adhere to all principles of equality, rules on working hours, the right to disconnect, and health and safety requirements for staff working from home.

On that score, more than 83,000 employees working in the Group at end-2022 had the resources and tools suited to their local context to be able to work remotely, reflecting how hybrid working is becoming the new norm in a post-pandemic backdrop.

Local managers play an essential role in the context of remote working, being as they are in daily contact with employees. Special steps have been taken over the past year to make sure they are alert to the risks of isolation, the importance of communication and how to spot symptoms of psychosocial distress. This involved a review of the Connect Manager platform during the year, pooling a wide array of resources for managers to help their teams with remote working. It now includes a Remote Management module, for example, with a host of tools to help them learn how to support a hybrid-working team, such as guidelines, how-to guides and online training.

As the hybrid work model becomes more widespread, Societe Generale is rethinking how its physical and digital workspaces are organised: redesigning office space and upgrading facilities and equipment.

The interior revamp of the Group’s Corporate Centre buildings in the Paris region, initiated by the Real Estate Division in 2021, continues apace. The idea is to adapt workspaces to new practices and to reduce the Group’s building footprint.

The Sakura complex in Fontenay-sous-Bois, just east of Paris, epitomises this transformation. This brand-new building has been designed to operate as a “flex office” and offers users a range of services to enhance their day-to-day lives (a business centre, wellness areas, shops, a concierge service and sustainable cafeterias).

Societe Generale has also rethought its digital workspaces to make sure its employees can work from home securely and seamlessly, just as easily as when they are at the office. To this end, it has designed a new virtual workspace, with specific features to optimise mobility and remote working. By the end of 2022, some 23,000 employees were already using it. In addition, the Group is upgrading its tools to make remote teamwork easier and revisiting the network infrastructure at its French branches to speed up their Internet connections. Rounding off its actions, it has developed an online platform offering access to team schedules as well as HR, logistics and compliance services and information. Employees can also submit IT requests and expense claims and manage their professional purchases via this platform.

In 2022, 91% of the Group’s workforce benefited from initiatives designed to promote a healthy work-life balance.

Working hours represent a key element in these initiatives:

flexitime arrangements are in place in 62 entities, covering 67% of the Group’s workforce;

Societe Generale’s top management in France signed a 15 Work-Life Balance Commitments Charter in 2014;

employees in France discuss their workload with their line manager or HR manager as part of their annual appraisal;

the Group is pushing further ahead with communications campaigns and offers training and support to help managers and employees work out how to achieve optimal efficiency.

Societe Generale also considers each entity’s local context when implementing measures to promote a healthy work-life balance, such as:

maternity leave that exceeds the regulatory minimum in 95 entities covering 89% of the Group’s workforce;

benefits to help with childcare in 77 entities covering 85% of the Group’s workforce;

support for employees who are caregivers and schemes through which their colleagues can donate leave;

and in France more specifically, the Group:

-

has expanded eligibility for parental leave to take into account all family configurations,

-

supports employees suffering from chronic illness and/or returning to work after a lengthy period of sick leave,

-

has signed a new Corporate Parenthood Charter.

Societe Generale’s occupational health and safety policy, applicable Group-wide, aims to provide each employee with a safe working environment – taking into consideration both the physical workplace and working practices – that guarantees their safety and their physical and psychological well-being. The Group complies with all local labour laws and legal obligations for occupational health and safety in all of its entities worldwide. Each local entity adapts the Group’s occupational health and safety policy to their local environment and legislation, but without undermining its main thrust.

Societe Generale is developing positive momentum in respect of workplace well-being (WW) at all levels throughout the Group. Everyone has a role to play in improving WW:

the Human Resources Department sponsors the occupational health and safety policy, bringing it to the attention of the highest echelons within the Group;

the Group Security Division, reporting to the General Secretary, keeps people and property safe while on Societe Generale premises;

all HR teams are involved in advising and offering support to managers and employees, working hand-in-hand with local healthcare professionals specialised in preventive action;

managers help implement initiatives designed to improve workplace health and safety, and discuss the subject with their employees on a regular basis;

occupational health practitioners offer the Group’s employees further protection and support.

In France (48% of the Group’s workforce), Societe Generale is committed to getting everyone involved in WW issues under the new workplace well-being agreement. This includes, in particular:

WW and PSR correspondents in each BU and SU, to coordinate actions on WW and PSR;

staff representatives and representative bodies, to monitor the indicators provided by the Group each quarter;

the WW observatory, to follow up on the agreement’s implementation and review reports on what has been done each year;

the WW team within the Group Human Resources Department, to raise awareness within the Group of the various different factors involved.

Each employee has a key role to play in implementing initiatives designed to improve workplace well-being.

The Group’s long-standing commitment to offering the best possible working conditions means:

working towards providing all its employees worldwide with basic social, health and welfare protection. Nine out of ten employees currently benefit from a supplementary company health or personal protection plan and the Group has set itself the target of providing each employee with coverage amounting to two years’ salary in the event of death;

implementing a safety and security master plan, prepared by the Security Division for France and shared with the international entities and subsidiaries as best practice, to be applied in addition to all local safety and security rules;

continuously monitoring risks that may have an impact on health and safety, as well as social risks (see “How the Group is stepping up its efforts on psychosocial risk prevention”, below), and implementing targeted prevention actions and information campaigns to reinforce the safety and security culture within the Group. The management of health, safety and security risks forms part of the Group’s Duty of Care Plan on human rights and the environment (see “Duty of Care Plan”, page 361).

The Group puts prevention programmes in place to tackle the main health and safety risks its employees may face in the course of their work:

Employees in the banking sector may encounter violence in their work (such as during a bank robbery). Societe Generale does everything it can to keep its staff safe. For example, all employees in French branches (including trainees, and employees on temporary contracts or providing holiday cover) receive safety training on how to manage flows of people on the premises, how to use the emergency equipment and protective devices provided, how to perform their day-to-day work (operating procedures, etc.), how to react to offensive or aggressive behaviour and what to do in the event of an accident or attack. All employees must also complete a mandatory online training module specifically dealing with attacks at the workplace. The Group partners with France Victime to offer anonymous psychological support for any employees who are victims of offensive or aggressive behaviour or armed robbery.

As part of its drive to stamp out inappropriate conduct, Societe Generale has adopted a zero-tolerance stance on bullying, sexual harassment and sexism at the workplace. It organises information campaigns and encourages employees to speak up to their managers and/or to HR if they become aware of or experience any form of harassment. Workplace harassment training is mandatory for all Group employees. The Group has also introduced an awareness and training plan, with specific workshops for HR, managers and employees to explain to them what they can do to prevent harassment, as well as information campaigns for HR surrounding the Group’s policy on preventing inappropriate conduct and the associated procedures it has put in place.

To keep up team spirit and employee motivation in the new world of hybrid working, the Group encourages its managers to take training on the risks associated with such working arrangements, in terms of isolation and feelings of exclusion. For their part, employees are made aware of their right to disconnect and how they can maintain social contact. Moreover, in 98% employees get regular health check-ups in 132 entities with medical facilities. In France, the 2021 Healthcare Act requires employers to take steps to address the risk of loss of employability, working together with occupational health doctors to offer check-ups to ensure that employees returning to work after maternity leave, extended sick leave (more than 30 days) or an occupational illness are indeed fit to do so. All employees aged 43-45 likewise get a medical check-up to ascertain whether their health calls for adjustments to their duties and to explain what they themselves can do to ward off occupational risks.

As part of its day-to-day operations, Societe Generale gathers, processes and disseminates information. As a trusted third party, it is essential that it protects that information. Data protection is therefore a priority, to keep all information the Bank receives secure and confidential.

To make its employees aware of the importance of data security, Societe Generale has drafted a Charter for the Protection of Information and IT Resources as well as a Group Information Security Policy. It has also made online training on the matter mandatory for all employees and organises communications campaigns and in-house events on the issue, such as its “security hours”, timed to coincide with European Cybersecurity Month.

To keep employees on their toes and alert to the risks of cyberattacks (especially ransomware attacks), the Group conducts its own phishing campaigns as well as targeted actions to reinforce the message, help employees identify suspicious e-mails and make sure they know how to flag them up.

HOW THE GROUP IS STEPPING UP ITS EFFORTS ON PSYCHOSOCIAL RISK PREVENTION

Societe Generale takes the necessary measures to ensure the security of its staff and protect the physical and mental health of its employees.

As a responsible employer, the Group established its comprehensive policy on psychosocial risk prevention several years ago as part of its goal of providing a safe and healthy working environment for all employees.

This policy is applicable to:

1.

all Business Units and Service Units, which are tasked with raising awareness and ensuring employees have good working conditions. BUs and SUs can draw on the tools available from the Group’s Human Resources Department;

2.

managers, who receive tailored support when they and their teams are affected by reorganisation plans and who are trained to detect and respond to warning signals;

3.

employees identified as vulnerable, who are pointed towards the right resources and given support when returning to work.

In 2022, psychosocial risk prevention initiatives were organised for 96% of the Group’s workforce. The aim is to inform, train and support employees who may encounter situations that pose psychosocial risks. Initiatives include programmes offering free assistance from healthcare or insurance partners, training and/or awareness-raising on psychosocial risks, surveys and evaluations to measure stress, as well as various leisure and relaxation activities. For example, in Belgium, ALD has set up a 24-hour Employee Assistance helpline via which employees can get psychological and/or legal advice over the phone. It also has designated zen rooms and chill zones where employees can take a quiet moment for themselves during their workday if they feel the need.

In France, a number of initiatives are in the pipeline further to the workplace well-being agreement:

a methodology to help identify and assess PSRs;

campaigns to inform, communicate and raise awareness, with a new intranet page covering everything to do with WW, with a particular emphasis on PSR prevention;

development of further training on PSRs, with one session set to be made mandatory for managers;

consideration of PSRs in connection with ongoing and future transformation projects. For example, specific measures were taken to address the PSRs inherent to the Vision 2025 project. A national PSR Correspondent was appointed, together with a number of regional counterparts, and various campaigns were conducted over 2021 and 2022 to raise awareness of and communicate on the PSRs associated with the project and to train and support the teams impacted.

Beyond providing a safe and healthy working environment, being a responsible employer also means ensuring fair and equal treatment of all employees – an essential factor in fostering innovation and boosting the Group’s performance.

Societe Generale has a range of policies, actions and processes in place to counter the risk of discrimination, including in particular:

a Diversity and Inclusion policy, reflecting the Group’s determination to recognise and promote all promising employees, regardless of their beliefs, age, disability, parental status, nationality, gender identity, sexual orientation, membership of a political, religious or trade union organisation, or any other factors on the basis of which they could be discriminated against. This policy aims to create the conditions for an inclusive organisation offering equal treatment to all and does so by requiring action on various fronts:

-

fighting against all forms of discrimination,

-

communicating, raising awareness, training,

-

creating a work environment and management that is conducive to inclusion,

-

championing diversity and inclusion at governance level within the Group;

sponsorship of non-discrimination at the highest level of the organisation, led by Diony Lebot (Deputy Chief Executive Officer);

a Diversity and Inclusion Committee, with members drawn from the BUs’ and SUs’ Management Committees. This Committee’s main task is to define the Group’s diversity and inclusion approach and aims, and to set annual or multi-annual priorities;

a special team responsible for promoting diversity and inclusion through a network of sponsors tasked with rolling out the Group’s commitments in the BUs and SUs, both in France and in the Group’s international entities;

ambitious targets, including a gender equality target of increasing the percentage of women in senior management positions to 30% by 2023;

a raft of new public commitments over the past two years:

-

signing of the OneInThreeWomen Charter to raise awareness of violence against women,

-

renewal of Societe Generale’s three-year agreement promoting the employment and professional integration of people with disabilities in France (the 2023-2025 agreement marks its sixth renewal),

-

signing of three charters to foster gender diversity: #JamaisSansElles, Financi’Elles and Towards the Zero Gender Gap,

-

signing of the Autre Cercle Charter promoting an inclusive workplace for LGBTQ+ individuals,

-

signing of a new Corporate Parenthood Charter, to support parents in all family configurations (single parents, same-sex parents, etc.),

-

participation in the first diversity survey conducted by Club 21e siècle (an organisation formed to promote diversity at all levels of society) to measure social and cultural diversity at the top echelons of France’s large corporates;

as well as the Group’s long-standing public commitments:

-

to the Women’s Empowerment Principles, signed in 2016,

-

to the ILO’s Global Business & Disability Charter, signed in 2016,

-

to the UN’s Guiding Principles on tackling discrimination against the LGBTQ+ community, supported since 2018,

-

to the Global Agreement on Fundamental Rights signed with UNI Global Union, renewed in 2019 and extended for a further year in 2022,

-

to the collective agreement on gender equality in the workplace, signed with trade unions in France.

Measures to counter the risk of discrimination at work also form part of the Group’s Duty of Care Plan. The Group assesses the extent to which there is a risk of discrimination at its various sites, so as to identify and better understand local issues and how to address them (see “Duty of Care Plan”, page 361).

With more than 117,500 employees of 154 nationalities working in 66 different countries, and with 52% of its workforce based outside of France, Societe Generale reiterates its commitment to making equality, diversity and inclusion a reality for all employees and a managerial priority for the Group.

Diversity is a matter of both ethical responsibility and performance, and the Group has thus maintained its objective of promoting women and international candidates to positions of responsibility and seats on Societe Generale’s management bodies. To achieve this, it relies on certain key measures, including:

monitoring indicators in respect of women and international employees, i.e., their representation within high-potential pools and succession plans, their promotions, pay rises, grades and classes, etc.;

introducing a more collective approach to decision-making when appointing senior executives (see Chapter 3, “Diversity policy within Societe Generale”, page 111);

reviewing the inclusiveness of certain social policies (to ensure, for example, that they take into account different family configurations).

As part of its commitment to implementing a strong diversity policy, the Group has also rolled out a range of awareness-raising and training initiatives around diversity, including:

a Diversity and Inclusion Playlist of courses available to all employees via the Group’s e-learning platform;

an e-learning course on understanding and addressing discrimination in hiring, launched in 2022. This course has been made mandatory training for all managers and HR staff in France every four years and will be made available internationally in 2023;

campaigns and programmes to raise awareness among employees of diversity and inclusion issues and how our unconscious biases can affect our behaviour. For example, the Group organises a series of talks throughout the year on subjects such as intergenerational relations, non-discrimination in HR processes, LGBTQ+ rights, disability, violence against women, discrimination based on physical appearance or ethnicity, etc.;

promotion of intergenerational cooperation through dedicated programmes, reverse mentoring, focus groups and a variety of measures to support the Group’s more senior employees (help with managing the transition from employment to retirement, end-of-career leave, patronage, reassignments, reduced working hours, etc.);

an in-house resource hub (the Diversity & Inclusion SharePoint) available to all Group employees and containing articles, benchmark studies, reports and more.

The Group’s commitment to diversity is also evident in how it:

regularly surveys its employees on how inclusive they feel their work environment is;

supports in-house employee networks set up to promote inclusion (women’s networks, WAY, Pride&Allies, Dkrés, etc.).

Staying with diversity and inclusion, 98.5% of the Group’s workforce have local actions in place to strengthen gender equality, 86% of the Group’s workforce have local actions in place to support employees with disabilities, 76% of the Group’s workforce have local actions in place to support employees aged 50+, and 75 entities covering 87% of the Group’s workforce have local actions in place to promote inclusion and professional integration. For more information, see the Diversity and Inclusion Report.

 

2020

2021

2022

Number of different nationalities within the Group

137

141

154

% of non-French employees

56%

57%

52%

% of women in key positions within the Group (Top 160)

21%

25%

26%

Absenteeism rate(1)

4.6%(2)

3.50%

3.9%

Number of occupational accidents

524

570

590

% of the workforce targeted by prevention and information campaigns on health

99%

99%

98%

% of the workforce targeted by prevention and information campaigns on safety

98%

98%

99%

Number of employees able to work remotely(3) worldwide

54,700

77,671

83,051

% of the workforce benefiting from measures to promote work-life balance(4)

87%

89%

91%

Engagement rate

63%

64%

63%

(1)

The absenteeism rate is the ratio of the number of days’ paid leave (sick leave, parental leave and other types of paid leave) to the total number of days paid, expressed as a percentage. It is counted in calendar days and calculated using the total headcount (workforce present multiplied by 365).

(2)

The change in the absenteeism rate in 2020 was chiefly linked to the increase in the number of days’ paid leave other than sick leave and parental leave. Owing to the pandemic, the Group introduced specific leave for employees that had to stay at home for health reasons or to look after young children, for example.

(3)

Excluding remote working under the Business Continuity Plan.

(4)

Any agreement, measure or action designed to foster a better work-life balance for employees, as defined in the 15 Work-Life Balance Commitments Charter signed by Societe Generale.

The Group is required to comply with many different regulations around the world in terms of labour law and broader human rights (compensation and social rights, diversity and non-discrimination, dialogue with employees, freedom of association, etc.).

But it has also gone a step further in its commitment to human rights, adopting internal rules for human resources management. Failure to comply would not only be harmful to the Group’s employees, but could also impact Societe Generale’s ability to continue its activities, and expose it to certain legal and reputation risks.

To avoid this, and to ensure that its practices comply with all regulations and internal rules, the Group relies on a range of policies, initiatives and due diligence processes with a view to meeting certain objectives:

ensuring regulatory compliance of employment relationships;

ensuring compliance with all regulations concerning human resources management processes (health and safety standards, duty of care, General Data Protection Regulation, MiFID II, etc.);

maintaining a labour relations climate that is favourable to interactions with the Group’s stakeholders (in particular employee representative bodies and employees themselves), by guaranteeing its employees’ fundamental rights and freedom to organise;

fighting against all forms of discrimination at work and promoting workplace equality and diversity;

guaranteeing health and safety in the workplace.

To ensure compliance in its employment relations and human resources management processes, the Group:

monitors labour law developments in all countries where it operates;

gets its Human Resources Department involved in regulatory projects;

routinely updates its human resources information systems (HRIS) in line with regulatory developments (on a Group-wide or local basis, as appropriate).

Societe Generale is extremely vigilant when it comes to complying with legislation, internal rules and procedures, and the ethical principles governing its business activities. These principles are detailed in the Group’s Code of Conduct.

Having coordinated the Group’s Culture & Conduct programme since 2021 (see page 346), liaising with the Compliance Division, the Human Resources Department is particularly active in promoting ethical and responsible conduct on the part of individuals and teams that will translate into ethical and responsible business for the Group as a whole. To this end, it organises annual campaigns involving training, workshops, videos, articles and the like, designed to foster an environment in which appropriate conduct prevails, in line with the Group’s values.

Moreover, the Group is pushing ahead with efforts to align its main human resources management processes with its objectives in terms of Culture & Conduct. This involves updating its guidelines for assessing conduct, and optimising how it manages inappropriate conduct and disciplinary sanctions to ensure its practices are compliant.

Introduced in 2019, the Group’s policy on inappropriate conduct in the workplace aims to detect and deter any conduct that contravenes the principles enshrined in its Code of Conduct, especially any form of bullying or sexual harassment. It encourages initiatives to raise awareness of inappropriate conduct, in particular training for managers and Human Resources teams, and makes it clear that the perpetrators will be subject to disciplinary measures that may even include the termination of their employment contract. Alongside this, the Group has also appointed a specific person responsible for overseeing the proper deployment of this policy in its entities worldwide. She is supported in this role by an international community of more than 60 experts and specialists in conduct matters (see the Corporate Culture and Ethics Principles Report).

Set up for the entire Group, the whistleblowing procedure allows employees or external contractors to report any situations of which they are aware that either breach the Group’s ethical standards or rules of business or could be illegal or contrary to applicable legislation. This may include situations of inappropriate conduct or anything that could pose a health and safety risk (see “Duty of Care Plan”, page 361, and “Rolling out a Code of Conduct underpinned by shared values (and human rights)”, page 345).

Published in 2019, the global disciplinary policy formalises the Group’s principles and best practices in relation to sanctions (the right to make a mistake, zero tolerance on misconduct, collective decision-making on sanctions, proportionality, managers’ ultimate responsibility in upholding principles and enforcing sanctions, sanctions paired with corrective actions). This global policy translates into operating procedures and a record of disciplinary actions imposed in each Group entity. The key indicators are communicated to General Management.

The Group’s commitment to labour relations is demonstrated by:

the global framework agreement on fundamental human rights with UNI Global Union, renewed in February 2019 and extended by a further 12 months in February 2022, which covers all staff (see “Duty of Care Plan”, page 361). Following on from the 2015 agreement on fundamental freedoms and the right to organise, this agreement includes additional commitments on:

-

preventing misconduct,

-

countering discrimination and promoting diversity in all human resources management processes (a subject already introduced in the initial agreement),

-

maintaining a working environment conducive to health, safety and decent working conditions for all employees.

Under this agreement, the Group regularly communicates with UNI Global Union on how it is implementing its commitments. In addition, an annual follow-up meeting is held between UNI Global Union representatives, the Bank’s Human Resources Departments, and representatives from the Group’s trade unions. Several meetings were held over the year, and most recently in December 2022;

the numerous collective agreements signed with social partners. These agreements cover compensation and employee benefits, working conditions (working hours, employment conditions, remote working, etc.), strategic projects within the entity, labour relations practices and equality in the workplace.

 

2020

2021

2022

Number of collective agreements signed with social partners

161

157

195

% of workforce covered

64%

62%

68%

o.w. focused specifically on health and safety

13

27

30

COMPREHENSIVE HR SUPPORT DURING MAJOR TRANSFORMATIONS

Major transformations within the Bank can heighten risk, due to the associated recruitment needs, revised organisation and new operating procedures. They can also heighten employees’ exposure to psychosocial risks.

Societe Generale promises to uphold its commitments as a responsible employer in the context of its transformation projects, providing all employees impacted with the support they need. The Group’s major transformation in 2022 was the Vision 2025 project.

With the merger of Societe Generale’s and Crédit du Nord’s branch networks, head offices and back offices on 1 January 2023 and the associated new business models, the Group’s HR teams have been fully alert to the potential issues concerning:

finding a place for each and every employee, with management giving a firm undertaking not to force anyone out during the project phase, instead preferring to rely on natural attrition and internal reassignments;

providing the necessary HR and skills development support throughout the process. The Group has offered all employees a skills assessment, allowing them to review where their strengths lie and what aspects of their work they most enjoy. It has also drawn up job descriptions and set up forums where employees can learn about the opportunities available within the new bank. It has furthermore earmarked an unprecedented EUR 100 million for training (three times the usual budget) and set up a Skills Academy with a view to encouraging employees to upskill;

addressing psychosocial risks. A comprehensive framework is in place to help the Group identify and understand the PSRs inherent to the merger and to address them at the earliest possible opportunity;

developing a shared culture. This is essential to the merger’s success. Teams from each bank gathered input from employees on their entity’s existing culture as well as the culture and values they hope to see the new bank espouse. The findings showed employees at both Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord to be deeply committed to professionalism and customer satisfaction. Employees at both banks also rated teamwork highly and pointed to the importance of receiving recognition from their superiors;

maintaining and even boosting employer appeal over the course of the merger. This has meant reviewing HR policies and revamping the employer brand. Hiring has kept pace with needs throughout the merger process, ensuring business as usual – with the same high standards of customer care – at both banks.

All measures implemented to support employees will remain in place through to full completion of all stages of the project.

5.2 BEING A RESPONSIBLE BANK

The financial sector has essential resources to advance the current transition to a more responsible economy. At a time when leading global companies are working to achieve a low-carbon economy, financial players need to support them and to set an example. Over and above its conventional role as a financial institution, the Group believes it has a duty to reinvent itself in order to effectively facilitate its clients’ ESG transformation by:

helping them to better understand ESG challenges;

making experts available to help them get to grips with their new environments;

playing an active role in alliances to promote new standards and come up with new solutions.

The Group is fully aware of its role in the economy and strives to further its corporate purpose. As such, it has launched the holistic “Building together” initiative to work ESG aspects into all its activities and be able to bring its CRS goals to fruition. This approach is based on three considerations:

1.

rethinking the banking profession: revising the business structure to include new responsibilities while seeking to develop a holistic vision of the clients’ professions as a way to work together to identify opportunities to ramp up their transition;

2.

effecting the transformation: systematically incorporating ESG considerations into all strategic decisions and the Group’s processes, and applying them to the business lines;

3.

fostering awareness by training teams: providing ESG training to all employees.

These developments support the Group’s commitment under the United Nations Principles for Responsible Banking. The present chapter sets out all the progress made in each of the six principles: Alignment (see “Taking action and building a sustainable future together”, page 314 and “Aligning our activities with pathways consistent with a maximum temperature rise of 1.5°C”, page 319), Supporting large corporates in their environmental and social transition”, page 327), Clients (see “Client satisfaction at the heart of our dialogue”, page 335 and “Protecting clients and their assets under all circumstances”, page 338, “Respecting clients’ interests and tackling discrimination”, page 339), Stakeholders (see “Dialogue with stakeholders”, page 335), Governance and culture (see “Incorporating CSR at the highest level of governance”, page 343, “Rolling out a Code of Conduct based on shared values”, page 345) and Transparency and responsibility (see “Acting in full transparency,” page 348).

5.2.1 A COMMITTED BANK

Conscious that the banking sector has a key role to play in transitioning towards a sustainable future, Societe Generale has voluntarily committed to a number of actions designed to accelerate positive societal transformation. In light of socio-economic challenges, the Group prioritises collective initiatives to strengthen collaboration between financial institutions, private and public economic players, and civil society. The Group has therefore helped found or participated in various global cross-disciplinary initiatives. The environmental transition, in particular, calls for significant investment and a redirection of capital flows. Jointly developed methodologies and standards will enhance transparency and boost the impact of the positive changes made.

Societe Generale’s resolve to help drive the transition towards a sustainable future prompted its active role in recent years in various partnerships aimed at promoting a common collective framework, and its decision to become a founding signatory of the Principles for Responsible Banking, and more recently a founding member of the Net-Zero Banking Alliance.

5.2.1.1.1      PRINCIPLES FOR RESPONSIBLE BANKING

Officially presented at the UN General Assembly in September 2019, the Principles for Responsible Banking aim to define the role of the banking sector in building a sustainable future, in line with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and the 2015 Paris Agreement on climate change. Societe Generale is a founding signatory of the Principles.

The six principles define a common framework that allows each signatory bank to make commitments aimed at increasing its positive impact or reducing its negative impact on society and the environment. The principles include aligning activities with the Paris Agreement goals and the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDG), setting targets in terms of positive impacts and reduction of negative impacts, providing responsible support to clients, consulting and cooperating with stakeholders, developing a responsible banking culture and governance, and making targeted and public commitments and subsequently reporting transparently on their achievement.

Societe Generale’s CSR ambition aims to align the Bank with the Principles for Responsible Banking and to ensure it contributes to positive change for a sustainable future, as reflected in the Group’s fourth Integrated Report (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/ files/documents/2021-07/Integrated-Report-2020-2021.pdf).

2022 UPDATE

Principle 1 – “Alignment” and Principle 2 – “Impact & Target Setting”: see Aligning our activities with pathways consistent with a maximum temperature rise of 1.5°C (from page 319) and Supporting large corporates in their environmental and social transition (from page 327).

Principle 3 – “Clients & Customers”: see Dialogue with the client base to ensure satisfaction (from page 337).

Principle 4 – “Stakeholders”: see Dialogue with stakeholders (from page 335).

Principle 5 – “Governance & Culture”: see Chapter 3 - Group governance (from page 70) and Chapter 5 - A respectful, transparent bank (from page 343).

Principle 6 – “Transparency and Accountability”: see Acting with complete transparency (from page 348).

5.2.1.1.2      NET-ZERO BANKING ALLIANCE

As a Founding Member of the UNEP-FI’s Net-Zero Banking Alliance in April 2021, alongside 42 other international banks that now total 120, Societe Generale has committed to:

aligning its portfolios and activities with pathways consistent with a maximum temperature rise of 1.5 °C;

setting itself targets to be met by 2030 (or sooner) and 2050;

focusing as a priority on its most emission-intensive sectors that will have a major impact in transitioning towards a low-carbon economy;

basing its alignment targets on credible climate scenarios published by recognised bodies;

being transparent, through annual reporting on its progress and action plans.

Societe Generale has committed to setting a series of alignment targets within 36 months of joining the NZBA. Nevertheless, the Group has been combating global warming for many years already. In 2020, it set its first targets in the energy sector by implementing methodologies based on science and applied by all the Katowice Banks. Since joining the NZBA, Societe Generale has continued to set its short-, medium- and long-term alignment targets based on scenarios that don’t exceed (or only slightly exceed) a maximum temperature rise of 1.5 °C.

2022 UPDATE

In 2022, Societe Generale ramped up the alignment of its portfolio with the energy sector poised as its top priority. After the target, set in 2019, to reduce our exposure to coal to zero by 2030 in EU and OECD countries, and by 2040 elsewhere, the Group has set new interim targets:

accelerate the decarbonisation of financing connected to power generation: the Group has already considerably reduced the carbon intensity of its exposure to the power generation sector by improving the energy mix of its portfolio through increased financing of renewable energies together with a reduction in the highest carbon-intensive sectors. Societe Generale has set itself a new carbon emission intensity target for its exposure to the power generation sector of 125g of CO2 per kWh by 2030 (the previous target was 163g of CO2 per kWh by 2030). This target is slightly more ambitious than the IEA Net Zero emissions scenario of 138g CO2 per kWh by 2030;

accelerate the downward trajectory in the oil and gas sector: Societe Generale was one of the first global banks to commit to a short-term target to reduce its exposure to upstream oil and gas in 2020 (-10% by 2025 vs. 2019). After implementing practical measures, including a withdrawal from reserve-based lending for onshore assets in the United States, the Group has now raised its reduction target to -20% by 2025 (vs. 2019);

on top of this, in line with the IEA Net Zero scenario, Societe Generale has set itself an additional target to reduce scope 3 absolute emissions linked to the end-use of oil and gas production by 30% by 2030 (vs. 2019).

Societe Generale is one of the founding signatories of the Poseidon Principles, launched in 2019 together with other banks that finance the shipping industry and in collaboration with the Global Maritime Forum. The Poseidon Principles aim to promote a low-carbon future for the global shipping industry by integrating climate decision-making into portfolio management and lending decisions in respect of ship financing. The Poseidon Principles are consistent with the goal of the International Maritime Organization (IMO) to reduce emissions from the shipping sector by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 levels. Societe Generale has also announced that it has joined the Getting to Zero coalition, which aims to develop and deploy commercially viable deep-sea zero-emission vessels by 2030.

For more information, see Aligning credit portfolios in various sectors, shipping, page 321.

Following the work carried out by the Steel Climate-Aligned Finance Working Group, of which Societe Generale was a co-leader, and in partnership with the Rocky Mountain Institute’s (RMI) Center for Climate-Aligned Finance, a non-profit organisation that started this initiative, the Group and five other major lenders in the global steel sector signed the Sustainable STEEL Principles (SSP, available at https://steelprinciples.org/), the first climate-aligned finance agreement for the steel industry. The SSP are a turnkey solution for measuring and disclosing the alignment of steel lending portfolios with trajectories compatible with 1.5°C climate targets. Designed to support the achievement of net-zero carbon emissions in the sector, they will also provide the tools for effective client and stakeholder engagement. They strive to offer a methodology allowing banks to measure and disclose the carbon emissions of their lending portfolios in relation to net-zero emissions trajectories. The agreement will thus inform banks of the carbon intensity of their steel lending portfolios to facilitate their alignment journey toward net zero and 1.5°C climate targets. The NZBA steel sector working group, comprising over 16 financial institutions, plans to consider the SSP methodology as one avenue for achieving a bank’s NZBA commitment for the steel sector.

SSP signatories undertake to observe the following five principles:

1.

standardised assessment – a methodology to measure the carbon emissions of lending portfolios;

2.

transparent reporting – a framework to disclose progress annually;

3.

enactment – instructions to obtain credible, high-quality carbon emissions data;

4.

engagement – signatories are encouraged to support clients with net-zero transition plans and advise them on available financial products;

5.

leadership – signatories are encouraged to use the framework for advocacy, in the interest of the decarbonisation of the steel industry.

The SSP were established by leading lenders to the steel sector and are ready for adoption by banks around the world.

Societe Generale has joined the Aluminum Climate-Aligned Finance Working Group as a founding member, alongside top lenders to the aluminium sector, partnering with RMI’s Center for Climate-Aligned Finance to help decarbonise the aluminium sector. The working group will create a collective climate-aligned finance (CAF) framework that defines how lenders can support the decarbonisation of the aluminium sector. By signing up to the CAF framework, participating financial institutions commit to assessing and disclosing the degree to which the emissions associated with their aluminium portfolios are in line with 1.5 °C climate targets.

The working group comprises senior metals and mining leaders from each participating financial institution and will be facilitated by RMI’s Center for Climate-Aligned Finance. It aims to create a CAF framework in consultation with leading aluminium and climate organisations, such as the International Aluminium Institute and the Aluminium Stewardship Initiative. The framework will create consistency and transparency in both reporting and measuring progress against climate targets. Financial institutions that adopt the final CAF framework will be able to assess the emissions of their aluminium loan books and work with their clients to report their emissions, fund lower-carbon solutions, and support investments in new technologies.

The working group will establish the measurement methodology, emissions benchmark, data and reporting framework, and governance structure for the CAF framework in collaboration with existing decarbonisation initiatives. The working group will invite other financial institutions to adopt the CAF framework and help set global best practices on climate for aluminium finance.

Societe Generale has joined the Aviation Climate-Aligned Finance (CAF) Working Group (https://rmi.org/press-release/banks-chart-flight-path-to-decarbonize-aviation/) as a founding member, along with five other leading lenders of the aviation industry. They will work together at defining a methodology and common targets to foster the decarbonisation of the sector. This working group will help establish common measurement methodologies and emissions targets related to aviation financing, thus creating a level playing field for the sector’s lenders to measure their alignment against climate targets. Financial institutions will be able to further work with their clients to support their transition journey by funding lower-carbon solutions and supporting investments in new technologies.

Consistent with the UN-convened Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA), the participating financial institutions will annually assess and disclose the degree to which emissions from aircraft, airlines and lessors that they finance are in line with 1.5 °C climate targets.

5.2.1.1.4      EQUATOR PRINCIPLES

Adopted by the Group in 2007 and since revised several times, the Equator Principles (EP) are one of the initiatives underpinning Societe Generale’s E&S General Principles. In their latest version, dubbed the EP4, which entered into force on 1 October 2020, the Equator Principles serve as a common framework for the financial sector and are designed to help signatories (136 international financial institutions across 38 countries as at 2 December 2022) identify, assess and manage the E&S risks associated with the major infrastructure projects they advise on and finance.

2022 UPDATE

In 2022, Societe Generale attended the EP Association’s General Meeting and actively contributed to discussions regarding changes to the Association’s governance rules and the production of guidance notes. Combining the strengthened biodiversity requirements of its sector policies and of the Equator Principles, the Group trained some 400 GBIS and International Retail Banking employees to use a tool for the early identification of biodiversity risks associated with the projects being considered for funding.

As in previous years, the Group published a report on its Wholesale Banking website describing how it had applied the Equator Principles over the year and listed those of its project financing transactions that fell within its scope. This report is available on the Group’s website at:

https://wholesale.banking.societegenerale.com/fileadmin/user_upload/SGCIB/pdf/EQUATOR_PRINCIPLES_REPORT_2021.pdf.

5.2.1.1.5      GREEN INVESTMENT PRINCIPLES (GIP)

In Asia, Societe Generale signed the Green Investment Principles in November 2019. Defined by the China Green Finance Committee and the City of London’s Green Finance Initiative, the GIP comprise seven principles for green investment, covering matters such as strategy, operations and innovation. They aim to guide financial institutions in adopting responsible practices in environmental and social (E&S) risk management and positive impact financial products in the countries targeted by the Belt and Road* initiative. The GIP Secretariat is also planning to compile a database of green projects to make infrastructure projects within these countries more transparent, while bridging the information gap between financiers and project developers.

The GIP overlap with and bolster certain other commitments made by Societe Generale, such as the Principles for Responsible Banking, the Equator Principles and the UN-PRI, signed by Societe Generale Private Banking and Societe Generale Assurances.

They come into play mainly with investments in Asia, making the Group’s rollout of its E&S risk management framework in the region a key factor when implementing them.

2022 UPDATE

At the fourth plenary meeting of the Green Investment Principles held in Beijing in 2022, Societe Generale was presented with the Best Green Finance Transaction Award. The award recognises the overall performance of signatories with respect to the four main aspects of the GIP: governance and strategy, risk assessment and management, investment and corporate footprint, disclosure and engagement.

Societe Generale contributed to the third GIP annual report, which sets out several best practices implemented by the Group.

5.2.1.1.6      HYDROGEN COUNCIL

In August 2019, the Group became a member of the Hydrogen Council, a global initiative launched in connection with the 2017 World Economic Forum in Davos by major companies operating in the energy, transport and industrial sectors. The Hydrogen Council now boasts more than 120 member companies from across the various industrial and energy sectors involved in the hydrogen value chain: energy, oil and gas, chemicals, commodities, metals and mining, equipment manufacturers, cars and trucks, and other forms of transport (air, rail, shipping). The Council estimates that, by 2050, low-carbon hydrogen solutions could meet 18% of the world’s energy demand and reduce annual CO2 emissions by 6 Gt, illustrating its enormous potential for the energy transition (see the Hydrogen Council’s November 2017 report entitled Hydrogen, Scaling Up). Societe Generale intends to play an active role in developing these solutions.

Societe Generale has joined the Hydrogen Council’s new Investor Group, thereby reiterating its resolve – to push further ahead with its role in financing renewable energies – to use the Group’s robust innovation, advisory, financing, and debt and equity structuring franchises to develop this energy of the future.

2022 UPDATE

Societe Generale helps hydrogen project leaders better understand how to attract investors and secure long-term financing for their large-scale projects. The Hydrogen Council’s members work on a wide range of projects; as part of the Investor Group, Societe Generale focuses more specifically on financing for hydrogen transmission infrastructure and large captive fleets of hydrogen trucks. The Group gets involved upstream and discusses issues of financing and fixed assets with project leaders.

The year 2022 saw Societe Generale act as the sole financial advisor on the creation and structuring of the world’s largest fund dedicated to clean hydrogen (Hy24) infrastructure, which has reached a total of EUR 2 billion (financed by industrial and financial sponsors). Backed by solid industrial expertise and offering significant investment potential, the fund is uniquely placed to unlock large-scale projects under development and accelerate the scaling-up of hydrogen markets. Societe Generale also acted as sole financial advisor to the Hy24 fund in a ground-breaking large-scale transaction closed in 2022 with an investment of EUR 200 million in HY2gen, alongside Mirova, CDPQ and T.EN. HY2gen develops, finances, builds and operates production facilities for green hydrogen and hydrogen-based e-fuels for land and sea transportation, aviation and industry worldwide.

Societe Generale Group’s discussions with public and state bodies are invaluable in this respect, allowing it to offer an expert’s perspective on questions surrounding how best to set up public financial support to facilitate the ramp-up of these new low-carbon technologies.

5.2.1.1.7      BIODIVERSITY

Helping to protect biodiversity is a natural part of the Group’s actions to foster the environmental transition. It is one of the four key principles of its CSR goals. As a responsible economic player, Societe Generale contributes to the collective effort by way of proactive commitments, by supporting clients with their own actions, and by making its stakeholders aware of the challenges related to preserving and restoring biodiversity.

Societe Generale, a member of the Act4Nature alliance, made 18 new commitments in favour of biodiversity in November 2022. They concern:

governance and training. The Group has committed to integrating biodiversity issues into its governance to define and implement the Group’s ambition on the subject by presenting these issues at least once annually to the Committee in charge of Responsible Commitments, chaired by General Management. In terms of training, Societe Generale has committed to develop Group employees’ knowledge on biodiversity issues by informing them of the Group’s commitments and of dedicated training sessions on these topics;

risk management. In addition to the Equator Principles and in application of updated sector policies, Societe Generale has committed not to finance dedicated projects located in IUCN I-IV sites, RAMSAR wetlands, UNESCO World Heritage sites or Alliance for Zero Extinction sites, for the following sensitive sectors: oil and gas exploration and production, mining extraction, upstream industrial agriculture, reservoir dams, thermal power plants, shipyards; projects dedicated to oil exploration and production in the Arctic; and projects dedicated to the exploration, production or trading of oil from the Equatorial Amazon as from 2022;

client relationships. Since 2022, Societe Generale has furnished two new commercial solutions formed in conjunction with expert partnerships to promote reforestation and help foster biodiversity. To help its large corporate clients assess and reduce their impact on biodiversity, the Group has expanded its E&S assessment by including a point of emphasis on biodiversity to cover 100% of large corporate clients by 2024. As for its SME clients in France, from 2023 the Group will propose an E&S interview guide incorporating a biodiversity component to foster dialogue on environmental issues and will train 100% of its client relationship managers on biodiversity. For the SME clients of its African subsidiaries, the Group will raise awareness of biodiversity through the SME Centres. Societe Generale will provide its individual customers in France with an educational tool on responsible consumption (food, clothing, transport, etc.). Last, with respect to its real estate development activities, Sogeprom is working to obtain certifications such as Effinature and Biodivercity® for residential projects with a green area larger than 500m, to promote the use of biosourced materials in its real estate projects in France, and to consider the increased use of wood in partnership with REI PROMOTION. This collaboration focuses on co-developing housing projects and managed residences;

partnerships spanning assessment, dialogue, innovation, active contribution to international initiatives offering a common framework, such as TNFD, the SBTN Corporate Program and the Finance for Biodiversity Pledge.

The Group’s 18 commitments are covered in more detail and publicly available here: https://www.act4nature.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/SOCIETE-GENERALE-VA.pdf.

Societe Generale also partakes in two international alliances that develop economic and financial standards which serve as a benchmark when taking into account biodiversity protection and restoration issues:

the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD), an international initiative, is working to develop a framework to manage and report on nature-related risks allowing organisations (such as financial institutions) to identify and assess these risks, and act accordingly;

the Science-Based Targets Network (SBTN) is a global network that aims to equip companies with the guidance to set science-based targets to manage their impacts and dependencies on nature, across their value chain.

Last, in 2022 the Group began dialogue with client companies operating in the most sensitive deforestation sectors - palm oil, soya and South American cattle - to assess their strategies to combat deforestation. As from 2023, the Group will only supply financial products and services to clients that have committed to:

eliminate deforestation and land conversion in their activities, in their own operations and across the supply chain;

implement and systematically require traceability of their value chains, and annually report on the progress made in terms of implementation and/or the proportion of activities that do not involve deforestation or land conversion.

Moreover, the Group has refused since 2022 to get in touch with prospective clients operating in the palm oil, soya and South American cattle sectors, and which have not committed to eliminate deforestation and land conversion in their activities in their own operations and across their supply chain, or to systematically trace their value chains.

5.2.1.1.8      SUSTAINABLE IT CHARTER

In November 2019, Societe Generale was one of the first companies to sign the Sustainable IT Charter to help limit the environmental impact of technology and promote digital inclusion.

The charter is a French initiative developed by the Institut du Numérique Responsable (INR, a French think and do tank) in partnership with the General Commission on Sustainable Development (CGDD) of the French Ministry for the Ecological and Solidarity Transition, WWF*, ADEME* (the French Environment and Energy Management Agency) and Fing* (a leading think tank on digital transformation). It was launched in June 2019 and now boasts 82 signatories spanning companies, non-profit associations, VSBs and SMEs, and public entities. For more information on the charter, see https://charte.institutnr.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/english-charter-sustainable-it.pdf.

In signing the charter, Societe Generale committed to:

optimise digital tools to limit their environmental impact and consumption;

develop accessible, inclusive and sustainable service offerings;

circulate ethical and responsible digital practices;

make digital technologies and services measurable, transparent and readable; and

foster the emergence of new behaviours and values.

2022 UPDATE

A detailed update is provided in the section “Being a company that cares about the environment”, paragraph “Information systems and IT infrastructures”, page 310.

In keeping with the findings of the materiality survey (see Dialogue with stakeholders, page 333), Societe Generale has made the environmental transition its chief priority in the operational roll-out of its CSR ambition. The Group is keen to play an active part in combating global warming and moving towards a lower-carbon world economy. In terms of climate change, the Group’s efforts – presented at the Shareholders’ General Meeting of 17 May 2022 – centre on the following three areas:

having a system to manage climate change risks (physical and transition risks – see Chapter 4, page 280);

proactively managing the potential impacts of the Group’s activities on the climate (through its proprietary activities – see Being a company that cares about the environment, page 307 or via its portfolio – see Chapter 4, page 281 and below);

supporting the Group’s clients in their environmental transition, especially by developing appropriate advisory and finance solutions (see Chapter 5, page 325).

The Strategic Oversight Committees and Cross-functional Oversight Committees reporting to General Management monitor proper implementation of the Group’s climate strategy and set appropriate CSR targets in the roadmaps for each of the Business and Service Units.

The plan to align Societe Generale’s loan portfolios was implemented following a decision by the Responsible Commitments Committee (CORESP) in August 2019. This plan aims to define indicators and identify scenarios to manage the Group’s activities in keeping with its commitments to fight climate change. The project is supervised by the Chief Sustainability Officer and jointly governed by the relevant Business Unit heads.

For Societe Generale, alignment commitments provide long-term guidance on credit exposures to ensure they are compatible with its commitments to fighting climate change, while also taking into account the environmental transition of the Group’s clients as part of its credit risk management.

Societe Generale measures both its alignment and its financed carbon emissions to manage the impact of its activities on the climate. These two approaches are complementary. The absolute measurement of financed carbon emissions, which involves allocating the carbon emissions of its clients or financed projects to the Group’s credit exposures, makes it possible to rank its priority portfolios. This overview does not currently allow for the appropriate management of loan portfolios. These methods still have many limitations: lack of quality data; the risk of double-counting related to the definition of scope 3; the underlying volatility inherent in the basis for allocating client and project emissions; and a lack of standardisation overall.

To define alignment measures, the Group aims to develop metrics expressed as outstanding loans, as carbon intensity or as absolute financed carbon emissions. These metrics, defined in relation to macroeconomic scenarios aimed at limiting global warming to 1.5°C, make it possible to aggregate an internally monitored measurement to manage alignment.

In 2015, Dutch financial institutions launched the PCAF initiative to develop a standard for measuring and reporting the greenhouse gas emissions attributable to their credit portfolios and investments. This initiative was extended to North America in 2018 and taken up globally in 2019. The PCAF standard provides methodological guidance for different asset classes. A company’s emissions are assessed based on public disclosures or estimated according to the GHG Protocol*. They are then allocated to the financial institutions based on the proportional share of lending or investment in the borrower or investee (for more information, see the PCAF Standard – https://carbonaccountingfinancials.com/files/downloads/PCAF-Global-GHG-Standard.pdf). After an initial assessment carried out in 2021, the Group used this methodology to measure the greenhouse gas emissions of 95% of its loans to major companies in 2022. The calculations are currently based on monetary emission factors in the PCAF database, and when the data are available, the calculations are based on the scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions reported by clients. To implement its climate commitment, the Group developed an initial methodology in 2016 and set alignment targets for the coal sector (see below). In the wake of this initial step, in 2018 Societe Generale signed the Katowice Commitment (see https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/Document%20RSE/les_engagements_de_katowice.pdf) alongside four other international banks (BBVA, BNP Paribas, ING and Standard Chartered). These signatory banks have been working with the 2°C Investing Initiative (2DII) on adapting the PACTA (Paris Agreement Capital Transition Assessment) methodology, initially developed for equity and bond portfolios, for use on credit portfolios. This led to the publication of a first report on the application of this methodology in September 2020 (https://2degrees-investing.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Katowice-Banks-2020-Credit-Portfolio-Alignment.pdf).

Since April 2021, the Group has made solid progress on setting alignment targets and relies on the principles defined by the NZBA alliance. The chart below summarises the Group’s approach regarding the implementation of its pledge to align its lending portfolios.

Goals

ALIGNMENT

Setting targets to decarbonise the portfolio

CARBON

FOOTPRINT

Identification

of the most

carbon-emissive

sectors

Methodology

PACTA/Katowice

Poseidon Principles

NZ Steel Initiative

French Banking Federation’s approach

Under development

PCAF

Portfolio

Coal, oil and gas, power generation, cement, cars

Shipping

Steel

Residential real estate

Other priority sectors, based on the level of absolute emissions

All corporate lending portfolio sectors

Considerations regarding data transparency and methodology are presented in the methodology note, page 354.

The indicators set out in this document are calculated based on multiple data and both internal and external information, which are subject to measurement uncertainties.

The current climate data are neither exhaustive nor widely available. They may also show inconsistencies as they are not aligned with global standards. However, as clients are increasingly adopting a framework for climate reporting and disclosure, the Group expects external data on emissions to become more accessible and reliable over time.

The indicators communicated in this document are subject to data uncertainties. The limitations of data collection, checks and communication, as well as the lack of techniques for reliable, standardised measurements across the sector, compromise data consistency, in particular with respect to methane. Although this situation is improving, it is of utmost concern to stakeholders that are working to decarbonise the sector.

The existing calculation methods present considerable problems in terms of consistency, adoptability by sector players, and cross-sector replication. In a quest for a more consistent and market-accepted method for measuring and reporting on emissions, regulatory requirements and guidelines have been updated in recent years. These guidelines and requirements are still a work in progress and are expected to stabilise over time.

As the methodologies are further fine-tuned and the data improved, the Group will continue to study the impact on the calculation base, which could refine the calculations over time. The opinions and assessments are preliminary and therefore must not be deemed definitive.

In 2016, Societe Generale was one of the first banks to reduce its exposure to the coal sector by ruling out any further financing for coal mining or coal-fired power plant projects.

In 2019, the Group took its commitments up a level by announcing its target to reduce exposure to coal to zero by 2030 in EU and OECD countries, and by 2040 elsewhere. To achieve this, Societe Generale published a new sector policy for coal in July 2020. The policy sets out strict guidelines on how to support clients in the transition phase (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/Document%20RSE/politiques_sectorielles/politique-sectorielle-charbon-thermique.pdf).

The policy comprises two stages:

1.

first, the Group has disengaged from those companies most exposed to the sector (i.e., for which thermal coal accounts for more than 25% of revenue), unless they have themselves already committed to withdraw from the sector. Accordingly, it has tightened its criteria for prospects in the sector;

2.

in 2021, Societe Generale reviewed its total portfolio and discussed transition plans and a timeline for phasing out thermal coal with all its corporate clients that have mining or power generation assets.

The end of this section shows an indicator for financing coal extraction and production activities (gross commitment weighted by the share of borrowers’ coal revenue – 100 base index at end-2019), calculated according to the Paris Agreement Capital Transition Assessment (PACTA) methodology defined under the Katowice pledge (https://2degrees-investing.org/resource/credit-portfolio-alignment-katowice-report/).

In an economy that is still dependent on oil and gas, the energy transition is especially testing for the industry. Since an overly simplistic approach based solely on exclusions fails to take adequate and responsible account of energy security and the temporary needs of some developing regions, the Group has formulated a lending policy that excludes the riskiest extraction techniques and sets targets that are consistent with its climate commitments.

Since 2018, Societe Generale no longer finances the production of oil from oil sands anywhere in the world, nor does it finance any type of oil production in the Arctic. At COP26 in 2021, the Group announced that it was beefing up its commitments in several hydrocarbon categories and with respect to the safeguard of biodiversity in protected areas. Accordingly, it no longer finances:

new projects with underlying activities involving the exploration and production of shale oil and gas, oil sands, extra-heavy crude oil, Arctic oil or Ecuadorian Amazon oil;

pure upstream players for which these categories of hydrocarbons (shale oil and gas, oil sands, extra-heavy crude oil, Arctic oil or Ecuadorian Amazon oil) represent more than 30% of their overall production; and

diversified players (upstream, midstream, downstream) for which the production of these categories of hydrocarbons contribute more than 30% to their revenues.

Moreover, no new mandates will be accepted for new greenfield projects to produce liquefied natural gas in North America. Lastly, the Group undertakes to increase protection of biodiversity by expanding the categories of protected areas in which no new hydrocarbon exploration and production projects will be financed. These commitments are set out in the Oil and Gas Policy, which was revised in 2022 and is available on the Group’s corporate website: https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/csr/oil-gas-sector-policy.pdf.

In 2020, Societe Generale was one of the first global banks to announce a short-term target for reducing its global exposure to the oil and gas production sector. It aimed for a 10% reduction by 2025 compared to 2019, in line with the projected decline in the use of fossil fuels by the economy on a trajectory compatible with the objectives of the Paris Agreement. Accelerating its drive to reduce its exposure to oil and gas production, the Group has raised its reduction target to 20% by 2025 (from 2019). Going even further, it has set a new target for 2030 (vs. 2019) for a 30% reduction in financed absolute carbon emissions related to end use of oil and gas production.

The metric used to check the target exposure is financing of oil and gas extraction (gross commitment to pure upstream players, weighted for diversified players by the share of revenue from extraction, on a 100 base index at end of 2019), as per application of PACTA methodology by Katowice Pledge banks. The metric for financed carbon emissions concerns the same financing scope and aims to reduce emissions from use of the oil and gas produced in the economy as a whole. Both these targets are set against the International Energy Agency’s (IEA) Net Zero Emission 2050 scenario and based on the expectation that use of oil and gas will decline at a faster pace after 2025.

In 2020, the Group committed to cut back on its financing for power generation projects by 18% by 2025 as compared to end-2019 levels. In 2022, the Group set a stricter target to reduce the CO2 emissions intensity to 125g of CO2/kWh by 2030, compared to the previous 2030 target of 163g of CO2/kWh. The goal will be achieved by adjusting the energy mix it finances, reflecting both its decision to gradually exit the coal sector and positioning itself as a leader in renewable energies.

The indicator is measured applying the PACTA methodology by Katowice Pledge banks with a slightly higher target than the AIE’s Net Zero scenario (138g CO2 per kWh in 2030).

The Group joined a number of task forces in 2022 to leverage financing as a means to decarbonise the steel, aluminium and aviation industries (see page 316 above). It will draw on the work of these alliances to define the credit portfolio alignment targets for these industries between now and April 2024.

The methodology and benchmark scenarios are set by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) and are available (in English only) here: https://www.poseidonprinciples.org/finance/resources.

Ports around the world have become severely congested as ships increase their cruising speed in a bid to meet Europe’s considerable energy needs, largely due to geopolitical developments. This, combined with the residual and cumulative effects of the Covid-19 pandemic, has adversely affected the alignment score for the sector. We expect greater volatility in results in the near term, especially if changes in the Poseidon Principles are taken into account to align with a pathway compatible with limiting global warming to +1.5 °C.

Yet, even in this environment, Societe Generale’s alignment score – although still not aligned – has improved from +23.7% to +15.4%. The rolling annual alignment score for freight ships dropped from +2.8% to +1.1% and from +68.4% to +45.2% for passenger vessels. During this transition period, the Bank will strive to align its shipping portfolio by pursuing its engagement and awareness-building work with clients.

In its 2025 strategy, ALD Automotive, the Group’s operational vehicle leasing and fleet management subsidiary, set a target to cut emissions from passenger cars delivered in Europe by 40% in the period to 2025 compared to 2019 (gCO2/km NEDC standard(1)), equating to 70 grammes expressed as NEDC correlated value. This is a more ambitious target than the emissions intensity threshold set in Regulation EU 2019/631.

(1)

New European Driving Cycle. In 2021, most of the European market publishes data according to the Worldwide Harmonized Light Vehicles Test Procedure (WLTP). Conversion to NEDC will take place when official conversion metrics become available.

Indicator

Scenario

Baseline

Target

Reduction

target

End of 2021

Actual 2021

Thermal coal gross commitments (index 100)

Exit strategy

100

(2019)

0

(2030/40 OECD/RoW)

-100%

72

-28%

Oil and gas extraction gross commitments (index 100)

Oil & gas production 2050 IEA NZE

100

(2019)

80

(2025)

-20%

82

-18%

Power generation emissions intensity (gCO2e/kWh)

Emissions intensity 2050 NZE (gCO2e/kWh)

221

(2019)

125

(2030)

-43%

143

-35%

Shipping industry emissions intensity – alignment disparity target(1)

Emissions intensity, IMO Objective 3 (gCO2/tnm)

+2%

(2020)

0%

(2050)

N/A

+15%

N/A

Deliveries of passenger cars by ALD Automotive in Europe, emissions intensity expressed in NEDC (gCO2/vkm)

n/a

116

(2019)

70

(2025)

-40%

99

-15%

(1)

This target is an alignment score. A positive alignment score means that the shipping portfolio is not aligned (it exceeds the decarbonisation trajectory). Conversely, a negative or zero alignment score means that the shipping portfolio is aligned.

In accordance with the EU Taxonomy Regulation ((EU) 2020/852), the Group discloses its on-balance sheet exposures to eligible sectors since 2021. As required by this regulation, the disclosures are on taxonomy-eligible economic activities mainly, with issues of alignment being addressed later on, in accordance with the regulatory calendar. The methodology is informed by the full series of European Commission opinions(1) for calculating the exposures presented below:

(1)

European Commission’s FAQs and Commission Notice.

The share of Taxonomy-eligible exposures in 2022 fell with respect to the 2021 level, driven down by the reduction in loans collateralised by residential property because of a more granular analysis of collateral types. The decline was partially offset by the inclusion of key performance indicators of counterparties disclosed in 2022 in respect of the 2021 financial year.

Under the EU’s Non-Financial Reporting Directive (NFRD), transposed into French law through the Declaration of Extra-Financial Performance (DEFP), credit institutions are required to report annually on the alignment of their activities with the EU Taxonomy, based on the scope of their prudential consolidation. Although these comprehensive reporting requirements, which will also comprise the Green Asset Ratio, will not fully enter into effect until 2024, credit institutions must report on certain indicators from 31 December 2022 onwards. This includes, in particular, disclosing the proportion of Taxonomy-eligible financing in their portfolios. The following diagram details the regulatory reporting requirements for financial year 2022.

The Group has calculated the data needed for the requisite disclosures using the FINREP reporting format, which is employed when communicating with the banking supervisors, as the starting point for its balance sheet analysis. The difference between the balance sheet used to produce quantitative data required under the Taxonomy Regulation and the prudential balance sheet lies in the different treatment of provisions for the various assets, which are included in the prudential balance sheet but excluded when calculating the Taxonomy Regulation metrics. Following the entry into force in 2021 of the requirement to use the key performance indicators of eligible counterparties to calculate its own key performance indicators, the Group considered exposures for which no reported indicator is available as non-eligible. It deemed non-eligible those exposures for which no reported indicator could be identified. Eligible exposures were assessed at the level of application of key performance indicators, based on revenue for non-financial counterparties. Note that during the prior year, due to insufficient reported data, NFRD eligibility was assessed at the level of both the counterparty itself and its parent company, based on the following criteria: (1) EU residency, and (2) headcount in excess of 500 at the reporting date, in addition to which the European Commission’s FAQs rule out using the main activity (i.e. the NACE Code) as an eligibility criterion, making virtually all of the Group’s corporate exposures automatically non-eligible.

Loans to local government were considered eligible in the amount of exposures to public social housing bodies (Offices Publics de l’Habitat – OPH). Car loans from 1 January 2022 and home improvement loans were deemed non-eligible as they could not be separately identified on the balance sheet, typically being included as part of the overall financing for the property.

Mortgage loans secured by a guarantee (such as the Crédit Logement guarantee, for example) were, however, considered eligible and accounted for most of the Group’s Taxonomy-eligible assets.

The following chart sets out the decision-making process used to determine eligibility for the various FINREP balance sheet items, with a view to producing the performance indicators.

EU Regulation 2022/1214 added gas and nuclear to the list of Taxonomy-eligible and aligned activities (EU Regulation 2020/852). It also imposes specific disclosure obligations for these activities: the first is the reporting model for activities related to nuclear energy and fossil gas, which includes financing (dedicated or not). Concerning models 4 and 5, which are also subject to publication obligations under the Delegated Act No. 2022/1214, available information is not sufficiently qualitative to produce a precise figure, given that data are dependent on Group clients publishing information which is still not to hand.

As a responsible bank, Societe Generale strives to help its clients on their pathway to a just, green and inclusive transition, in line with its own commitments. Sustainability concerns are an integral part of the services offered to all the Group’s clients, covering corporate and investment banking as well as financial services. By placing sustainability high on the agenda, the Group aims to meet the increasing demand from the full gamut of stakeholders around the world – clients, corporates, investors and individuals – for banking with a positive impact on the economy and society overall. To achieve our aim of ensuring full client satisfaction and meeting their needs as closely as possible, Societe Generale carefully tailors its service offering by client category. Reflecting this goal, the Group’s teams assist large corporates in their environmental and social transition. Its retail bank puts the expertise of its teams at the service of local businesses and entrepreneurs to offer them the right supports, tailored to their environment. The Group is also keenly aware of the needs of its individual clients to take action and has developed a range of responsible products and services to promote responsible behaviour. Finally, reflecting its spirit of innovation, Societe Generale seeks to get behind new trends in society and pays special attention to the growing interest in sustainable mobility and to new housing modes.

To have the tools to measure and track its positive impact and progress in guiding its customers, the Group developed a standard several years ago to measure the distribution of its Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance offer – SPIF* (see Glossary, page 683) products for lending to the economy and companies, together with a range of Sustainable and Positive Investment (SPI* (see Glossary, page 683) products. We have revised the SPIF and SPI standards and the data collection scope to reflect changes in the Group. Changes in the standard are presented in the Methodology note, page 354. SPIF and SPI data presented for previous years were based on previously published data, unless otherwise specified.

The Group’s businesses worldwide are galvanising their substantial expertise in financial engineering and innovation to develop new sustainable investment and financing solutions to help finance the environmental transition.

Societe Generale constantly seeks to foster dialogue with large corporates on topics involving their ESG strategy. It aims to use its financial innovation capabilities to provide them with the finance products they need to expand their positive impact. It also contributes to financing the 17 sustainable development goals through its engagement with the UNEP-FI Positive Impact Finance initiative. To build in this ESG approach with our clients, the Group has developed a suite of impact-based finance* products. In addition to conventional finance, Societe Generale has responsible solutions for financing capital goods, cash management and payment solutions. To grow its impact-based finance range, the Group reviewed its businesses in 2022 to align them as tightly as possible with what clients need as they undertake the changes required to address the challenges ahead.

The Group offers a wide range of products tailored to its customers’ ESG strategies, including:

green, social and sustainable loans, bonds and securitisation issues*: Societe Generale has developed a suite of green and social loans and bonds that generate social benefits and include a sustainability component. The range links the financing structure to the achievement of ESG goals, encouraging customers to step up their sustainability efforts. With this tailor-made structured range of products, which include an incentive component, the Group works hand in hand with its clients to help them formulate their sustainability goals and CSR targets. Over and above its own balance sheet commitments, the Group is very active in issuing green, social and sustainable bonds, with more than 370 bond issuance mandates managed since 2013 for a total issuance volume of more than EUR 400 billion. In addition and to tap into an additional source of refinancing its commitments, Societe Generale adopted a framework in 2020 governing its own sustainable bond issues. At 31 December 2022, the Group had issued a total volume of EUR 8.874 billion in sustainable and positive bonds since 2015 (for more information on the Group’s Positive Impact Bond Framework, see https://investors.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2020-11/sg_sustainable_and_positive_impact_bond_framework_June_2020.pdf);

ESG Advisory: the Group has developed products and services to guide clients as they step up their extra-financial performance with a view to accessing the financial markets. They are backed by the expertise of our E&S Advisory and Impact Finance Solutions team, whose role is to analyse specific customer needs and assist them in their positive impact* projects by selecting or structuring the right solution for them, in line with the Group’s own commitments.

Societe Generale has been at the forefront of the UNEP-FI’s Positive Impact Initiative, which brings together more than 450 financial institutions (including 300 or more banks) from around the world to work on laying down the principles and methods for the financial community to augment the positive impacts and mitigate the negative impacts working towards the 17 SDDs. Positive Impact Finance means all activities that deliver a positive contribution to one or more of the three pillars of sustainable development (economic, environmental and social), once any potential negative impacts to any of the pillars have been duly identified and mitigated, across all sectors. Within the Corporate and Investment Bank, a methodology has been developed and aligned with the Model Framework: Financial Products for Specified Use of Proceeds, published by the UNEP-FI (click here: https://www.unepfi.org/positive-impact/unep-fi-impact-analysis-tools/model-frameworks/), which sets out the major steps and criteria for identification, assessment and monitoring of funding in support of specific Positive Impact projects or assets. During the identification phase, transactions are pre-selected based on the business sector, the geographic location of projects or assets, and their ability to generate a material positive impact on various impact categories (e.g., improved energy efficiency, the circular economy*). This phase is useful in anticipating the significant positive impacts triggered by eligible transactions. The assessment phase involves evaluating the materiality and demonstrability of the positive impacts generated by the projects or assets in the impact categories selected in the UNEP-FI Impact Radar (https://www.unepfi.org/positive-impact/impact-radar-mappings/). The team of E&S experts has developed a series of performance indicators and analysis tools to measure positive impacts while ensuring acceptable identification and management of any negative impacts on the three pillars of sustainable development. The methodology for analysing Positive Impact Finance is updated regularly to factor in market developments and regulatory changes, such as the EU taxonomy.

Alongside responsible finance products, the E&S Advisory and Impact Finance Solutions experts are putting together impact-based finance products for global banking clients. The focus is on analysing impacts to advise and guide clients as they shift towards incorporating the United Nations SDGs into their business model, but struggle to finance their investments. We help clients take a detailed look at environmental and social aspects with the ultimate aim of augmenting the positive impact of their projects, facilitating funding and achieving economies of scale. The model is built on three steps:

1.

augment impact: by providing multiple services and pooling costs, projects can generate more social, environmental and economic impacts, as well as additional revenues. Reducing the “cost-to-impact” increases profitability, strengthens resilience and generates an appetite for financing;

2.

improve credit quality: Societe Generale provides expert structuring advice to improve credit quality using blended finance* and aggregation vehicles* to reach critical mass for placement in the global private debt and equity markets;

3.

make the most of digital: throughout the process, we focus on using digital technologies to combine services, create more value, as well as to collect and analyse data on operational performance, payment track record and impacts to demonstrate the project’s success and support its scale up.

The Group finances sustainable assets in five business segments: Technology, Industrial Equipment, Health, Green Energy, and Transport. In conjunction with manufacturers, energy service suppliers and specialised financial intermediaries, Societe Generale Equipment Finance incorporates circular economy principles into its financing solutions. In so doing, it fosters the transition from a model based on asset ownership to models connected to an asset’s life cycle.

The Group also aims to offer a full range of sustainable solutions for its clients’ cash management and payment solutions needs. ESG offers comprise export financing, cash management and factoring/reverse factoring solutions that incorporate ESG features, such as:

green, sustainable export finance*: the Group’s finance offer focuses on five main sectors: renewable energy, hydrogen, clean transport, waste management and sustainable water use. The sustainable export finance offer aims to support the Group’s customers who have embarked on a genuine transition to a more sustainable business model. Based on an incentive mechanism, Societe Generale undertakes to adapt its financial terms to the CSR targets set with its customers, lending active support to its clients’ transition;

payments and cash management*: the Group has a range of sustainable or sustainability performance-linked guarantee solutions, sustainable loans for working capital and sustainable liquidity support;

factoring/reverse factoring*: Societe Generale has receivables financing programmes with built-in E&S indicators to bring clients closer to their social and environmental goals, as well as reverse factoring products with social criteria to optimise supply chain financing by pre-funding supplier payables. What is more, supply chain financing based on client-specific environmental and social criteria gives them the opportunity to have an even greater impact, while boosting their visibility.

To offer a broader range of sustainable solutions in Transaction Banking, the Group drafted and published a Framework document, which was approved by an independent third party, to scaffold the development of new products and services in the future.

As our clients press on with their transformation, they need a bank to partner closely with them. In 2022, the Group launched a transformation policy to face up to these new challenges and seize emerging opportunities in moving to a net-zero economy and developing more sustainable business models. The central aim is to reshape the Group’s lending businesses by developing a joint model drawing on cross-cutting expertise, an analytic approach to lifecycle analysis, and by applying this across the value chain of a given economic sector. Lastly, an ESG sector package will be provided to the sales teams as a tool to assess clients’ ESG strategy challenges and goals and craft action plans to drive their transition programmes.

Societe Generale offers a comprehensive range of products and services, devised by a team of experts, for professional investors and corporates to give access to a wide gamut of issuers – sovereign, supranational, agencies and large corporates – picking from solutions that stretch from vanilla to tailored. It has ESG-indexed products based on internal research or on our partner network of ESG data providers.

The Group also issues structured notes that incorporate ESG criteria. They are issued in five main sustainable and positive impact investment (SPI) formats:

1.

positive impact notes*: Societe Generale has created a range of products to give customers the opportunity to invest in tailored products and promote positive impact financing. These products are flexible to adapt to a wide range of investment objectives (maturity, capital guarantee at term, etc.). The Group has undertaken to hold positive impact financial assets on its balance sheet equivalent to the nominal amount of the securities, throughout the entire holding period;

2.

repackaging green or social bonds: Societe Generale can issue bond-repacked notes whose funding source is the yield on a third-party green bond and whose coupon is tailored to the investor’s request;

3.

green, social or sustainable notes issued by a third party: the issuer earmarks the equivalent of the funds raised to finance or refinance sustainable projects, or is a recognised pure player in this type of funding;

4.

charity notes: the Group undertakes to sponsor a charitable organisation for a proportion of the amount raised on the notes;

5.

positive contribution notes*: the investor contributes by investing in positive-impact initiatives, such as agro-forestry and CO2 emission reduction, through the voluntary carbon market.

Socially responsible deposits are another element of our Sustainable and Positive Investment offering for corporate clients. Societe Generale matches the funds collected with an equivalent amount in short-term loans to corporates with high ESG ratings (according to an internal methodology), or for commodity finance transactions selected according to ESG criteria.

At the heart of the Bank’s market activities since 2006, Societe Generale’s ESG research specialises in providing expert advisory services on environmental, social and governance topics. In 2020, Societe Generale was the first bank to systematically integrate ESG criteria in its fundamental analysis, valuations and recommendations on equities, with the aim of providing a framework to help investors make informed decisions by combining traditional financial metrics with financially relevant and actionable analysis of ESG issues. Such innovations are in addition to the advisory services the ESG research team provides clients, for example covering the plethora of new ESG regulations being deployed by states and regulators.

Societe Generale Securities Services (SGSS), a specialised Group subsidiary, caters to a broad spectrum of professional clients, including investment firms and institutional investors, offering insights to help design and implement their ESG strategies. SGSS’s offering ranges from services for asset managers across the entire lifecycle of a fund, helping them achieve their sustainable investment goals:

our front-to-back “Crosswise” offer provides an integrated solution to manage ESG data. Developed in partnership with SimCorp, a leading provider of integrated investment management solutions, the software helps asset managers to capture ESG and financial data together to optimise portfolio management. As a result:

-

the data is collected directly in the management tool,

-

ESG indicators are factored into each fund’s ESG definition and strategy, as described in the prospectus,

-

the management rules are configured directly in the tool, as well as how they are applied to the financial data,

-

ESG data comes into play throughout the operational processing chain, especially for pre-trade and post-trade checks. The aim is to leverage and manage the data for regulatory reporting needs (SFDR, Taxonomy or European ESG Templates (EET) and Management Reports for investors;

partnering with some private asset specialists, a comprehensive operational solution to produce and administer questionnaires to gather the required ESG data from companies or properties the funds are invested in, including data quality controls, for regulatory reporting or management reporting needs;

ESG reporting services, based on MSCI data, offering institutional investor clients whose assets are managed by different asset managers the ability to manage their ESG objectives on a consolidated basis;

a comprehensive order routing service for postal votes in General Meetings that includes access to consulting firms for voting options on the resolutions put forward, according to the strategies defined by clients for their investments;

integration of ESG criteria stated by asset managers in their prospectus in depository controls.

For its part, Societe Generale Assurances also contributes to local communities and infrastructure development in France and in Europe. When making property investments, Societe Generale looks for highly energy-efficient assets and the most respected certifications (for construction, renovation and operating efficiency). The Group’s environmentally certified property assets were valued at a total of EUR 4.2 billion at the end of 2022 (vs. EUR 3.4 billion at the end of 2021).

 

2020

2021

2022

Production of Positive Impact Financing according to the UNEP-FI methodology

EUR 5.2bn

EUR 7.5bn

EUR 4.2bn

Sustainable bond issues led by Societe Generale (annual volume)

EUR 36bn

EUR 118bn(2)

EUR 113bn

New credit lines indexed to environmental and social performance

EUR 4.2bn

EUR 11.1bn

EUR 8.8bn

Sustainable and positive investments (SPI)

 

 

 

Volume of investment products referenced to indices or baskets subject to ESG selection or linked to sustainability themes(1)

 

EUR 8.1bn

EUR 11.2bn

Positive impact notes* and Positive impact “support” notes*

 

 

 

Inflows

EUR 300m

EUR 386m

EUR 818m

Total inflows from the start

EUR 1.3bn

EUR 1.7bn

EUR 2.5bn

Socially responsible deposits (production)

 

EUR 1.3bn

EUR 1.3bn

(1)

Including products referencing indices that comply with ESG selection processes or related to sustainable themes.

(2)

2021 data was revised to include social bond issues.

5.2.1.3.2    SUPPORTING LOCAL BUSINESS AND ENTREPRENEURS

Where it has a presence, the Group seeks to work alongside craftspeople, entrepreneurs, start-ups and businesses of all sizes – throughout their professional lives and business cycles – to help create and protect jobs.

FRENCH RETAIL BANKING

To guarantee a long-term partnership, the Group has established a dedicated organisation relying on more than 32 regional business centres, a longer term of office for Business Advisors, and more than 550 Customer Relations Advisors. Moreover, Societe Generale is guided by more than 400 experts to meet specific requirements in terms of cash and cash flow, payroll, employee savings schemes, factoring, international business, long-term lease and investments, and provides its customers with regional Corporate and Investment Banking hubs. Societe Generale devotes more than EUR 20 billion every year to financing the economy.

Through its “Societe Generale Entrepreneurs” sales strategy, the French Retail Banking network provides corporate executives and shareholders with a range of services and solutions geared to addressing strategic issues. It combines diverse expertise in financing and investment, wealth and property management, pooled in regional divisions to better support key stages of the development and transfer of ownership of their business.

The French Retail Banking network is also a partner to 84 local branches of the nationwide non-profit organisation Initiative France. These 84 branches supported 20,265 companies in 2021, thus creating or saving 56,095 direct jobs. In addition to Initiative France’s own interest-free loans, Societe Generale Retail Banking in France granted 636 loans for a total of EUR 73.4 million to entrepreneurs supported by the organisation (figures disclosed by Initiative France). In partnership with France Active Garantie, the leading solidarity finance provider, the Group has been working to help VSBs and solidarity-based companies secure bank loans. As part of this partnership, Societe Generale funded projects to the tune of EUR 3.6 million as at end-October 2022 (vs. EUR 2.5 million in 2021).

In addition to providing full support to its professional customers with two expert advisors – one for professional and the other for private matters – and a simplified bank with a range of digital solutions, the Group has expanded its product offering for professionals by acquiring the neo-bank Shine. The offer combines a fully online bank account with support in administrative management for entrepreneurs (billing, calculation of taxes and contributions, simplified accounting, etc.). Shine has received the international Certified B Corp. label, which recognises its commitment in six areas: environmental performance, social performance, staff, governance, community and customers. The Group markets Shine products to professional customers that prefer all-online management and low-cost services. The Shine acquisition positions the Bank to offer a broader range to business clients as their business and needs change, including expert advisors – without changing banks. As well as their complementarity, the tie-up between Societe Generale and Shine is generating broad synergies across the Group. Services, such as credit, insurance, and payments, can be offered to neobank clients, in accordance with Shine’s mission to simplify banking for business. Against this backdrop, in 2021, Shine developed a range of loans designed specifically for self-employed individuals and small businesses. This unprecedented offering has two goals: continuing to simplify entrepreneurs’ daily activities through easier access to loans, and promoting a responsible vision of entrepreneurship by supporting businesses committed to an entrepreneurial approach. For the first time, this fully online offering gives the self-employed and small businesses committed to improving society and protecting the environment a special rate based on a list of predetermined social and environmental criteria, such as conducting a carbon assessment, organising training for greater diversity and inclusion, setting up a responsible sourcing policy, and qualifying for labels like B Corp, Lucie or ISO 26000. Entrepreneurs meeting some of these criteria will benefit from preferential terms. This approach aims to reward the most committed businesses and to motivate others to undertake a similar commitment.

In Africa, small- and medium-sized companies are central to economic development. Accounting for 90% of private companies and hiring 70% of the rural population, they are essential in driving the emergence of the African middle class and greater access to jobs. SMEs represent two-thirds of Societe Generale’s African corporate client base. The Bank is set on adapting its processes to provide more efficient support and help them succeed, while also playing its part in weaving a dynamic local economic fabric. Take for example the decision to increase its outstanding loans to African SMEs by 60% between end-2018 and end-2022. Although this target was blown off-course by the effects of the pandemic and economic crisis in 2020 and 2021, Societe Generale maintains its ambition to help and support SMEs with a robust growth target for this market by 2025, drawing on several revitalised systems in the Bank. SMEs are already showing successful results, notably in West Africa – encouraging the Group to continue its efforts.

One of the stand-out features of this initiative is the concept of SME Centres, with the very first one opening its doors in 2018. SME Centres are now serving the needs of SMEs and VSEs in eight African countries: Senegal, Burkina Faso, Côte d’Ivoire, Benin, Ghana, Cameroon, Guinea-Conakry and Madagascar. Societe Generale has teamed up with local partners to set up these SME Centres, which are specifically suited to the needs of sub-Saharan African businesses, to offer financial, legal and accounting advice, training, mentoring programmes and a co-working space, all under one roof.

Alongside other agencies and organisations supporting the development of SMEs, such as AFD-Proparco, Bpifrance, Investisseurs & Partenaires, the Réseau Entreprendre and local players in each country, Societe Generale is eager to launch an initiative to make the most of these combined strengths to boost support for SMEs. Helping SMEs to organise their efforts to obtain funding, giving them access to comprehensive resources, covering all funding channels and helping them to get training to expand their business are all challenges of the multidimensional, coordinated support provided by the players involved. There are already several partnerships in operation, such as AFD-Proparco and the ARIZ guarantee, with Societe Generale being the first to use the AFD risk-sharing mechanism on the continent; Bpifrance Université, which has posted online training sessions dedicated to business managers in Côte d’Ivoire and Senegal; Investisseurs & Partenaires; ADEPME in Senegal; the Upgrade Office in Senegal; and the Réseau Entreprendre (partnership in Morocco, Senegal and Tunisia).

2022 saw Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord launch a comprehensive suite of services for corporates, SMEs and mid-caps centred on switching to a more sustainable business model. They include new advice and finance solutions offered in conjunction with leading partners. The initiative is built around:

environmental and social loan (PES): the PES is intended to fund sustainable development projects (improving energy efficiency, renewable energies, low-carbon transport, waste and water treatment and recycling) and projects that benefit society as a whole (funding social and solidarity businesses and non-profits, funding education and training, social housing, etc.). Upon providing documentation on the specific nature and characteristics of the project for financing, clients can take out an environmental and social loan with a term of up to 15 years for a maximum amount of EUR 5 million for companies and non-profit associations, and up to 30 years for an uncapped amount for public economy players. In 2022, PES production totalled EUR 168.6 million for agreements on temporary occupation (Conventions d’Occupation Temporaire*), compared with EUR 11.5 million in 2021, EUR 111.5 million for non-profits and EUR 163.4 million for corporates (vs. EUR 100 million in 2021);

positive impact loans in partnership with EcoVadis and EthiFinance: for companies, non-profits and local or regional authorities to offer finance solutions that incorporate an ESG indicator and a target for this indicator. The interest rate reduces when the target fixed on origination is reached. Decisions on strategic actions to improve their environmental and social impact are up to the client. The partnership with EcoVadis concerns corporate and non-profits, while the tie-up with EthiFinance relates to entities in the public economy;

a dedicated photovoltaic and wind energy team;

partnership with LUMO, a SG subsidiary, the crowdfunding platform helping clients secure funding for environmental and social impact projects;

connecting clients with leading operators: Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord teamed up with benchmark CSR partners, EcoVadis and EthiFinance, to provide clients with expertise to analyse and assess their ESG practices. Carbo is a tool to measure GES emissions while Économie d’Énergie is used to implement energy efficiency projects;

dedicated teams in the regions: the Group has a tight local support system based on key specialists. Both banks’ advisors benefit from a very broad program of CSR training with an emphasis on the energy transition.

To meet Societe Generale’s aim of bolstering Sustainable and Positive Impact Financing (SPIF), SGFI, the French Retail Banking entity specialised in financing business property, has made corporate social responsibility a strategic feature of its customer journey ever since 2018. Positive impact financing concerns both environmental (frugal consumption habits, bio-sourced materials, respect for biodiversity, etc.) and social aspects (non-profit organisations, regional authorities, health, education, social and affordable housing, disabilities, etc.). More and more of the Group’s clients have worked it into their social commitments. SGFI arranged EUR 2 billion in positive impact financing in 2022, accounting for 54% of its annual production.

Cybersecurity, already a major concern for companies, has been pushed even higher up the agenda by Covid-19. In response, Societe Generale put together a number of initiatives in three areas: consulting, technology and insurance, forming a comprehensive offering for our corporate and non-profit clients.

In addition to the regular talks organised by its experts in regional business centres throughout France, OPPENS*, the Group’s cybersecurity arm, launched regular immersive training for employees against phishing, an innovation that combines simulation and micro-training. The subsidiary coaches SMEs and micro-businesses to grasp the risk and assess their vulnerability through a simple and personalised three-step process:

self-assessment of cybersecurity preparedness using a free online tool based on five considerations: password, data protection, raising employee awareness, securing devices, and protecting websites;

free recommendations based on the priority areas identified during the self-assessment;

support with a catalogue of mainly French and European products and services, selected and tested by Societe Generale experts and distributed via Oppens.fr. And Oppens can also provide unique solutions, custom-built with our partners, or exclusive packages that are usually only available to large corporates.

Societe Generale has gone further and set up a Business Advisor/OPPENS Expert team to assess vulnerability and answer questions from managers about the cybersecurity of their IT systems organisation, covering employee training, company audits and recommended technical solutions.

To add to the solutions selected by OPPENS from recognised partners, Societe Generale has joined forces with Trustpair*, the fintech specialising in managing payment data and preventing payment fraud. This partnership sets out to empower finance teams with an automated system to secure flows and prevent fraud or error, with tools to check IBANs and filter payments and direct debits.

On the insurance side, the Group offers cyber risk Insurance to cover major cyber risks (IT system outages with the potential to shut down the Company’s operations and lead to theft of personal data). Designed by Societe Generale Assurances, these policies include:

crisis management: 24/7 emergency assistance to organise the initial response and speak to a consultant, who will be responsible for coordinating the work of the IT expert team, legal advice and crisis management consultants to handle potential damage to brand reputation;

compensation for damages incurred by the Company: losses and additional operating costs caused by inability to access data or IT systems, including if outsourced;

coverage of pecuniary consequences and defence costs arising with respect to claims against the Company following the damages, as well as in the event of breach of notification obligations or of media coverage. If an investigation is conducted by an authority, the policy also covers defence costs if applicable.

Professional clients can log in and connect to Appli PRO using Face ID and Touch ID biometric authentication. They can block, lock and unlock their Business cards directly from the app.

 

2021

2022

Loan production: SMEs in France

EUR 4.7bn

EUR 7.2bn

Loan production: SMEs in Africa

EUR 443m

EUR 430m

Loan production: SMEs in Romania and the Czech Republic

EUR 3.6bn

EUR 4.6bn

Outstandings with SMEs (amortised cost)

EUR 57.1bn

EUR 55.9bn

5.2.1.3.3   INDIVIDUAL AND INSURANCE CLIENTS: GROWING THE SUSTAINABLE AND SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE RANGE OF SERVICES AND PRODUCTS

The Group actively markets the responsible products its offers to retail customers in the countries it operates in.

Societe Generale offers a range of products to finance energy efficient home improvements or fit-outs through interest-free green loans (Éco-prêt à taux zéro), sustainable development loans or “Expresso” sustainable development loans. The types of energy efficiency and environmental upgrade work and solutions that are eligible for these loans include thermal insulation (roofs, balconies, attics, floors, windows and walls), heating and ventilation (wood or wood pellet boilers, closed stove units, inset stoves, wood or wood pellet stoves, hot water heat pumps, etc.), renewable energy solutions (photovoltaic or thermal solar panels, wind, hydraulic or biomass electricity). Boursorama also has a range of all-online eco-responsible loans, automatically eligible for a 5% reduction in the applicable lending rate (eco-responsible loans receive a 5% reduction in the APR in force). The Group also has special green vehicle loans at a lower rate and with no application fees.

The Group actively markets the responsible products offered in its countries of operation to its individual customers, in keeping with their wishes. In France, for example, Societe Generale helps individuals to put their savings into passbook savings accounts with a robust environmental and social component (Livret A*, LDDS* and PEA PME/ETI*). In addition to these regulated products, Societe Generale has entered into agreements with several asset managers to offer a range of responsible savings products. Alongside Amundi, new partnerships have been established with BlackRock, DNCA, La Financière de l’Échiquier, Mirova and Primonial REIM. The Group offers a range of 20 SRI or environmentally geared funds. The first category gives clients the opportunity to invest in companies that comply with environmental, social and governance criteria in their management, while the second focuses on considerations like combating climate change, the environmental transition and developing renewable energies.

All the Group’s asset management entities have signed the Principles of Responsible Investment (PRI) developed by the United Nations (www.unpri.org), committing them to adhere to the following six principles: incorporation of ESG issues, active shareholders, transparent disclosures, promotion of the PRI, working together, and ESG reporting. The UNPRI are the most important international blueprint for responsible investment. They aim to promote the incorporation of ESG factors in investment decisions and by the companies investors have a stake in.

Through its two asset management firms, in 2022 Private Banking signed initiatives, including the Net-Zero Asset Manager initiative, the Finance for Biodiversity Pledge and the Tobacco Free Finance Pledge, to do even more to tackle climate change and biodiversity loss. Joining these initiatives reaffirms the Group’s determination to help companies step up their net zero strategies with measures to secure the energy transition and foster responsible practices.

Turning to life insurance, in accordance with the Pacte law, all Societe Generale Assurances’ French contracts have offered at least one vehicle backed by a solidarity fund: either an SRI* or a Greenfin* (energy and environmental transition financing) certified fund since the end of 2019. Added to on a regular basis, they cover a wide range of asset classes and risk profiles, offering an ideal opportunity for clients to put their savings to meaningful use. In France, a new generation of life insurance products made up exclusively of sustainable and affordable funds (from EUR 50) was launched in 2020. 19 of the 20 funds in the range have SRI or Greenfin certification. In addition to its range of unit-linked supports, Societe Generale Assurances looks to the long term to protect the environment and benefit society as a whole. As such, it has significant leverage when it comes to benefiting the environment and civil society. Its investment policy has long included ESG factors, alongside financial and credit ratings. Every year, asset portfolios are formally scrutinised according to these three criteria, their carbon footprint measurement, and their alignment with a global warming trajectory that is compatible with a 1.5 °C scenario. And, when it joined the Net-Zero Asset Owner alliance in April 2021, Societe Generale Assurances also pledged to align its investment portfolios with pathways limiting global warming to 1.5 °C and to reduce the carbon footprint of its equity and bond portfolios by 30% by 2025 vs. 2018.

Private Banking continued to develop its range of positive and sustainable investments, initiated in 2017 and available across all its entities in France, Europe and the United Kingdom. It is structured around three areas:

responsible portfolio management through its two management companies, which offer CIUs* that carry well-known certifications: the French government’s SRI* label and Luxembourg’s LuxFLAG* label. The range includes discretionary management(1) funds with recognised third-party asset managers(2). One of the internal specialist funds launched in 2022 was “Moorea Fund - Sustainable Climate Action”(3). This is a GreenFin fund that aims to invest in international companies that generate a strong positive environmental contribution. The fund objective is to deliver 20% lower carbon intensity measured against the MSCI World All Country (MSCI ACWI Index) with a portfolio aligned with the Paris Accord scenarios (limiting global warming to below 2°C, and preferably 1.5°C, compared to pre-industrial levels). At the close of 2022, assets classed under Articles 8 and 9 SFDR managed by these two management firms amounted to 45% of total assets under management of individual clients (excluding institutional clients);

the positive and sustainable structured product range with ESG underlyings or participating in the following programmes: 1) positive-impact finance developed by the Group and to which Private Banking contributed EUR 330 million this year, supporting infrastructure construction, as well as water treatment and supply projects, primarily in Africa, 2) the charity programme (with nearly EUR 400 million in nominal value, for nearly EUR 800,000 in donations in 2022), and 3) the “Let’s Plant Trees” programme (45,000 trees planted in 2022). Private Banking launched a new programme in 2022 to collect and recycle plastic in Thailand, linked to some investment products. Some 50 tonnes of plastic were collected on the beaches at Koh Lanta in 2022;

the advisory management offering, which now incorporates an increasing proportion of funds or securities showing strong extra-financial performance. Since 2020, Private Banking has continued to apply exclusions to the suite of stocks it directly advises on: those taken from the Environmental & Social General Principles defined in the Group’s policy (stocks linked to thermal coal or controversial weapons) and those connected to the most serious ESG controversies, tobacco activities, or having the lowest ESG ratings. Lastly, the expertise in open architecture fund selection continued to incorporate a growing share of labelled funds or funds promoted as sustainable.

(1)

From SG29 Haussmann.

(2)

BlackRock, DNCA, La Financière de l’Échiquier, Mirova and Primonial REIM.

(3)

CISAV Moorea fund, managed by Societe Generale Private Wealth Management.

At the same time, Crédit du Nord offers its private and high-net-worth customers sustainable investments incorporating ESG characteristics across various asset classes. These ranges, which provide clear and understandable information for investors, represented oustandings of EUR 17.6 billion and 77% of all assets under custody at 30 December 2022.

Societe Generale Assurances provides a range of non-life and protection insurance policies that incorporate environmental and social considerations and encourage responsible behaviour by policyholders (in terms of mobility, health, etc.). The networks distribute suitable products, such as car insurance that offers lower rates for owners of low-emission vehicles, and offer a free weather alert service for holders of a multi-risk home, car or life accident insurance policy alerting them to the weather events in their area. With the entry into force of the “100% Santé” health reform programme in France in 2021, they also distribute “responsible” health insurance policies with more modular cover to adjust guarantees in line with the customer’s requirements and budget.

In 2022, 10 non-life and protection insurance products (including car, accident and Généa term life insurance) were granted the IEP’S (Institut de l’Économie Positive) Positive Assurance label – the first to measure the positivity of insurance products. There are two core requirements: the products must be socially responsible and environmentally sustainable. Products are assessed against 14 criteria divided into three categories: prevention and cultivation of risk culture; affordability and contribution to anti-discrimination; and promotion of environmentally-aware and community-beneficial behaviour.

 

2020

2021

2022

Sustainable and positive impact financing (SPIF)

 

 

 

Eco-PTZ or equivalent and sustainable loans to individual retail customers (outstandings)

 

EUR 137.4m

EUR 173.8m

Sustainable and positive investments (SPI)

 

 

 

Livret A, LDDS, PEA PME – Assets under management

EUR 24bn

EUR 32.7bn(1)

EUR 35.8bn

Life insurance investment - Total outstandings for responsible financial products (units)(2)

EUR 2.8bn

EUR 13.3bn

EUR 17.3bn

Sustainable investments(3) under management (general assets)

EUR 2.5bn

EUR 6.2bn

EUR 4.9bn

Life insurance investment – Number of responsible financial products(4)

248

> 1,000

> 1,000

(1)

Data restated to include the Boursorama and Crédit du Nord scopes.

(2)

With explicit inclusion of ESG risks and opportunities under traditional financial analysis and investment decisions based on systematic processes and appropriate resource research.

(3)

Investments in one or more sustainability themes (climate change, social problems, health, etc.) in France – Scope widened in 2021.

(4)

Products classed as Article 8 of the SFDR* (financial product which promotes, amongst other things, environmental or social characteristics in as much as the companies in which the investments are made apply good governance practices), Article 9 of the SFDR* (sustainable financial investment product) and/or having a certification such as ISR, Greenfin, etc.) – Scope widened in 2021.

Fully committed to investing in sustainable cities, the Group’s Real Estate Division (property of the French Retail Banking and Crédit du Nord network, SGFI, Sogeprom, Ville E+, SGIP and SG Real Estate Advisory) hired a CSR manager in November 2020 tasked with organising and coordinating such initiatives.

Sogeprom, the Group’s real estate development subsidiary has made a commitment to all its stakeholders to reduce its carbon footprint by adhering to its PACTE 3B: low carbon, biodiversity and wellbeing (Bas Carbone, Biodiversité, Bien-vivre). The objective is to get a head start on these three imperatives now to be in a stronger position to meet the challenges of the future:

low carbon: less than 40%/sqm for residential properties and less than 20%/sqm for offices, Sogeprom’s greenhouse gas reduction targets for 2030 (compared to 2019) are more ambitious than the pathway charted by France to achieve net zero. To achieve them, it is jumping ahead on France’s RE 2025(1) environmental building regulations: building permit applications will comply with RE 2025 as of 2023 and the majority of its residential and office buildings will have an A energy efficiency rating(2);

biodiversity: Sogeprom pledges to involve an ecologist and obtain ambitious biodiversity certification for developments that have significant green spaces. Similarly, the partnership with CDC Biodiversité signed in 2021 underlines the importance of urban biodiversity in real estate operations;

wellbeing: Sogeprom is looking at mixed-use, positive externalities and quality of services in its response to changes in society and in stakeholder expectations. Labels and certifications are another requirement to deliver real estate projects that are healthy, comfortable and pleasant to live and work in.

To monitor its commitments, Sogeprom developed ECO-TATION, a self-assessment tool that measures the environmental and social performance of each of its real estate projects, according to the three central tenets (low carbon, biodiversity and wellbeing) of its Pacte 3B.

Sogeprom is firmly anchored in the regions: it has ten regional divisions in France engaged in building new bustling places to live, work and relax that meet the needs of individuals and local communities. The real-estate specialist develops mixed-use urban developments and upgrades existing properties using sustainable techniques and materials. By pursuing these goals, Sogeprom works to develop social and affordable housing in the Greater Paris area and throughout France. It cares about building affordable housing for all – especially in pressure areas where homes are needed most – and about making a difference by promoting eco homes, contributing to positive changes in society and to social diversity.

(1)

RE 2025: the latest set of regulations applicable to new builds that set minimum thresholds (for a building’s energy use and carbon footprint). The requirements tightened considerably over time from RE 2012, followed by RE 2020 and now RE 2025.

(2)

Energy efficiency rating: A, which is the highest rating.

SGIP (59 Immobilier for Crédit du Nord clients) is responsible for marketing properties to the individual customers of both networks looking to invest in real estate. It has changed its listing method to give priority to properties built to high environmental standards, especially as regards biodiversity, and has upskilled its teams to ensure they provide the best possible advice on investments in more sustainable and responsible property. To do this, it has set a number of objectives:

at least 30% of listed real estate developments must have biodiversity certification (BiodiverCity, Effinature);

delisting of developments with too much land artificialisation;

all employees (around 100) trained in sustainable building and biodiversity in real estate.

In France, the biodiversity course was co-constructed with and is run by LaVilleE+, a Group subsidiary that specialises in sustainable cities. The training includes a visit to an eco-district with an ecologist and a game-based learning module on the benefits of biodiversity in the city. All employees in France attended the training.

5.2.1.3.4    PROMOTING SUSTAINABLE MOBILITY

Societe Generale subsidiary ALD Automotive* is a European leader in long-term vehicle lease solutions, with sustainable mobility being the linchpin of its strategy. It furthers this goal through the vehicle technology offered to its customers and responsible vehicle use. ALD’s commitments are recognised by the main extra-financial ratings agencies (top 1% for V.E. Moody’s ESG, top 12% Sustainanalytics, top 2% Ecovadis). These extra-financial ratings recognise ALD’s capacity to successfully build environmental, social and governance criteria into its strategy and the day-to-day conduct of its business. ALD has also committed to the Science-Based Targets initiative for the validation of its direct and indirect emissions trajectory.

On the strength of its positioning as facilitator/leader, ALD has a major role to play in supporting customers to reduce mobility-related emissions by offering a suitable and competitive product and service. ALD is actively contributing to the energy transition by providing customers with an option based on TCO (total cost of ownership), an all-in-one solution for electric vehicles including access to smart charging infrastructure (ALD Electric offer available in more than 20 European countries), targeted partnerships, and a global programme dedicated to electric vehicles.

Sustainable mobility is not just about vehicle technology, it is also about transforming how we use transport. It requires tailoring our offering to new customer expectations. Take ALD Move, a mobility-as-a-service app: users can tap into daily advice on the best options for their travel needs (car, public transport, bike) and manage their “mobility budget”. ALD recently acquired share capital in Skipr, which will help accelerate the ramp-up of ALD’s solutions in this area.

ALD is also seeking to meet its customers’ requirements in terms of flexibility. In response ALD’s new service, ALD Flex, provides a broad range of vehicle categories, from compact to light commercial, on demand Users can select by budget, transmission, fuel and emissions rating. Fleetpool, the leading German car subscription company and ALD’s most recent acquisition, will broaden ALD’s capabilities in this new generation of flexible solutions.

For more information, see ALD Automotive's Universal Registration Document (https://www.aldautomotive.com/investors/information-and-publications/regulated-information#7136424-2--annual-financial-reports-registration-documents-and-amendments-).

Over and above its leasing and fleet management activities, Societe Generale supports sustainable mobility players through dedicated financing. Accordingly, the Group regularly helps its customers to set up infrastructure promoting sustainable mobility, such as public transport solutions.

5.3 METHODOLOGY NOTE

This note presents the corporate social responsibility (CSR) reporting methodology used by Societe Generale. This methodology is also explained in detail in the Group’s reporting protocols, available on request.

5.3.1 REPORTING PROTOCOLS

Information included in the Universal Registration Document (URD), the Responsibility section of the Group’s website (www.societegenerale.com/en) and other Societe Generale communications, as well as the Group’s Integrated Report in respect of financial year 2021 and previous years, has been prepared on the basis of contributions from the Group’s internal network of CSR officers and in accordance with the CSR reporting protocols and CSR initiatives programme. Part of the quantitative and qualitative data was provided by the Planethic Reporting tool, used to standardise collection of information on management and monitoring indicators. Reporting is coordinated by the Group’s CSR Department, which has reported to General Management since 1 January 2022 and in conjunction with the Finance Department.

The Group regularly organises programmes to bring contributors and managers on board and familiarise them with the reporting process and the tool, with a view to improving data reliability. The reporting protocols are updated on a regular basis. New protocols were drawn up in 2022 and include indicators designed to offer a more precise assessment of the extra-financial risk factors identified as being the most material to Societe Generale.

5.4 INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY’S REPORT ON THE CONSOLIDATED NON-FINANCIAL STATEMENT

This is a free translation into English of the original report issued in the French language and it is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional standards applicable in France.

To the General Assembly,

In our quality as an independent third party, accredited by the COFRAC under the number n° 3-1681 (scope of accreditation available on the website www.cofrac.fr), and as a member of the network of one of the statutory auditors of your company (hereafter “entity”), we conducted our work in order to provide a conclusion expressing a limited level of assurance on the compliance of the consolidated non-financial statement for the year ended 31st December 2021 (hereafter referred to as the “Statement”) with the provisions of Article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and on the fairness of the historical information (whether observed or extrapolated) provided pursuant to 3° of I and II of Article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code (hereafter referred to as the “Information”) prepared in accordance with the entity’s procedures (hereafter referred to as the “Guidelines”), included in the management report pursuant to the requirements of articles L. 225 102-1, R. 225-105 and R. 225-105-1 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce).

Based on the procedures performed, as described in “Nature and scope of the work”, and on the elements we have collected, we did not identify any material misstatements that would call into question the fact that the consolidated non-financial statement is not presented in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements and that the Information, taken as a whole, is not presented fairly in accordance with the Guidelines, in all material respects.

Without modifying our conclusion and in accordance with article A. 225-3 of the French Commercial Code, we have the following comments:

The “ESG By Design” Program was launched in 2022 and is currently being rolled out throughout the Group. In particular, E&S risk management processes and their extension to the “governance” dimension have not yet been standardised across all BU/SU. In addition, data collection methods for the production of SPIF indicators were modified in 2022 and the framework for controlling and validating data should be reinforced.

The absence of a generally accepted and commonly used framework or established practices on which to base the assessment and measurement of information allows for the use of different, but acceptable, measurement techniques that may affect comparability between entities and over time.

Therefore, the Information should be read and understood with reference to the Guidelines, the significant elements of which are presented in the Statement.

The information may be subject to uncertainty inherent in the state of scientific or economic knowledge and the quality of external data used. Certain information is sensitive to the methodological choices, assumptions and/or estimates made in preparing it and presented in the Statement.

It is the responsibility of the Board of Directors to:

select or establish appropriate criteria for the preparation of the Information;

prepare a Statement in accordance with legal and regulatory requirements, including a presentation of the business model, a description of the main non-financial risks, a presentation of the policies applied with regard to these risks as well as the results of these policies, including key performance indicators and, in addition, the information required by Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (green taxonomy); and to

implement the internal control procedures it deems necessary to ensure that the Information is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

The Statement has been prepared in accordance with the entity’s procedures, the main elements of which are presented in the Statement.

On the basis of our work, our responsibility is to provide a report expressing a limited assurance conclusion on:

the compliance of the Statement with the requirements of article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code;

the fairness of the information provided in accordance with article R. 225 105 I, 3° and II of the French Commercial Code, i.e., the outcomes, including key performance indicators, and the measures implemented considering the principal risks.

As it is our responsibility to form an independent conclusion on the Information as prepared by management, we are not permitted to be involved in the preparation of the Information, as this could compromise our independence.

However, it is not our responsibility to comment on:

the entity’s compliance with other applicable legal and regulatory requirements, in particular the information required by Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (green taxonomy), the French duty of care law and anti-corruption and tax avoidance legislation;

the fairness of the information required by Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (green taxonomy);

the compliance of products and services with the applicable regulations.

The work described below was performed in accordance with the provisions of articles A. 225-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as with the professional guidance of the French Institute of Statutory Auditors (“CNCC”) applicable to such engagements and with ISAE 3000 (revised)(1).

(1)

ISAE 3000 (revised) - Assurance engagements other than audits or reviews of historical financial information.

Our independence is defined by the requirements of article L. 822-11-3 of the French Commercial Code and the French Code of Ethics (Code de déontologie) of our profession. In addition, we have implemented a system of quality control including documented policies and procedures regarding compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the ethical requirements and French professional guidance.

Our verification work mobilized the skills of eight people and took place between October 2022 and February 2023 on a total duration of intervention of about sixteen weeks.

We conducted about fifty interviews with the persons responsible for the preparation of the Statement, in charge of either the risk analysis, the definition and the implementation of the policies, the collection and the control of the information, or the writing of the texts published.

We planned and performed our work taking into account the risks of material misstatement of the Information.

In our opinion, the procedures we have performed in the exercise of our professional judgment enable us to provide a limited level of assurance:

we obtained an understanding of all the consolidated entities’ activities and the description of the main risks;

we assessed the suitability of the Guidelines with respect to their relevance, comprehensiveness, reliability, neutrality and understandability by taking into consideration, if relevant, the best practices of the industry;

we verified that the Statement includes each category of information provided in article L. 225-102-1 III regarding social and environmental matters, as well as the information provided in the second paragraph of article L. 22-10-36 of the French commercial Code regarding the respect for human rights and the fight against corruption and tax evasion;

we verified that the Statement provides the information required under article R. 225-105 II where relevant to the main risks and includes, where applicable, an explanation for the absence of the information required under article L. 225-102-1 III, paragraph 2 of the French commercial Code;

we verified that the Statement presents the business model and a description of the main risks related to the activity of all the entities included in the scope of consolidation; including, if relevant and proportionate, the risks created through its business relationships, products or services, policies, actions and results, of which the key performance indicators associated with the main risks are part;

we referred to documentary sources and conducted interviews to:

-

assess the process used to identify and confirm the main risks as well as the consistency of the outcomes, including the key performance indicators selected, in accordance with the main risks and the policies presented, and

-

corroborate the qualitative information (actions and results) that we considered to be the most important (presented in the annex). For certain risks (the fight against corruption, tax evasion, and cybercrime as well as the protection of personal data), our work was carried out on the consolidation entity. For the other risks, our work was carried out on the consolidating entity and on a selection of Business Units (BUs) and Service Units (SUs)(1) listed hereafter: French Retail Banking, Crédit du Nord, International Banking Networks (Africa, Mediterranean Basin & Overseas, Networks and Europe), ALD Automotive, Client Relationships, Financing and Advisory Solutions, Financial Market Activities, Private Banking & Asset Management for Business Units; General Secretariat, Human Resources & Communication, Risks and Compliance for Service Units;

we verified that the Statement covers the consolidated scope, i.e. all the entities included in the scope of consolidation in accordance with article L. 233-16 of the French commercial Code, within the limitations set out in the Statement;

we obtained an understanding of the internal control and risk management procedures implemented by the entity and assessed the data collection process to ensure the completeness and fairness of the Information;

for the key performance indicators and other quantitative outcomes that we considered to be the most important (presented in the annex), we implemented:

-

analytical procedures to verify the correct consolidation of the collected data as well as the consistency of their evolutions,

-

detailed tests based on samples, consisting of checking the correct application of the definitions and procedures and reconciling the data with supporting documents. This work was carried out with the contributing entities listed above and cover between 10% and 27% of consolidated data selected for these tests;

we assessed the overall consistency of the Statement based on our knowledge of the entities included in consolidated scope.

We believe that the work we have carried out by exercising our professional judgment allows us to express a limited assurance conclusion; an assurance of a higher level would have required more extensive verification work.

Paris-La Défense, the 13 March 2023

French original signed by:

   

Independent third party

EY & Associés

Caroline Delérable

Partner, Sustainable Development

(1)

The full list of BUs and SUs is available at www.societegenerale.com.

SOCIETAL AND BUSINESS INFORMATION

Qualitative Information

(Actions or results)

Quantitative information

(Key performance indicators and coverage)

Definition and deployment of voluntary commitments.

Identification and management of E&S risks posed by transactions and clients.

Approach for analysing and managing (direct and indirect) climate risks.

Implementation of both approaches, Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance (SPIF) and Sustainable and Positive Investment (SPI).

Number and new funding of transactions subject to an E&S review (10% of the new funding for the transactions reported in Corporate and Investment Banking, including 10% for the transactions under
the Equator Principles scope).

Total production in SPIF-compliant financing commitments
(20% of new funding) and total SPI-compliant assets under management (27% of the assets).

SOCIAL INFORMATION

Qualitative Information

(Actions or results)

Quantitative information

(Key performance indicators and coverage)

Management of jobs and skills.

Share of positions filled through internal mobility
(26% of the workforce).

Average number of hours of training per employee
(26% of the workforce).

ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION

Qualitative Information

(Actions or results)

Quantitative information

(Key performance indicators and coverage)

General environmental policy.

Carbon footprint (27% of the Group’s GHG emissions) including review of GHG emissions (tCO2e) scope 1, 2 and 3 (scope 3 including paper consumption, business trips, freight transport, energy consumption of data centers hosted in France and waste production).

5.5 DUTY OF CARE PLAN

5.5.1 INTRODUCTION

Societe Generale is subject to French legislation passed on 27 March 2017 on the duty of care for parent and subcontracting companies (the Duty of Care Act). The law requires the Group to prepare and implement a duty of care plan to identify risks and prevent serious breaches of human rights, fundamental freedoms, or damage to the health, safety and security of persons and the environment as a result of its activities. The plan must include risk mapping, measures to assess and mitigate the risk of serious breaches and monitoring of their implementation, as well as a whistleblowing system. This document sets out an overview of the main aspects of the Duty of Care Plan and includes the report on its effective implementation.

Even before duty of care legislation was introduced, Societe Generale voluntarily adopted procedures and tools to identify, assess and manage risks related to human rights, fundamental freedoms, health and safety and the environment as part of how it manages its human resources, supply chain and businesses. By implementing this legal obligation over the past five years, Societe Generale has benefited from the opportunity of clarifying and strengthening its existing framework as part of a continuous improvement process.

The Group bases its definition of serious violation on the reference texts. Risks related to human rights and fundamental freedoms, health and safety, identified based on reference texts such as the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948) and the International Labour Organization’s fundamental conventions are: forced labour and slavery; child labour; respect for the rights of indigenous peoples, rights of ownership, discrimination, freedom of association, health and safety, decent working conditions, decent pay, decent social protection and the right to privacy. The standard reference document for identifying environmental risks is the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development (1992). They are climate change and air quality; preservation of water resources and their quality; responsible land use; preservation of natural resources; preservation of biodiversity and minimisation and treatment of waste.

This Duty of Care plan covers Societe Generale and consolidated companies over which Societe Generale exercises exclusive control(1), (hereinafter the “Group”).

It is structured around three core themes:

Group employees: aiming to prevent or mitigate the risk of serious violations in respect of human rights, fundamental freedoms or the health and safety of Societe Generale Group employees;

Group suppliers and subcontractors: aiming to manage or mitigate the risk of serious breaches of human rights, fundamental freedoms, health, safety and security and the environment associated with the activities of the Group’s suppliers and direct(2) (i.e. level 1) Group subcontractors;

Group activities pillar: aiming to prevent the risk of serious violations in respect of human rights, fundamental freedoms, health, safety and security and the environment that are directly associated with the products and services provided by the Group.

The Duty of Care Plan was drawn up by the Sustainable Development Department, the Compliance Division, the Human Resources Department and the Sourcing Division, in association with the Legal Department and the Group Security Division.

The Plan and progress with implementing its measures are presented to General Management every year.

It is also included in the Management Report prepared by the Board of Directors and published in the Universal Registration Document.

Roll-out is coordinated by the Sustainable Development Department, the Human Resources Department, the Sourcing Division and the Compliance Division. The Business Units and Service Units are responsible for implementing the plan within their scope.

The Duty of Care Plan was devised in accordance with the principle of continuous improvement. How it evolves over time reflects the results of the risk mapping, regular assessments, developments in the Group’s activities, new E&S commitments, and updates to the E&S risk management policies and tools.

(1)

These are subsidiaries controlled directly or indirectly by Societe Generale, pursuant to Article L. 233-16-II of the French Commercial Code.

(2)

Suppliers and subcontractors with whom the various Group companies maintain an “established commercial relationship”, i.e. a direct, ongoing and stable commercial relationship (in accordance with the definition developed by French case law).

6 FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The information on the types of risks, the risk management linked to financial instruments as well as the information on capital management and compliance with regulatory ratios, required by IFRS as adopted by the European Union, are disclosed in Chapter 4 of the present Universal Registration Document (Risks and capital adequacy).

The main characteristics of Societe Generale stock-option plans and free share plans are disclosed in Chapter 3 of the present Universal Registration Document (Corporate governance).

This information belongs to the notes to the consolidated financial statements and has been audited by Statutory Auditors; it is identified as such in Chapters 3 and 4 of the present Universal Registration Document.

6.1 CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.1.1 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET ‒ ASSETS

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2022

31.12.2021

Cash, due from central banks

 

207,013

179,969

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Notes 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4

329,437

342,714

Hedging derivatives

Notes 3.2 and 3.4

32,850

13,239

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Notes 3.3 and 3.4

37,463

43,450

Securities at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

21,430

19,371

Due from banks at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

66,903

55,972

Customer loans at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

506,529

497,164

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

Note 3.2

(2,262)

131

Investments of insurance companies

Note 4.3

158,415

178,898

Tax assets

Note 6

4,696

4,812

Other assets

Note 4.4

85,072

92,898

Non-current assets held for sale

Note 2.5

1,081

27

Deferred profit-sharing

Note 4.3

1,175

-

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

146

95

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 8.4

33,089

31,968

Goodwill

Note 2.2

3,781

3,741

TOTAL

 

1,486,818

1,464,449

6.2 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 7 February 2023.

NOTE 1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

NOTE 1.1 Introduction

In accordance with European Regulation 1606/2002 of 19 July 2002 on the application of International Accounting Standards, the Societe Generale group (“the Group”) prepared its consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and in force at that date. The Group includes the parent company Societe Generale (including the Societe Generale foreign branches) and all of the entities in France and abroad that it controls either directly or indirectly (subsidiaries and joint arrangements) or on which it exercises significant influence (associates).

These standards are available on the European Commission website.

In accordance with the transitional measures provided by IFRS 9, the Group has elected to recognise hedging transactions under IAS 39 as adopted by the European Union, including measures related to macro-fair value hedge accounting (IAS 39 “Carve-out”).

ACCOUNTING
STANDARDS

As the IFRS accounting framework does not specify a standard model, the format of the primary financial statements used is consistent with the format proposed by the French Accounting Standard Setter, the Autorité des Normes Comptables (ANC), under Recommendation No. 2017-02 of 2 June 2017.

The disclosures provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements focus on information that is both relevant and material to the financial statements of the Societe Generale group, its activities, and the circumstances in which it conducted its operations of the period.

The Group publishes its Annual Financial Report 2023 using the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) as defined by the European Delegated Regulation 2019/815 amended by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2022/352.

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
PRESENTATION

The presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements is the euro.

The figures presented in the financial statements and in the notes are expressed in millions of euros, unless otherwise specified. The effect of rounding may generate discrepancies between the figures presented in the financial statements and those presented in the notes.

PRESENTATION
CURRENCY

NOTE 1.2 New accounting standards applied by the Group as of 1 January 2022

Amendments to IAS 37 “Onerous Contracts ‒ Cost of Fulfilling a Contract”.

Amendments to IFRS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment ‒ Proceeds before Intended Use”.

Annual Improvements to IFRS (2018-2020 cycle).

These amendments clarify the costs to include to calculate the cost of fulfilling a contract when assessing whether a contract is onerous.

These amendments have no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

These amendments prohibit an entity from deducting from the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment any proceeds from selling items produced while bringing that asset to its operating location or preparing that asset for its intended use. Instead, a company will recognise such sales proceeds and related production cost in profit or loss.

These amendments do not apply to the Group.

As part of the annual improvement to IFRS, the IASB published minor changes to IFRS 1 “First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards”, IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”, IAS 41 “Agriculture” and IFRS 16 “Leases”.

These changes have no significant impact on the Group financial statements.

During its 27 April 2021 meeting, the IFRS IC reiterated the rules relating to the accounting by the customer of the costs of configuring or customising the supplier’s application software used under a Software as a Service (SaaS) arrangement.

A study was conducted within the Group. The IFRS IC decision has no significant impact on the processing of the contracts existing as at 31 December 2022. The provisions of this decision will be applied in the Group to account for costs of configuring or customising any new application software used as a SaaS application.

NOTE 1.3 Accounting standards, amendments or interpretations to be applied by the Group in the future

The IASB published accounting standards and amendments, some of which have not been adopted by the European Union as at 31 December 2022. Their application is required for the financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2023 at the earliest or on the date of their adoption by the European Union. They have thus not been applied to the Group as at 31 December 2022.

The provisional application timeframe for the standards with the most impact on the Group is as follows:

Adopted by the European Union on 2 March 2022.

The aim of these amendments is to help companies improve the materiality of the information on accounting policies disclosed in the Notes to the financial statements and the usefulness of that information to investors and financial statement users.

Adopted by the European Union on 2 March 2022.

The aim of these amendments is to facilitate distinguishing between changes in accounting methods and changes in accounting estimates.

Adopted by the European Union on 11 August 2022.

These amendments clarify and narrow the scope of the exemption provided by the IAS 12 standard allowing institutions to not recognise any deferred tax during the initial recognition of an asset and a liability. Are excluded from the exemption scope all leases and decommissioning obligations for which companies recognise both an asset and a liability and will now have to recognise deferred taxes.

The aim of these amendments is to reduce heterogeneity in the recognition of the deferred tax related to leases and decommissioning obligations.

Since the date of first application of IFRS 16, the Group has been considering the rights of use and the lease-related debt as a single transaction. Consequently, on the initial recognition date, the amount of deferred tax asset offsets the amount of deferred tax liability. The net temporary differences resulting from later variations in the right of use and lease debt subsequently result in the recognition of a deferred tax. This amendment thus has no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Published on 22 September 2022.

These amendments clarify the subsequent assessment of sale and leaseback transactions when the initial transfer of the property, plant or equipment meets the criteria of IFRS 15 for recognition as a sale. These amendments specify in particular how to subsequently assess the lease liability resulting from this sale and leaseback transactions, made of payments of variable leases that do not depend on an index or a rate.

The impact of these amendments is currently being analysed.

NOTE 1.4 Preparation for the first-time application of IFRS 17 “insurance contracts” and of IFRS 9 “financial instruments” to the legal entities operating in the insurance sector

IFRS 17, issued on 18 May 2017 and modified by the 25 June 2020 and 9 December 2021 amendments, will replace IFRS 4 “Insurance contracts” which allows, in particular, insurance contracts to be recognised using methods required by the local accounting regulation.

On 23 November 2021, the European Commission (EC) published in the Official Journal Regulation (EU) 2021/2036 of 19 November 2021 adopting IFRS 17 “Insurance contracts”. This adoption included the possibility for European companies not to implement the requirement stated in the standard to group some insurance contracts by annual cohort for their measurement (see paragraph: “Grouping of contracts”); this exemption will be reassessed by the European Commission at the latest on 31 December 2027.

IFRS 17 applies from 1 January 2023. On the same date, the Group’ subsidiaries operating in the insurance sector will apply IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” for the first time; this application has been delayed as a result of the possibilities offered by the amendments to IFRS 17 and to IFRS 4 issued by the IASB on 25 June 2020 and expanded by Regulations (EU) 2017/1988 and 2020/2097 of the European Commission.

On 9 September 2022, the European Union adopted the amendment to IFRS 17 published by the IASB on 9 December 2021 with the aim of improving the usefulness of the comparative information about financial assets presented on the initial application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9.

The main consequences of the application of IFRS 17 concern:

the measurement of insurance contracts, materialised mainly as liabilities on the balance sheet: their value will be updated on each closing date based on a reestimate of the future cash flows related to their execution. This reestimate will take account, in particular, of market data in relation to financial elements and the behaviour of policyholders;

the recognition of the margin: although the profitability of the insurance contracts remains unchanged, the pace of recognition in the income statement will be modified. Any expected profit will be deferred in the balance sheet and spread in the income statement over the coverage period of the insurance contracts. Conversely any expected loss will immediately be recognised in the income statement upon its initial recognition or in subsequent measurements; and

the presentation of the income statement: the operating expenses attributable to the execution of insurance contracts will hence be presented in reduction of the net banking income as Insurance services expenses and will thus not impact the total operating expenses on the consolidated income statement anymore.

The insurance contracts to which IFRS 17 applies are the same as those to which IFRS 4 currently applies. These are the insurance contracts issued, the reinsurance contracts issued or held, as well as the investment contracts issued which include a discretionary participation feature provided they are issued by an entity which also issues insurance contracts. Like IFRS 4, IFRS 17 does not apply to the insurance contracts for which the Group is the insured beneficiary except for the contracts identified as reinsurance treaties.

To assess the insurance contracts issued, IFRS 17 requires that the latter be grouped into homogeneous portfolios. Within these portfolios all contracts have to be exposed to similar risks and managed together.

In each portfolio, three groups of contracts shall be distinguished upon initial recognition: onerous contracts, contracts with no significant possibility of becoming subsequently onerous, and other contracts.

Furthermore, IFRS 17 stipulates that each group of contracts has to be subdivided into annual cohorts (no more than twelve months interval between the dates of issue of the contracts). In the context of the adoption of IFRS 17, the European Commission offered to European companies the option not to apply this provision to the contracts with intergenerational mutualisation of the returns of the underlying assets in the countries where the Group markets insurance contracts.

The Group will use this optional exemption for all the saving life insurance contracts issued as they include direct or discretionary profit-sharing elements for which both risks and cashflows are shared between different generations of policyholders. These savings life insurance contracts are also managed on an intergenerational basis in order to mitigate the exposure to interest rate and longevity risks.

On initial recognition, the value of a group of insurance contracts issued corresponds to the sum of the following items:

The contractual service margin (CSM) represents the unearned profit that the entity will recognise in the income statement as the insurance services are provided in the future. Its amount is determined at the time of initial recognition on the group of insurance contracts so that, at that date, no income or expense is recorded, except in the particular case of groups of onerous contracts the loss of which, corresponding to the net expected cash outflow, has to be immediately recognised in profit or loss.

The yield curve used to discount the estimated future cash flows is determined through a bottom-up approach: this approach consists in adding to a risk-free yield curve (swap rate curve) an illiquidity premium to represent the differences in characteristics between liquid risk-free financial instruments and insurance contracts.

The adjustment for non-financial risk is determined from an approach by quantile based on a level of confidence of 90% for the Savings life insurance activity and 80% to 90% for the Protection activity. Accordingly, the calculation method of the adjustment for non-financial risk has not benefited from a diversification effect between these different insurance activities.

On each closing date, the carrying amount in the balance sheet of the group of insurance contracts issued is remeasured. It is then equal to the sum of the following amounts:

the liability for remaining coverage, which encompasses the value of the fulfilment cash flows reestimated at that date (present value of the premiums receivable and of the cost of future insurance services over the remaining coverage period) and the contractual service margin reestimated at the same date as described above;

the liability for incurred claims, for an amount equal to the present value of the estimated cashflows necessary to settle the valid claims for past events.

On the same closing date, the amount of contractual service margin is reestimated to take account notably, for all contracts, of:

the effect of the new contracts added to the group of contracts;

the interest capitalised at the discount rate used to determine the initial value of the margin;

the reestimate of the fulfilment cash flows (discounted value of the premiums receivable and of the cost of future insurance services on the remaining coverage period, excluding the estimated cashflows necessary to settle the valid claims for past events, that are measured separately).

To determine the amount of CSM for the time elapsed to be recognised in profit or loss for each IFRS 17 portfolio, it is necessary to define coverage units. Coverage units correspond to the quantity of coverage provided by the contracts making up the Group, taking account of the volume of services provided and of the expected coverage duration.

PROTECTION ACTIVITY

The Group will primarily apply the General Model to measure its provident contracts (borrower insurance, funeral, dependency contracts).

For the Protection – provident activity, the insured value (for example the outstanding principal due in the context of a borrower contract) will be used to measure the quantity of service (or coverage units) provided or to be provided, with a view to allocating the CSM to the net income of the time period.

To measure the insurance contracts issued with direct participation features, the General Model provided for by IFRS 17 is adjusted to take account of the participation of policyholders to the returns on investments underlying the contracts.

This approach, known as the Variable Fee Approach (VFA), has to be used to measure the groups of insurance contracts for which:

the contractual terms specify that the policyholder participates in a share of a clearly identified pool of underlying items;

the entity expects to pay to the policyholder an amount equal to a substantial share of the fair value returns on the underlying items; and

the entity expects a substantial proportion of any change in the amounts to be paid to the policyholder to vary with the change in fair value of the underlying items.

Eligibility to this measurement model is analysed on the issuance date of the contracts and may subsequently be reassessed only in case of modification of said contracts.

The major modifications to the General Model concern:

the portion of changes in the fair value of the underlying investments that is due to the insurer. At each closing date, this portion of changes during the period is incorporated into the contractual service margin in order to be recognised in profit or loss over the remaining coverage period provided for by the contracts;

the interest on the contractual service margin whose changes are implicit in the periodic review of the contractual service margin.

SAVINGS LIFE INSURANCE ACTIVITIES

The Group has established that almost all the savings life insurance contracts issued by its insurance subsidiaries meet the definition of contracts with direct participation. These contracts, which represent the predominant part of the Group’s insurance business (about 99% of the estimated cash flows discounted as at 1 January 2022), will be assessed using the General Model adjusted for the Variable Fee Approach (VFA). The other contracts of these categories are assessed based on the General Model or under IFRS 9 if they meet the definition of an investment contract.

For the savings life insurance activity, the quantity of service (or coverage units) used to allocate the CSM to net income will be determined based on the stocks of future cash flows estimated over the period and at future periods. An adjustment will be made with a view to correcting the so-called bow wave effect, using the financial performance expected over the forecast period.

The standard also allows, under some conditions, for the application of a simplified approach to contracts with an insurance coverage period lower or equal to 12 months or for which the measurement of the liability for remaining coverage of the Group resulting from the application of this simplified method will not differ significantly from the measurement resulting from the application of the general model.

The premiums receivable during the contractual insurance period are recognised in profit on a straight-line basis over this contractual period (or according to the expected pattern of release of risk even if this pattern vastly differs from a straight-line pattern).

As in the General Model, claims are provisioned upon their occurrence through a profit or loss account for an amount equal to the estimated value of the cash flows necessary to settle the valid claims (it is however not necessary, in order to account for the time value of money, to discount the amount of indemnification if its payment is expected within one year after the date of the claim).

PROTECTION ACTIVITY

The Group will primarily apply the simplified approach to assess its property and casualty insurance (personal injury, means of payment, multi-risk home insurance…) contracts.

On the consolidated income statement, the incomes and expenses relating to the insurance contracts issued and the reinsurance contracts will be presented under net banking income, distinguishing between, on one side:

the income from the insurance and reinsurance contracts issued;

the service expenses relating to the insurance and reinsurance contracts issued; and

the income and expenses relating to the reinsurance contracts held; and on the other side:

the financial income and expenses of the insurance and reinsurance contracts issued; and

the financial income and expenses of the reinsurance contracts held.

The service expenses relating to the insurance and reinsurance contracts issued as well as the expenses relating to the reinsurance contracts held will then include the share of operating expenses directly attributable to the fulfilment of the contracts which will then be deducted from the net banking income.

Many insurance contracts include an investment component in the form of a deposit paid by the policyholder and which the insurer is contractually bound to repay to him even if the insured event does not occur. Even if they may take the contractual form of insurance premiums and services, the collection and repayment flows of these deposits do not constitute either income or expenses in relation to these contracts.

The execution cash flows and the contractual service margin are recognised on a discounted basis that reflects the cash flow schedule.

For the insurance contracts issued, the impact of the time value of money decreases over time and this decrease is reflected in the comprehensive income statement as an insurance financial expense. To put it simply, insurance financial expenses are similar to the interest paid on an early payment and reflect the fact that subscribers usually pay premiums from the start and receive services only at a later date.

The insurance financial expenses or income also include the impact on the carrying amount of insurance contracts of some changes in financial assumptions (i.e., the discounting rate and other financial variables).

The impacts of these changes in the discounting rate and other financial variables are recognised in the period when the changes occur.

The Group has chosen, as provided for in the standard, to break these impacts down between the net income and the equity for all of its groups of contracts. This choice allows it to align the accounting treatment of the contract portfolios with the accounting treatment of the assets held as coverage.

The initial application of IFRS 17 as at 1 January 2023 will be retrospective and the comparative data of the 2022 financial year will be restated.

The differences in measurement of the insurance assets and liabilities resulting from the retrospective application of IFRS 17 as at 1 January 2022 will be presented directly in equity.

The retrospective measurement of these assets and liabilities, and in particular of the different insurance contract portfolios, may be subject to simplified alternate approaches when the historical data necessary for a fully retrospective application are not available. The standard then allows for the use of:

either a modified retrospective approach that will provide, based on reasonable information available at no cost or undue effort, measurements that are as close as possible to those that would result from the retrospective application of the standard; or

an approach based on the fair value of the insurance contracts portfolios as at 1 January 2022.

The Group will apply a modified retrospective approach for the savings life insurance contracts which make for the large majority of its contracts. Protection – property and casualty contracts will be subject to a full retrospective approach. For Protection ‒ provident contracts a retrospective approach, either full or modified, will be applied on a case-by-case basis.

The assessment of the insurance contracts made on a current basis, taking into account the time value of money and the financial risks relating to future cash flows, will require to review the modalities for measuring some assets regarded as backing the contracts with a view to removing the possible accounting mismatch.

From the initial application of IFRS 17, the Group will measure at fair value the investment properties held by insurance companies regarded as backing the insurance contracts issued.

Transitioning to IFRS 17 requires including in the assessment of the insurance contracts the administrative costs (personnel expenses, amortisation expenses for fixed assets…) directly attributable to the fulfilment of contracts and present them as Insurance services expenses in the net banking income.

The Group’s insurance entities will systematically identify in the fulfilment cash flows of their contracts the amount of administrative costs they expect to bear. These administrative costs will be presented under the “Insurance services expenses in the net banking income” item. Consequently, the administrative costs presented by nature on the income statement will be reduced by the amounts allocated to the fulfilment of the insurance contracts. Furthermore, the Group’s banking entities are required to market, through their retail branch networks, the insurance contracts issued by the Group’s insurance entities and thus invoice fees to these entities. These fees cover the costs borne by the banking entities plus a margin. In the case of invoicing between Group-controlled entities, the internal margin received by the banking entity and borne by the insurance entity will be eliminated in the consolidated accounts. The administrative costs borne by the banking entities for the distribution of contracts will be regarded as expenses directly attributable to the fulfilment of the contracts and will thus be incorporated into the measurement of the contracts and presented under the Insurance services expenses item. The contractual service margin of the insurance contracts distributed by the Group’s banking entities will thus be determined by taking into account both the costs borne by the distributing banking entity (excl. internal margin) and the other directly attributable costs borne by the insurance entity.

The initial application of IFRS 9 by the Group’s insurance entities as at 1 January 2023 will be retrospective.

For the sake of consistency with the IFRS 17 transition arrangements, and in order to provide more relevant and useful information, the Group will restate the comparative data of the 2022 financial year relating to the relevant financial instruments of its insurance entities (including the financial instruments derecognised during the 2022 financial year).

Following the retrospective application of IFRS 9 as at 1 January 2022, differences resulting mainly from the measurement of the financial assets and liabilities concerned and of the impairment for credit risk will be recognised directly in equity.

The treatment of the financial assets currently measured at fair value through profit or loss will not be modified. The other financial assets (mainly Financial assets available for sale) comprise:

basic financial instruments – whose cash flows correspond solely to repayments of principal and payments of interest on the principal due – (see Note 4.3.2):

-

held within a “Collect and sell” business model: these instruments, which correspond to investments negotiated in relation to the management of insurance contracts, will be reclassified as Financial assets at fair value through equity,

-

held within a “Collect” business model: these instruments, primarily held for the reinvestment of own funds, will be reclassified as Financial assets at amortised cost;

non-basic financial instruments: these instruments will be reclassified as Financial assets at fair value through Profit or Loss. The unrealised Gains and losses recognised directly in equity will be reclassified under Retained earnings (with no impact on the Group’s equity).

Owing to the credit quality of the assets held (see Note 4.3.4), the application of the IFRS 9 provisions to the recognition of expected credit losses should only result in a limited increase in their impairment.

The retrospective application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 by the Group’s insurance entities results as at 1 January 2022 (transition date) in a EUR 46 million increase of the Group’s consolidated equity and the recording on the balance sheet of a contractual service margin (deferred income) determined for the insurance and reinsurance contracts issued totalling EUR 8,404 million.

In keeping with the possibility offered by Recommendation no 2022-01 dated 8 April 2022 of the French ANC on the format of the consolidated accounts of the institutions of the banking sector under the International Accounting Standards which will supersede Recommendation no 2017-02 from the initial application of IFRS 17 on, the Group will present the financial investments of its insurance business under the same accounting items than those used for the financial assets held in the context of the other businesses of the Group.

A project structure has been set up under the joint governance of the Group’s Finance Division and the Insurance business line.

This governance is articulated around the following main themes with a view to implementing IFRS 9 and IFRS 17 in the Group’s insurance entities, in France and abroad:

accounting treatments and calculation models;

presentation in the Financial statements and the Notes, and financial communication;

adaptation of the closing process;

selection and deployment of the IT solution.

In 2019 and 2020, the work primarily consisted in reviewing the different types of contracts, analysing their accounting treatment under IFRS 17 and their presentation in the consolidated financial statements, and lastly, examining and selecting solutions in terms of Information system and processes.

In 2021, the work focused on the implementation of new processes and the approval and deployment of the IT solution.

In 2022, the preparatory work continued with the validation of the tools and processes, the finalisation of the accounting treatments and calculation models, and the production of the opening data as at 1 January 2022 and of the comparative information on this financial year.

NOTE 1.5 Use of estimates and judgment

To prepare the Group’s consolidated financial statements, in application of the accounting principles described in the Notes, the Management makes assumptions and estimates that may impact on the amounts recognised in the income statement or as Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses, on the valuation of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet, and on the information disclosed in the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

In order to make these assumptions and estimates, the Management uses the information available at the date of preparation of the consolidated financial statements and may exercise its judgment. Valuations based on estimates innately involve risks and uncertainties relating to their occurrence in the future. Consequently, the actual future results may differ from these estimates and have a significant impact on the financial statements.

The assumptions and estimates made for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements take account of both the uncertainties about the economic consequences of the war in Ukraine and those that remain with regard to the Covid-19 pandemic, as well as of the current macroeconomic conditions. The effects of these events on the assumptions and estimates used are specified in the 6th paragraph of this Note.

Estimates and judgment are applied in particular with regard to the following items:

the fair value in the balance sheet of financial instruments not listed on an active market which are recognised as Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, Hedging derivatives, Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income or Investments of insurance companies (described in Notes 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 4.3), as well as the fair value of the instruments measured at amortised cost for which this information must be disclosed in the Notes to the financial statements (see Note 3.9);

the impairment and provisions for credit risk related to financial assets measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income and loan commitments and guarantee commitments granted measured using models or internal assumptions based on historical, current and prospective data (see Note 3.8). The use of estimates and judgment relates in particular to the assessment of the deterioration in credit risk observed since the initial recognition of financial assets and the measurement of the amount of expected credit losses on these same financial assets;

the assumptions and amortisation conventions used to determine the maturities of financial assets and liabilities for the purpose of measuring and monitoring structural interest rate risk and documenting the related macro fair value hedge accounting (see Note 3.2);

the impairment of Goodwill (see Note 2.2);

the provisions recorded under liabilities on the balance sheet, the underwriting reserves of insurance companies and the deferred profit-sharing (see Notes 4.3, 5.2 and 8.3);

the tax assets and liabilities recognised on balance sheet (see Note 6);

the analysis of the characteristics of the contractual cash flows of financial assets (see Note 3);

the assessment of control for the determination of the scope of consolidated entities, especially with regard to structured entities (see Note 2.4);

the determination of the lease period to be applied for recognising the right-of-use assets and the lease liabilities (see Note 8.4).

The Group continues its work to gradually integrate climate risks in the preparation of its consolidated accounts. Climate change-related risks are not a new risk category but rather an aggravating factor for categories already covered by the Group’s risk management system. In this regard, the impact of transitional risk on the credit risk of the corporate customers of Societe Generale remains the primary climate risk for the Group.

As at 31 December 2022, the determination of the expected credit losses includes the possible impact of climate risks considered when assessing individual risks and sectoral risks, provided it is compatible with the provisioning horizon; and the impact of the Group’s commitments in favour of energy and environmental transition and the development of the territories are still taken into account in the estimated budgets to determine the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units (CGU) and the recoverability of the deferred tax assets.

In addition, the Group analyses the provisions of the draft ESRS (European Sustainability Reporting Standards) prepared and subjected to public consultation by the EFRAG (European Financial Reporting Advisory Group), in particular those relating to connectivity between these future disclosure requirements and the consolidated financial statements.

The Group continues its work to gradually integrate climate risks in the preparation of its consolidated accounts (see Notes 2.2, 3, 3.8, 5.3 and 6).

NOTE 1.6 Crises: Covid-19, war in Ukraine and economic consequences

The lifting of the Covid-19-related restrictions in several major economies has supported economic activity even if the lockdowns in Mainland China have hampered it.

However, 2022 was marked by the war in Ukraine. The conflict, with its loss of human life and the suffering caused, has significant economic costs and is accompanied with a very high degree of uncertainty.

In the euro area, the supply difficulties, the increase in energy costs, the decline in purchasing power with high inflation and the tightening of economic policies are the main bottlenecks to growth. If pandemic-related risks have decreased significantly in the short-term, the strong uncertainties related to the war in Ukraine jeopardise these prospects and a more pronounced slowdown is anticipated in 2023.

Furthermore, the Group announced in April 2022, the cessation of its banking and insurance business in Russia. In May 2022, the Group completed the transfer of Rosbank and its insurance subsidiaries in Russia (see Note 2.1).

In this context, the Group has updated the macroeconomic scenarios selected to prepare the consolidated financial statements and has continued applying certain adjustments to its models (adjustments to the GDP as described in Note 3.8).

These macro-economic scenarios are taken into account in the credit loss measurement models including forward-looking data (see Note 3.8) and are also used in some tests regarding goodwill impairment (see Note 2.2) and deferred tax assets recovery (see Note 6).

As at 31 December 2022, the Group has selected three scenarios to factor in the uncertainties relating to the war in Ukraine, the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic and the current macro-economic context. The SG Extended scenario, drafted specifically in the context of the sanitary crisis, has become obsolete owing to the management and evolution of the crisis during 2022.

The assumptions selected to draw up the scenarios are listed below:

the central scenario (SG Central) predicts a sharp economic slowdown in 2023, and only a modest rebound in growth in 2024. In 2023, inflation will remain high, close to 5.5% before dropping below 3% in 2024 and returning to target in the mid-term. The ECB will continue tightening its monetary policy in the short term; but a possible easing might start at the end of 2023;

the favourable scenario (SG Favourable) describes an accelerated economic growth compared to the trajectory projected in the central scenario; this growth may result from improved supply conditions owing to a positive shock on productivity or from unexpectedly improved demand conditions (situation observed in several economies in 2021/2022 following releases from lockdowns). In both cases, stronger growth will have a positive impact on employment and/or the profitability of companies;

the stressed scenario (SG Stress) corresponds to a crisis situation leading to a negative deviation in GDP compared to the central scenario. This scenario may result from a financial crisis (2008 crisis, Euro area crisis…), an exogenous crisis (Covid-19-like pandemic) or a combination of both.

These scenarios are developed by the Economic and Sector Research Division of Societe Generale for all the entities of the Group based on the information published by the statistical institutes in each country.

Forecasts from institutions (IMF, Global Bank, ECB, OECD…) and the consensus among market economists serve as a reference to challenge the Group’s forecasts in order to ensure the relevance and consistency of the thus-constructed scenarios.

The scenarios provided by the Group economists are incorporated into the credit loss provisioning models over a three-year horizon, followed by a two-year period to gradually return by the fifth year to the average probability of default observed during the calibration period. The assumptions made by the Group with a view to developing these macro-economic scenarios are updated to account for the uncertainties about the economic consequences of the war in Ukraine and the remaining uncertainties regarding the Covid-19 pandemic.

The GDP growth rate, the profit margin of businesses in France, the unemployment rates, the inflation rate in France and the yield on France ten-year government bonds are the main variables used in the expected credit losses valuation models.

The variables with the stronger impact on the determination of expected credit losses (GDP growth percentage for the major countries in which the Group operates and profit margin of businesses in France) for each scenario are detailed hereinafter:

SG Favourable scenario

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

France GDP

1.5

2.8

2.0

2.1

1.3

Profit margin of French companies

32.7

32.7

32.9

32.9

32.3

Euro area GDP

1.2

2.7

2.0

2.1

1.3

United States GDP

1.0

2.6

2.8

2.8

2.3

China GDP

5.5

6.3

5.1

5.2

4.4

Czech Republic GDP

1.4

4.0

3.0

3.1

2.3

Romania GDP

2.9

4.5

3.8

3.8

3.2

SG Favourable scenario

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

France GDP

0.5

0.8

1.0

1.1

1.3

Profit margin of French companies

32.1

32.4

32.4

32.4

32.3

Euro area GDP

0.2

0.7

1.0

1.1

1.3

United States GDP

0.0

0.6

1.8

1.8

2.3

China GDP

4.5

4.3

4.1

4.2

4.4

Czech Republic GDP

0.4

2.0

2.0

2.1

2.3

Romania GDP

1.9

2.5

2.8

2.8

3.2

SG Stress scenario

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

France GDP

(4.5)

(2.2)

(0.5)

0.6

1.3

Profit margin of French companies

29.9

30.2

30.2

30.2

32.3

Euro area GDP

(4.8)

(2.3)

(0.5)

0.6

1.3

United States GDP

(5.0)

(2.4)

0.3

1.3

2.3

China GDP

(0.5)

1.3

2.6

3.7

4.4

Czech Republic GDP

(4.6)

(1.0)

0.5

1.6

2.3

Romania GDP

(3.1)

(0.5)

1.3

2.3

3.2

These simulations assume that the historical relationships between the key economic variables and the risk parameters remain unchanged. In practice, these correlations may be impacted by geopolitical or climatic events, changes in behaviour, legal environment or granting policy.

The illustration below compares the GDP forecasts in the euro area used by the Group for each scenario with the scenarios published by the ECB in December 2022.

The probabilities used are based on the differences observed over the past 25 years between the forecasts made by a consensus of economists regarding the US GDP and the actual scenario that occurred (forecast similar to the actual scenario, significantly optimistic or pessimistic).

In order to better account for a possible reversal of the cycle, the Group applies a methodology for weighting scenarios and assigns a higher weight to the Central scenario when the economy is depressed. Conversely, the methodology provides for a higher weight to be assigned to the SG Stress scenario when the economy moves towards the peak of the cycle. Accordingly, the weighting applied to the Central scenario is set at 60% as at 31 December 2022 in relation to the cancellation of the SG Extended scenario.

 

31.12.2021

30.06.2022

31.12.2022

SG Central

50%

60%

60%

SG Extended

10%

NA

NA

SG Stress

30%

30%

30%

SG Favourable

10%

10%

10%

The Cost of risk as at 31 December 2022 amounts to a net expense of EUR 1,647 million, increasing by EUR 947 million (+135%) compared to 31 December 2021 (EUR 700 million).

Sensitivity tests have been conducted to measure the impact of the changes in weightings on the models. The sectoral adjustments (see Note 3.8) have been taken into account in the sensitivity tests. The scope of this exercise concerns the outstanding amounts classified as Stage 1 and Stage 2 subject to a statistical modelling of the impacts of the macro-economic variables (72% of the outstanding amounts in Stage 1/Stage 2).

The results of these tests, with no impact on the classification of the outstanding amounts concerned, show that, in the event of a 100% weighting:

of the SG Stress scenario, the impact would be an additional allocation of EUR 627 million;

of the SG Favourable scenario, the impact would be a reversal of EUR 407 million;

of the SG Central scenario, the impact would be a reversal of EUR 272 million.

Until 30 June 2022, the Group offered to its crisis-impacted customers (professionals and corporate customers) the allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE) within the framework of the 2020 French Amending Finance Act and the conditions set by the French decree of 23 March 2020. These are financings granted at cost price and guaranteed by the government for a share of the borrowed amount between 70 to 90% depending on the size of the borrowing enterprise (with a waiting period of two months after disbursement at the end of which the guarantee period begins).

With a maximum amount corresponding, in the general case, to three months of turnover before tax, these loans come with a one-year repayment exemption. At the end of that year, the customer may either repay the loan or amortise it over one to five more years, with the possibility of extending the grace period for the repayment of principal for one year (in line with the announcements made by the French Ministre de l’Economie, des Finances et de la Relance on 14 January 2021) without extending the total duration of the loan. The remuneration conditions of the guarantee are set by the State and are applicable by all French banking institutions: the Bank keeps only a share of the guarantee premium paid by the borrower (the amount of which depends on the size of the Company and the maturity of the loan) remunerating the risk it bears, which corresponds to the part of the loan not guaranteed by the State (i.e., between 10% and 30% of the loan depending on the size of the borrowing company).

The contractual characteristics of PGE are those of basic loans (SPPI criterion) and these loans are held by the Group as part of a business model whose objective is to collect their contractual cash flows until their maturity; as a result, these loans have been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet under Customer loans at amortised cost.

As at 31 December 2022, the balance sheet outstanding amount of State Guaranteed Loans (PGE) granted by the Group is approximately EUR 13.3 billion afterg the first repayments made in 2022 at the end of the moratorium period, (of which EUR 4.1 billion classified as Stage 2 and EUR 1 billion as Stage 3). The PGE granted by the Retail Banking networks In France amount, as at 31 December 2022, to EUR 11.5 billion (of which EUR 3.8 billion classified as Stage 2 and EUR 0.9 billion as Stage 3), without predominance of a specific sector; the State guarantee for these loans covers, on average, 90% of their amount.

The expected credit losses recognised as at 31 December 2022 for PGE (French State Guaranteed Loans) amount to some EUR 212 million including EUR 133 million booked by the French retail networks (including EUR 51 million in Stage 2 and EUR 68 million in Stage 3).

A French decree published on 19 January 2022, amending the decree published on 23 March 2020, allows some companies to benefit, under certain conditions, from an extension of their PGE repayment deadlines from six to ten years; these extensions have not had any significant impact on the Group’s financial statements as at 31 December 2022.

The table below presents the changes in balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures (measured at amortised cost or at fair value through equity) booked by the Group entities located in Russia, on one side, and by the Group entities outside Russia on Russian counterparties or Russian Group entities, on the other side.

In EUR billion

31.12.2022

30.06.2022

31.12.2021

Exposure

at default

Gross

outstanding

Exposure

at default

Gross

outstanding

Exposure

at default

Gross

outstanding

Onshore exposures on consolidated subsidiaries(1)

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.3

15.4

19.0

Offshore exposures(2)

1.8

2

2.6

2.9

3.2

4.4

Rosbank residual exposures

0.1

0.1

0.5

0.5

-

-

TOTAL

2.2

2.4

3.4

3.7

18.6

23.4

(1)

The onshore exposures correspond to Rosbank, Rosbank Insurance and ALD Automotive OOO Russia.

(2)

The offshore exposures (excl. Private Banking and residual exposures relating to the sale of Rosbank) correspond to exposures on Russian counterparties or on Russian Group subsidiaries booked outside Russia.

In May 2022, the Group sold both its Rosbank subsidiary and its Russian insurance subsidiaries. The impact of these sales on the Group’s financial statements are described in Note 2.1.

As at 31 December 2022, the Group is present in Russia through ALD subsidiaries (see onshore exposures on consolidated subsidiaries). On 11 April 2022, ALD announced that it would no longer conclude any new commercial transactions in Russia, Kazakhstan and Belarus, without challenging the ongoing concern status over the 12 next months of ALD Automotive OOO in Russia and ALD Automotive LLC in Belarus, both entities continuing to serve their customers and manage the existing vehicle fleet without encountering any specific difficulties in relation to business activities.

The Group is also present in Ukraine through its ALD subsidiary whose total balance sheet as at 31 December 2022 is equal to EUR 67.7 million.

Outside Russia, the Group still holds Russian counterparty credit exposures. All of these outstanding amounts (EUR 2 billion) have been classified as “sensitive” (see Note 3.8) and transferred to Stage 2 of impairment for credit risk or to Stage 3 when necessary.

The consequences of these different events (sale of Rosbank, classification as “sensitive” of the offshore Russian counterparties) as well as the account taken of the new macroeconomic scenarios to determine the expected credit losses as at 31 December 2022 are described in Note 3.8.

Legal, regulatory, statutory or contractual constraints or obligations may restrict the Group’s ability to freely transfer assets between Group entities.

In May 2022, Russia published legislation providing for temporary restrictions and a special procedure on cash and capital movements initiated by Russian limited companies in favour of their foreign stakeholders related to “unfriendly countries”.

NOTE 1.7 Hyperinflation in Turkey

On 16 March 2022, the International Practices Task Force of the Center for Audit Quality, a standard reference for identifying countries with hyperinflation, published a working paper including Turkey in the list of hyperinflationary economies.

Consequently, as from 1 January 2022 on, the Group applied the provisions of IAS 29 (“Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies”) to prepare the individual financial statements in Turkish lira of the ALD entity located in Turkey (prior to their conversion in euros as part of the consolidation process). However, the financial statements of the SG Istanbul branch have not been restated, as the expected effects are not significant.

Under these provisions, the accounting value of some balance sheet items presented at cost is adjusted, at closing date, for the effects of inflation recorded over the period. In ALD Turkey’s accounts, these adjustments were applied to the tangible fixed assets representative of the vehicle fleet, as well as to the various components of equity.

On the date of first application of this hyperinflation treatment (1 January 2022), the impact of these adjustments has been recorded in Consolidated reserves and non-controlling interests; on that date, the translation differences on the entities concerned have been reclassified as the same financial aggregates. For the subsequent closing periods, inflation adjustments for the eligible assets and equity items, as well as for expenses and income for the period, are to be recorded as income or expenses on foreign exchange transactions in the Net gains and losses on financial transactions.

Thus restated, the Turkish lira financial statements of ALD Turkey are to be converted into euro on the basis of the exchange rate applicable at the balance sheet date.

As at 1 January 2022, the total consolidated equity was increased by EUR 41.3 million, including a reduction in consolidated reserves of EUR -8.4 million after tax for the various adjustments and the reclassification of translation differences recorded on that date.

As at 31 December 2022, a gain of EUR 59.9 million was recorded as Net gains and losses on financial transactions for the inflation adjustments for the period. After tax and adjustment of other income and expense lines for the period, the effect of hyperinflation restatements on the consolidated net income amounted to EUR 37.6 million.

6.3 STATUTORY AUDITORS’ REPORT ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

This is a translation into English of the statutory auditors’ report on the consolidated financial statements of the Company issued in French and it is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users.

This statutory auditors’ report includes information required by required by European regulations and French law, such as information about the appointment of the statutory auditors or the verification of the information concerning the Group presented in the management report.

This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

Year ended December 31, 2022

To the Annual General Meeting of Société Générale,

In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Société Générale for the year ended December 31, 2022.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities and of the financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2022 and of the results of its operations for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

We conducted our audit in accordance with professional standards applicable in France. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the “Statutory Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements” section of our report.

We conducted our audit engagement in compliance with the independence requirements of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and the French Code of Ethics for Statutory Auditors (Code de déontologie de la profession de commissaire aux comptes) for the period from January 1, 2022 to the date of our report and specifically we did not provide any prohibited non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014.

In accordance with the requirements of Articles L. 823-9 and R. 823-7 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) relating to the justification of our assessments, we inform you of the key audit matters relating to risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period, as well as how we addressed those risks.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on specific items of the consolidated financial statements.

Customer loans and receivables carry a credit risk which exposes the Société Générale Group to a potential loss if its client or counterparty is unable to meet its financial commitments. The Société Générale Group recognizes impairment intended to cover this risk.

Such impairment is calculated according to IFRS 9 “Financial instruments” and the expected credit loss principle.

The assessment of expected credit losses for customer loan portfolios requires the exercise of judgment by Management, particularly in the uncertain context due to the geopolitical and economic situation, notably to:

prepare, in an uncertain environment, macro-economic projections which are embedded in the deterioration criteria and in the expected credit losses measurement;

determine the loan classification criteria under stages 1, 2 or 3, taking account of the material increase in credit risk at loan portfolio level and the impact of measures to support the economy;

estimate the amount of expected credit losses depending on the different stages;

determine the adjustments to models and parameters, as well as the sector adjustments considered necessary to reflect the impact of economic scenarios on expected credit losses and anticipate the default or recovery cycle for certain sectors.

The information concerning in particular the procedures used to estimate and recognize expected credit losses are mainly detailed in Notes 3.5 “Loans, receivables and securities at amortized cost” and 3.8 “Impairment and provisions” to the consolidated financial statements.

As at December 31, 2022, total customer loan outstandings exposed to credit risk totaled M€ 506,529; impairment totaled M€ 10,634.

We considered the assessment of the impairment of customer loans to be a key audit matter as this requires Management to exercise judgment and make estimates, particularly concerning the economic sectors and geographic areas most affected by the crisis.

Our work mainly focused on the most significant loans and customer loan portfolios, as well as the most vulnerable economic sectors and geographical areas, in particular, loans linked to Russia and sectors weakened by inflation and rising interest rates.

With the help of our credit risk modeling specialists, our audit work notably consisted in:

obtaining an understanding of the Société Générale Group’s governance and internal control system relating to credit risk assessment and the measurement of expected losses, and testing key manual and IT controls;

examining the compliance of policies implemented by the Group and the methodologies broken down in the different business units with IFRS 9 “Financial instruments”;

assessing, with the help of economists from our firms, the relevance of the macro-economic projections and the scenario weightings applied by the Group;

examining the main parameters adopted by the Group to classify the loans and assess impairment in stages 1 and 2 as at December 31, 2022;

assessing the capacity of modes and parameter adjustments, as well as sector adjustments to provide adequate coverage of the level of credit risk in the context of the economic crisis;

assessing, using data analysis tools, the assessment of expected credit losses for a sample of stage 1 and 2 loan portfolios;

testing, as at December 31, 2022, for a selection of the most significant loans to corporate clients, the main criteria used to classify stage 3 loans, as well as the assumptions used to assess the related individual impairment.

We also analyzed the disclosures in Notes 1.5 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 3.5 “Loans, receivables and securities at amortized cost”, 3.8 “Impairment and provisions” and 10.3 “Credit and counterparty risk” to the consolidated financial statements relating to credit risk in the changing context of the pandemic and, in particular, the information required by IFRS 7 “Financial instruments: Disclosures” with regard to credit risk.

As at December 31, 2022 deferred tax assets on tax loss carryforwards were recorded in an amount of M€ 1,662, and more specifically in an amount of M€ 1,404 for the France tax group.

As stated in Note 6 “Income tax” to the consolidated financial statements, the Société Générale Group calculates deferred taxes at the level of each tax entity and recognizes deferred tax assets when it is considered probable that the relevant tax entity has future taxable profits against which temporary differences and tax loss carryforwards can be offset, within a given timeframe. As at December 31, 2022, this timeframe is eight years for the France tax group.

In addition, as stated in Notes 6 “Income tax” and 9 “Information on risks and litigation” to the consolidated financial statements, certain tax loss carryforwards are challenged by the French tax authorities and are therefore liable to be called into question.

Given the importance of the assumptions used to assess the recoverability of deferred tax assets in France, notably on future taxable profits, and the judgment exercised by Management in this respect, we considered this issue to be a key audit matter.

Our audit approach consisted in assessing the probability that the Société Générale Group would be able to use in the future its tax loss carryforwards generated to date, in particular with regard to its ability to generate future taxable profits in France.

With the support of tax specialists, our work notably consisted in:

comparing the projected results of the previous years with the actual results of the corresponding fiscal years, in order to assess the reliability of the tax business plan preparation process;

obtaining an understanding of the 2023 budget drawn up by Management and approved by the Board of Directors, as well as of the assumptions underlying projections for the 2023-2025 period, which take into account the expected impacts of operations known at the closing date (in particular the merger of the France networks or the acquisition of Leaseplan);

assessing the relevance of tax profit extrapolation methods after the 2023-2025 period;

reviewing the assumptions underlying sensitivity tests in the event of adverse scenarios defined by the Société Générale Group;

analyzing the sensitivity of the tax loss recovery period under a range of assumptions determined by us;

analyzing the situation of the Société Générale Group, notably by taking note of the opinions of its external tax advisers regarding its tax loss carryforwards in France, partly challenged by the tax authorities.

We also examined the information provided by the Société Générale Group concerning deferred tax assets disclosed in Notes 1.5 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 6 “Income tax” and 9 “Information on risks and litigation” to the consolidated financial statements.

As part of the management of the interest rate risk generated by its retail banking activities in France in particular, the Société Générale Group handles a portfolio of internal derivatives classified as hedges.

These internal transactions are classified as portfolio-based interest rate risk fair value hedging transactions (“macro-hedging”) in accordance with IAS 39 as adopted in the European Union, as presented in Note 3.2 “Financial derivatives” to the consolidated financial statements.

Hedge accounting is only possible if certain criteria are met, in particular:

designation and documentation at inception of the hedging relationship;

eligibility of hedging and hedged instruments;

demonstration of the hedge effectiveness;

measurement of effectiveness;

demonstration of the reversal of internal transactions at Group level.

The “macro-hedge” accounting of retail banking transactions in France requires Management to exercise judgment regarding in particular:

the identification of eligible hedging and hedged items;

the determination of the criteria adopted to schedule the outstandings’ maturities by including behavioral criteria;

the performance of tests on over-hedging, the disappearance of hedged items, efficiency and the external reversal of hedging transactions entered into with internal Société Général Group counterparties.

As at December 31, 2022, the amount of hedged portfolio remeasurement differences was M€ (2,262) in assets and M€ (9,659) in liabilities. The fair value of the corresponding financial instruments is included under “Hedging derivative instruments” in assets and liabilities.

Given the documentation requirements for “macro-hedging” relationships, the volume of hedging derivative transactions and the use of Management judgment required, we consider the accounting treatment of portfolio-based interest rate risk fair value hedging of outstandings of the retail banking networks in France to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures in response to the risk relating to the accounting treatment of portfolio-based interest rate risk fair value hedging of outstandings (“macro-hedging”) consisted in obtaining an understanding of the procedures used to manage the structural interest rate risk, and reviewing the control environment set up by Management in particular for the documentation, identification and eligibility of hedged and hedging items, as well as for the performance of effectiveness tests.

With the support of financial modelling experts, where necessary, our work mainly consisted in:

familiarizing ourselves with the accounting documentation of the hedging relationships;

testing the eligibility of the financial assets and liabilities used by the Société Générale Group for the portfolio-based interest rate risk fair value hedge accounting, according to the terms and conditions defined by IAS 39 as adopted in the European Union;

assessing the procedures used to prepare and control the criteria adopted to schedule the maturities of the hedged financial instruments, particularly with regard to the adopted maturities of the eligible financial liabilities;

assessing the procedures used to determine the effectiveness of these hedging relationships, as well as the related governance;

analyzing the market reversal system for hedges entered into with internal Société Générale Group counterparties and the related documentation, and conducting tests on the matching of internal and external transactions;

analyzing the results of tests on over-hedging, the disappearance of hedged items, efficiency and reversal required by applicable accounting standards.

We assessed the information disclosed in Notes 1.5 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 3.2 “Derivative financial instruments” and 3.4 “Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value” and 10.5 “Structural interest rate and currency risks” to the consolidated financial statements and their compliance with IFRS 7 “Financial instruments: Disclosures” with regard to hedge accounting.

The accounting recognition of external growth transactions leads the Société Générale Group to record goodwill in the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet. This goodwill represents the difference between the acquisition cost of the activities or securities of companies acquired and the share of identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. As at December 31, 2022, the net value of goodwill amounted to M€ 3,781.

The Société Générale Group must determine the presence or absence of indications of loss in value on this goodwill. The comparison of the net carrying amount of uniform business groupings, divided into CGUs, and their recoverable amount is a key component in assessing the potential need to record an impairment. The value in use of CGUs was calculated using the discounted cash flow method based on distributable profits calculated at CGU level.

As disclosed in Notes 1.5 “Use of estimates and judgment” and 2.2 “Goodwill” to the consolidated financial statements, the models and data used to value these CGUs are based on accounting estimates resulting from the exercise of Management judgment, notably concerning the following assumptions:

future distributable profits of activities or companies acquired, whether five-year budget forecasts or the extrapolation for an additional year to calculate the terminal value;

discount and growth rates applied to forecast flows.

For this reason, we considered the measurement of goodwill to be a key audit matter.

Our audit approach is based on obtaining an understanding of control procedures relating to (i) goodwill impairment tests and (ii) the preparation of business plans, implemented within the Société Générale Group to assess future changes in structures and activities, and to identify indications of impairment loss on these assets.

Procedures on the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022, conducted with our valuation specialists, notably consisted in:

assessing the way groupings of uniform businesses are determined and, where appropriate, change;

analyzing the methodology applied in the current context;

comparing prior year profit forecasts with actual results for the relevant years, to assess the reliability of the budget process;

conducting a critical review of business plans prepared by Management and approved by the Board of Directors based on our knowledge of activities, and of the assumptions adopted by Management beyond the five-year period to establish projections enabling the determination of terminal values;

conducting a critical analysis of the main assumptions and parameters used (growth rate, cost of capital, discount rate) with regard to available internal and external information (macro-economic scenarios, financial analysts’ consensus, etc.);

independently recalculating the valuation of the CGUs;

assessing the sensitivity analyses of results to change in key parameters, in particular when the recoverable amount is close to the net carrying amount.

We also reviewed the information submitted by the Société Générale Group on goodwill, disclosed in Notes 1.5 “Use of estimates and judgment” and 2.2 “Goodwill” to the consolidated financial statements.

Within the scope of its market activities, the Société Générale Group holds financial instruments for trading purposes. As at December 31, 2022 M€ 235,444 are recognized in fair value levels 2 and 3 in the asset side, and M€ 293,845 are recognized in the liability side of the Société Générale Group’s balance sheet, i.e. 59% and 85%, respectively, of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

To determine the fair value of these instruments, the Société Générale Group uses techniques or in-house valuation models based on parameters and data, some of which are not observable in the market, which can defer the recognition of the margin in the income statement for transactions involving such financial instruments, as stated in Note 3.4 “Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value”, point 7 to the consolidated financial statements. If necessary, these valuations include additional reserves or value adjustments.

The models and data used to value these instruments, and their classification under the fair value hierarchy, may be based for example on Management’s judgments and estimates, in the absence of available market data or a market valuation model.

Due to the complexity of modelling in determining fair value, the multiplicity of models used, and the use of Management judgment in determining these fair values, we consider the valuation of complex financial instruments to be a key audit matter.

Our audit approach is based on a mixed approach using both tests on internal control processes relating to the valuation of complex financial instruments and substantive procedures.

With the support of experts in the valuation of financial instruments included in the audit team, our work consisted in:

obtaining an understanding of the procedure to authorize and validate new products and their valuation models, including the process for the entry of these models in the information systems;

reviewing the governance of value adjustments and reserves;

analyzing the valuation methodologies for certain categories of complex instruments and the relating reserves or value adjustments;

testing the key controls relating to the independent verification of the valuation parameters, and analyzing certain market parameters used to provide input for the valuation models, by reference to external data;

obtaining an understanding of the bank’s analysis principles and performing tests of controls, on a sampling basis, as regards the process used to explain the changes in fair value; in addition, performing “analytical” IT procedures on the daily control data relating to certain activities;

obtaining the quarterly results of the independent verification process performed on the models;

obtaining the quarterly results of the valuation adjustment process using external market data, and analyzing the differences in parameters with the market data in the event of a significant impact, and the accounting treatment of such differences. Where there was no external data, we controlled the existence of reserves or the non-material nature of the related issues;

performing counter-valuations of a selection of complex derivative financial instruments using our tools;

analyzing the transaction observability criteria, among others, used to determine the fair value hierarchy of such instruments, and to estimate deferred margin amounts and we compared the new methods adopted by the Société Générale Group to recognize these margins over time with the information presented in Note 3.4 “Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value”, point 7 to the consolidated financial statements.

We also assessed the compliance of the methods underlying the estimates with the principles described in Note 3.4 “Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value” to the consolidated financial statements.

The Market Activities of the Global Banking & Investor Solutions (GBIS) division constitute an important activity of the Société Générale Group, as illustrated by the significance of the financial instruments positions in Note 3.4 “Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value” to the consolidated financial statements.

This activity is highly complex given the nature of the financial instruments processed, the volume of transactions, and the use of numerous interfaced information systems. The risk of occurrence of a significant misstatement in the accounts related to an incident in the IT chains used or the recording of transactions until their transfer into the accounting system may result from:

changes made to management and financial information by unauthorized persons via the information systems or underlying databases;

a failure in the processor the transfer of data between systems;

a service interruption or an operating incident which may or may not be related to internal or external fraud.

Furthermore, in a context of widespread home working, the Société Générale Group is exposed to new risks, particularly those relating to the opening up of information systems to allow remote access to transaction processing applications.

To ensure the reliability of the accounts, it is therefore essential for Société Générale to master the controls relating to the management of the information systems.

In this context, the IT risk relating to the Market Activities of the GBIS division constitutes a key audit matter.

Our audit approach for this activity is based on the controls related to the management of the information systems set up by Société Générale Group. With the support of information system specialists included in our audit team, we tested the IT general controls of the applications that we considered to be key for this activity.

Our work mainly consisted in assessing:

the controls set up by the Société Générale Group on access rights, notably at sensitive periods in a professional career (recruitment, transfer, resignation, end of contract) with, where applicable, extended procedures in the event of ineffective control identified during the financial year;

the potential privileged access to applications and infrastructure;

the management of changes made to applications, and more specifically the separation between development and business environments;

the security policies in general and their deployment in IT applications (for example, those related to passwords);

the handling of IT incidents during the financial year;

the governance and the control environment on a sample of applications.

Regarding these same applications, and in order to assess the transfer of information flows, we tested the key application controls relating to the automated interfaces between the systems.

In addition, our tests on the general IT and application controls were supplemented by data analytics procedures on certain IT applications.

We also evaluated the governance implemented by the Société Générale Group to ensure the resilience of information systems faced with cyber risks. Our procedures consisted in discussions with the Société Générale Group’s security teams and obtaining an understanding of the reports prepared by the cybersecurity committees as well as any incidents during the financial year.

The Société Générale Group is a party to a number of proceedings, including civil, administrative and criminal proceedings as indicated in Note 8.3.2 "Other provisions" to the consolidated financial statements. Other provisions amounted to M€ 1,554 as at December 31, 2022 and include provisions for litigation, among others.

As indicated in Note 9 “Information on risks and disputes” to the consolidated financial statements, proceedings representing a significant risk are analyzed on a quarterly basis to assess the need to record provisions or adjust the amount of raised provisions.

Given the complexity of some of the regulatory and administrative authorities’ investigations and of the class actions, the significant amount of management judgment exercised in assessing the risks and the financial repercussions for the Group, we consider the assessment of the risk relating to legal, regulatory or arbitral proceedings to which the Société Générale Group is a party to be a key audit matter.

Our approach, which includes the involvement of tax experts, consisted in:

obtaining an understanding of the litigation provision assessment process set up by the bank to assess litigation provisions;

conducting interviews with the Group’s legal and tax departments and the functions affected by the ongoing proceedings in order to monitor the development of the main legal proceedings and ongoing investigations by legal and tax authorities and regulators;

obtaining and reviewing available documentation such as: Management’s position and the memos of the Group’s legal and tax advisors;

requesting confirmation from the lawyers in charge of the most significant proceedings;

assessing the reasonableness of the assumptions used to determine the need for and the amount of provisions raised, in particular on the basis of information gathered from the Group’s external advisers involved in the relevant cases;

assessing the suitability of the information provided in the notes to the financial statements.

Long-term rental fleet vehicles are depreciated on a straight-line basis as described in the “Operating lease assets" paragraph of Note 8.4 “Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets” to the consolidated financial statements. The depreciation period used is the estimated lease term; the residual value corresponds to the estimated resale value of the vehicles on expiry of the lease. These residual values are determined for each vehicle at the beginning of the lease and reviewed at least once annually. The methods of calculating these residual values are determined by the Group.

The calculations are based on statistical data.

The difference between the re-estimated residual value and the initial residual value represents a change in estimate and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining lease term.

As at December 31, 2022, the total amount of depreciation thus determined for the fleet amounted to M€ 8,862 as indicated in the variation table set out in Note 8.4 “Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets” to the consolidated financial statements.

We consider the estimation of vehicle residual values to be a key audit matter since:

it results from a complex statistical approach;

it incorporates assumptions and requires Management judgment, particularly in the current context of exceptionally high prices in the used vehicle market and uncertainties relating to the price of used electric vehicles, which represent a growing percentage of the fleet.

In response to this risk, we obtained an understanding of the residual value reassessment process set up by the Group. We analyzed the effectiveness of the key controls implemented by local and head office management, including those relating to the determination of assumptions and parameters that were used for this reassessment.

By including IT system experts in the team, we tested the general IT controls of the applications used in the fleet reassessment process.

Our work also consisted in:

assessing the relevance of the statistical model adopted as well as the main parameters and assumptions used at the end of December 2022;

conducting tests to ensure that data from the fleet management systems were correctly entered in the residual value calculation tool and testing key data security controls;

comparing the data from these calculations with the amounts recorded in the accounts;

checking, on a sampling basis, the accounting translation of changes in estimated residual values;

checking that the estimates selected were based on documented methods that comply with the principles described in the notes to the financial statements.

We have also performed, in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the specific verifications required by laws and regulations of the information given in the Board of Directors’ Group management report.

We have no matters to report as to its fair presentation and its consistency with the consolidated financial statements.

We attest that the consolidated non-financial performance statement required by Article L.225-102-1 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) is included in the Group management report, it being specified that, in accordance with Article L. 823-10 of said Code, we have verified neither the fair presentation nor the consistency with the consolidated financial statements of the information contained therein. This information should be reported on by an independent third party.

We have also verified, in accordance with the professional standard applicable in France relating to the procedures performed by the statutory auditor regarding the annual and consolidated financial statements prepared in the European single electronic format, that the preparation of the consolidated financial statements included in the annual financial report mentioned in Article L. 451-1-2, I of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier), prepared under the Chief Executive Officer’s responsibility, complies with the single electronic format defined in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No. 2019/815 of December 17, 2018. Regarding consolidated financial statements, our work includes verifying that the tagging thereof complies with the format defined in the above-mentioned regulation.

On the basis of our work, we conclude that the preparation of the consolidated financial statements included in the annual financial report complies, in all material respects, with the European single electronic format.

Due to the technical limits inherent to the macro-tagging of consolidated financial statements in accordance with the European single electronic format, it is possible that the content of certain tags in the notes to the consolidated financial statements are not presented in an identical manner to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

We were appointed as statutory auditors of Société Générale by the Annual General Meeting held on April 18, 2003 for Deloitte & Associés and on May 22, 2012 for ERNST & YOUNG et Autres.

As at December 31, 2022, Deloitte & Associés and ERNST & YOUNG et Autres were in their twentieth and eleventh year of total uninterrupted engagement, respectively.

Previously, ERNST & YOUNG Audit was the statutory auditor of Société Générale from 2000 to 2011.

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, and for such internal control as Management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, Management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless it is expected to liquidate the Company or to cease operations.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is responsible for monitoring the financial reporting process and the effectiveness of internal control and risk management systems and where applicable, its internal audit, regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures.

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors.

Our role is to issue a report on the consolidated financial statements. Our objective is to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users made on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

As specified in Article L.823-10-1 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), our statutory audit does not include assurance on the viability of the Company or the quality of management of the affairs of the Company.

As part of an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the statutory auditor exercises professional judgment throughout the audit and furthermore:

identifies and assesses the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, designs and performs audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtains audit evidence considered to be sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for his opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control;

obtains an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the internal control;

evaluates the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by Management in the consolidated financial statements;

assesses the appropriateness of Management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. This assessment is based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of his audit report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern. If the statutory auditor concludes that a material uncertainty exists, there is a requirement to draw attention in the audit report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are not provided or inadequate, to modify the opinion expressed therein;

evaluates the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements and assesses whether these consolidated statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation;

Obtains sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. The statutory auditor is responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the audit of the consolidated financial statements and for the opinion expressed on these consolidated financial statements.

We submit to the Audit and Internal Control Committee a report which includes in particular a description of the scope of the audit and the audit program implemented, as well as the results of our audit. We also report significant deficiencies, if any, in internal control regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures that we have identified.

Our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee includes the risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and which are therefore the key audit matters that we are required to describe in this report.

We also provide the Audit and Internal Control Committee with the declaration provided for in Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014, confirming our independence within the meaning of the rules applicable in France as set out in particular in Articles L. 822-10 to L. 822-14 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and in the French Code of Ethics for Statutory Auditors (Code de déontologie de la profession de commissaire aux comptes). Where appropriate, we discuss with the Audit and Internal Control Committee the risks that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and the related safeguards.

Paris-La Défense, March 13, 2023

The Statutory Auditors

French original signed by

DELOITTE & ASSOCIES

 

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres

 

           Jean-Marc Mickeler

Maud Monin                      

     Micha Missakian

Vincent Roty             

6.4 SOCIETE GENERALE MANAGEMENT REPORT

(In EURbn at 31 December)

31.12.2022

31.12.2021

Change

Interbank and money market assets

267

231

36

Loans to customers

363

341

22

Securities transactions

508

484

24

o.w. securities purchased under repurchase agreements

248

198

50

Other assets

189

178

11

o.w. option premiums

69

87

(18)

Tangible and intangible assets

3

3

-

TOTAL ASSETS

1,330

1,237

93

(In EURbn at 31 December)

31.12.2022

31.12.2021

Change

Interbank and cash liabilities(1)

363

336

27

Customer deposits

434

399

35

Bonds and subordinated debt(2)

30

27

3

Securities transactions

295

261

34

o.w. securities sold under repurchase agreements

219

192

27

Other liabilities and provisions

172

176

(4)

o.w. option premiums

76

96

(20)

Shareholder’s equity

36

38

(2)

TOTAL LIABILITIES

1,330

1,237

93

(1)

Including negotiable debt instruments.

(2)

Including undated subordinated capital notes.

2022 was dominated by spiking inflation which pushed commodity and food prices sky high, a direct consequence of the war in Ukraine. Post-pandemic economic recovery was coupled with a failure of supply to keep pace with surging demand, which was exacerbated by the ongoing heavy restrictions imposed in China that disrupted production chains and transport of goods.

Mounting inflationary pressures prompted the US Federal Reserve (Fed) and the European Central Bank (ECB) to tighten monetary policy and announce a series of rate hikes, which put paid to the era of negative rates. Equity markets corrected sharply in response during the first three quarters of the year before the picture brightened in the fourth quarter as inflation stabilised.

Societe Generale posted a solid performance while keeping both cost and risk under control in a complex geopolitical and economic environment dogged by uncertainty.

At 31 December 2022, the balance sheet total stood at EUR 1,330 billion, up EUR 93 billion from the position at 31 December 2021.

The positive EUR 35.7 billion change in the Interbank and money market assets line was due in large part to the increase in central bank receivables for EUR 26.9 billion, of which EUR 21.4 billion from the French Central Bank (Banque de France) to meet regulatory requirements. Bank loans (the Other assets line) also increased to the tune of EUR 11 million and were predominantly directed to Group subsidiaries.

Interbank and cash liabilities increased to the tune of EUR 27.2 billion, for the main part due to borrowings from banks which rose by EUR 38.4 billion, most of which was accounted for by borrowings from Group subsidiaries and issuance of euro medium-term notes (EMTN) debt securities for EUR 7.9 billion. Borrowings from the Banque de France declined by EUR 20.3 billion, in essence to repay a drawdown from the ECB’s TLTRO support programme as a result of the central bank’s key rate increases in September 2022.

Loans to customers rose by EUR 22.1 billion, mainly on an increase in current accounts (EUR 15.2 billion), in particular at the Group’s investment firms, and a rise in cash facilities for EUR 7.4 billion on back of sharper demand for corporate finance. Despite robust home loan activity in the first half of the year, home loans declined of EUR 4 billion following a rolled-over housing securitisation transaction that reduced net receivables by EUR 6.3 billion.

Customer deposits increased by EUR 35.6 billion, chiefly owing to the EUR 27.9 billion rise in fixed-term deposits, mirroring investor appetite for this type of product amid a rising rate environment. Current accounts payable rose EUR 11.9 billion. Conversely, term borrowings by financial institutions contracted by EUR 5.2 billion.

The Fed and the ECB made major key rate hikes throughout 2022. In this context, money market transactions secured by securities offered enhanced liquidity, particularly on sovereign debt. Accordingly, securities purchased and sold under repurchase agreements rose respectively by EUR 49.9 billion and EUR 27.6 billion. In the wake of advancing rates on both French and US 10-year Treasury notes, outstandings from bonds and commercial paper rose by EUR 10 billion. By contrast, bearish equity markets pushed securities transaction outstandings down by EUR 34.7 billion.

Fixed-income and forex derivative trading surged in 2022 against a backdrop dominated by rising interest rates and US dollar appreciation against the major currencies. Conversely, weaker stock market and index volatility resulted in smaller premiums paid and received on derivative instruments for EUR 18 billion and EUR 20 billion, respectively.

Societe Generale has a diversified range of funding sources and channels:

stable resources consisting of equity and subordinated debt (EUR 66 billion);

customer deposits, up EUR 36 billion, which make up a significant share (33%) of total balance sheet resources;

resources (EUR 237 billion) in the form of interbank deposits and borrowings;

capital raised on the market through a proactive diversification policy, making use of various types of debt (secured and unsecured bonds, etc.), issuance vehicles (EMTNs, Certificates of Deposit), currencies and investor pools (EUR 118 billion);

resources from securities sold under repurchase agreements to customers and banks (EUR 219 billion), which rose vs. 2021.

(In EURbn)

2022

2021

Changes 2022-2021 (%)

France

Outside

France

Societe

Generale

France

Outside

France

Societe

Generale

France

Outside

France

Societe

Generale

Net banking income

9,678

3,068

12,746

8,125

2,827

10,952

19

9

16

Total operating expenses

(8,584)

(1,826)

(10,410)

(7,887)

(1,649)

(9,536)

9

11

9

Gross operating income

1,094

1,242

2,336

238

1,178

1,416

360

5

65

Cost of risk

(424)

(175)

(599)

(133)

26

(107)

219

(773)

460

Operating income

670

1,067

1,737

105

1,204

1,309

538

(11)

33

Income/(loss) on long-term investments

(1,828)

(251)

(2,079)

604

57

661

(403)

(540)

(415)

Operating income before tax

(1,158)

816

(342)

709

1,261

1,970

(263)

(35)

(117)

Income tax

390

(308)

82

414

(389)

25

(6)

(21)

228

Net income

(768)

508

(260)

1,123

872

1,995

(168)

(42)

(113)

In 2022, within an uncertain and complex geopolitical and economic environment, Societe Generale generated gross operating income of EUR 2.3 billion, a gain of EUR 0.9 billion compare to 2021, showing a rebound of 65%.

net banking income (NBI) amounted to EUR 12.7 million, up EUR 1.7 billion (+16%) compare to 2021. Income rose across all our businesses:

-

French Retail Banking’s net banking income grew by EUR 0.8 billion year-on-year. Retail Banking reported a sound financial performance on the back of steady growth in fees (+8% vs. 2021).

Societe Generale continued to execute on the merger with Crédit du Nord throughout the year. The legal merger took effect on schedule on 1 January 2023. SG is the Group’s new retail bank in France and it has bold ambitions: it aims to be a top-tier banking partner, serving 10 million clients in the French market,

-

Global Banking & Investor Solutions also delivered: revenue was up by EUR 0.4 billion, driven by robust momentum across all business lines:

the Equity and Equity Derivatives businesses grew revenue by 24%, continuing the healthy performance recorded in 2021. Growth was driven by brisk client activity and solid risk management in a mixed environment,

amid highly volatile interest rates, revenue generated by Fixed Income and Currencies rebounded strongly from 2021 to gain 69% in 2022,

Financing & Advisory activities posted an excellent performance with revenues up 26% vs. 2021. They benefitted from solid market momentum in Asset Finance and activities related to Natural Ressources. Global Transaction and Payment Services posted a record performance benefitting of rising interest rates;

-

the Corporate Centre, which includes management of the Group’s investment portfolio, saw a EUR 0.9 billion increase in its net banking income year-on-year, essentially from higher dividends received from the subsidiaries.

general operating expenses climbed 9% to EUR 0.9 billion year-on-year:

-

management overheads came out at EUR 5 billion at 31 December 2022, an increase of EUR 0.6 billion (+15%) relative to 2021. This increase is explained notabley by the higher contribution to the Single Resolution Fund (SRF) accounted for EUR 0.3 billion and the Group’s transformation costs,

-

payroll expense totalled EUR 5.4 billion, which is EUR 0.2 billion more (+5%) than in 2021. Payroll in 2022 included the rise of employee’s fixed and variable remuneration. Expenses relating to defined benefit pension plans increased EUR 0.1 billion in a context of rates hikes;

the net cost of risk was EUR 0.6 billion at 31 December 2022, an increase of EUR 0.5 billion year-on-year. As the default outstanding loans remain under control within the cost of risk, the cautious provisionning policy explains the increase of the costs of the year.

Their combined effect pushed up operating income by EUR 0.4 billion vs. 2021 to EUR 1.7 billion at 31 December 2022;

in 2022, Societe Generale posted a loss on fixed assets of EUR 2.1 billion, primarily on the disposal of the Russian subsidiary Rosbank for EUR 1.8 billion and the EUR 0.3 billion impairment booked on the Societe Generale Securities Services SPA equity investment. To recap, gains of EUR 0.7 billion recorded in 2021 related mainly to the disposal of Lyxor Asset Management and Lyxor International Asset Management;

at EUR 0.1 billion, income tax reflects the divergence in results between branches outside France and the performance in France, impacted by the Rosbank disposal.

Net loss after tax amounted to EUR 0.3 billion at end-2022 vs. a gain of EUR 2 billion at the 2021 year-end.

(In EURm)

31.12.2022

31.12.2021

Payables not yet due

Payables not yet due

1–30

 days

31–60

 days

> 60

 days

> 90

 days

Payables

due

Total

1–30

 days

31–60

 days

> 60

 days

> 90

 days

Payables

due

Total

Trade Payables

41

90

-

-

-

131

41

91

-

-

-

132

The due dates are according to conditions calculated at 60 days from invoice date.

In France, Societe Generale’s supplier invoices are for the most part processed centrally. The department responsible books and settles invoices for services requested by all Societe Generale France’s Corporate and Business Divisions.

In accordance with the Group’s internal control procedures, invoices are only paid after they have been approved by the departments that signed for the services. Once approved, they are paid on average between three and seven days.

In accordance with Article D. 441-6 of the French Commercial Code, as worded pursuant to French Decree No. 2021-11 of 26 February 2021, the information on supplier payment times is given in the table below:

the banking, insurance and financial services businesses (loans, financing and commissions) are excluded from the scope.

 

31.12.2022

Payables due

0 day

(indicative)

1–30

 days

31–60

 days

61–90

 days

91 days

and more

Total

(1 day

and more)

(A) Payment delay tranches

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of invoices concerned

26

1,188

634

291

6,798

8,937

Total amount of invoices (incl. tax) concerned (in EURm)

-

13

8

7

36

64

Percentage of total purchases (excl. tax) for the year

-

-

-

-

-

-

(B) Invoices excluded from (A) pertaining to disputed payables and receivables, not recorded

Number of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total amount (excl. tax) of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

(C) Reference payment terms used when calculating delays (Article L. 441-6 or L. 443-1 of the French Commercial Code)

þ

Statutory payment terms (60 days from invoice date or 45 days end of month)

 

 

Contractual payment terms

 

 

The payment schedules for accounts receivable are set by contract in respect of financing granted or services invoiced. The initial payment terms set for loan repayments may be amended by means of contractual options (such as prepayment or payment deferral options). Compliance with contractual payment terms is monitored as part of the Bank’s risk management process (see Chapter 4 of this URD: “Risks and Capital Adequacy”), particularly in respect of credit risk, structural interest rate risk, and liquidity risk. The residual maturities of accounts receivable are indicated in Note 7.3 to the parent company financial statements.

The due dates are according to conditions calculated at 60 days from invoice date.

 

31.12.2022

Receivables due

0 day

(indicative)

1–30

 days

31–60

 days

61–90

 days

91 days

and more

Total

(1 day

and more)

(A) Payment delay tranches

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of invoices concerned

-

115

86

112

1,721

2,034

Total amount (incl. tax) of invoices concerned in EURm)(1)

-

7

10

2

64

83

Percentage of total purchases (excl. tax) for the year

-

-

-

-

-

-

(B) Invoices excluded from (A) pertaining to disputed payables and receivables, not recorded

Number of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total amount (excl. tax) of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

(C) Reference payment terms used when calculating delays (Article L. 441-6 or L. 443-1 of the French Commercial Code)

Contractual payment terms (to be specified)

       

 

 

þ

Statutory payment terms

 

       

 

(1)

Including EUR 38 million of disputed payables.

(In EURm)

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

Financial position at year end

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital (in EURm)(1)

1,062

1,067

1,067

1,067

1,010

Number of shares outstanding(1)

849,883,778

853,371,494

853,371,494

853,371,494

807,917,739

Total income from operations (in EURm)

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue excluding tax(2)

32,519

27,128

27,026

34,300

30,748

Earnings before tax, depreciation, amortisation, provisions, employee profit sharing and general reserve for banking risks

292

2,470

365

3,881

19

Employee profit sharing during the year

12

15

6

11

11

Income tax

(82)

(25)

141

(581)

(616)

Earnings after tax, depreciation, amortisation and provisions

(260)

1,995

(1,568)

3,695

1,725

Dividends paid(3)

1,877

1,877

0

1,777

1,777

Adjusted earnings per share (in EUR)

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings after tax but before depreciation, amortisation and provisions

0.43

2.91

0.24

5.16

0.72

Net income

(0.31)

2.34

(1.84)

4.33

2.14

Dividend paid per share

1.70

1.65

0.55

2.20

2.20

Employees

 

 

 

 

 

Headcount(4)

42,450

43,162

44,544

46,177

46,942

Total payroll (in EURm)

3,938

3,554

3,408

3,754

3,128

Employee benefits (Social Security and other) (in EURm)

1,535

1,655

1,475

1,554

1,525

(1)

At 31 December 2022, Societe Generale’s fully paid-up capital amounted to EUR 1,062,354,722.50, comprising of 849,883,778 shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.

(2)

Revenue consists of interest income, dividend income, fee income, income from financial transactions and other operating income.

(3)

In accordance with the European Central Bank’s recommendation issued on 27 March 2020 regarding the payment of dividends during the Covid-19 pandemic, Societe Generale did not pay dividends on ordinary shares in respect of the 2019 financial year.

(4)

Average headcount restated compared to the financial statements published in 2021 and 2020.

In 2022, Societe Generale carried out the following transactions:

Outside France

In France

Creation

Creation

-

-

Acquisition of interest

Acquisition of interest

-

-

Acquisition

Acquisition

-

Parel

Increase of interest

Increase of interest

-

-

Subscription to capital increases

Subscription to capital increases

EPI Company

Boursorama SA, ALD, Shine, Societe Generale Ventures, Treezor
and Transactis

Full disposal

Full disposal

Rosbank

-

Reduction of interest(1)

Reduction of interest(1)

-

Sogémarché

(1)

Including capital reductions, dissolution by transfer of assets, mergers and liquidations.

The table below summarises Societe Generale’s investments that crossed a threshold (as a percentage of direct ownership) in 2022:

Crossing above the threshold

Crossing below the threshold

Threshold

Companies

% of capital

at 31.12.2022

% of capital

at 31.12.2021

Threshold

Companies

% of capital

at 31.12.2022

% of capital

at 31.12.2021

5%

EPI Company

7.46%

0%

5%

EPI Interim Company

0%

6.25%

10%

 

 

 

10%

 

 

 

20%

 

 

 

20%

 

 

 

33.33%

Société Services Fiduciaire(1)

33.33%

0%

33.33%

 

 

 

50%

 

 

 

50%

 

 

 

66.66%

Parel(1)

100%

0%

66.66%

SG Acceptance

Rosbank

0%

0%

100%

99.97%

(1) Ownership in the French entities, in accordance with Article L. 233.6 of the French Commercial Code.

6.4.1 INFORMATION REQUIRED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE L. 511-4-2 OF THE FRENCH MONETARY AND FINANCIAL CODE RELATED TO SOCIETE GENERALE SA

As part of its long-established presence in the commodities markets, Societe Generale offers agricultural commodity derivatives. These products meet a range of customer needs, including the risk management needs of business customers (producers, consumers), and provide exposure to the commodities markets for investors (asset managers, funds and insurance companies).

Societe Generale’s offering covers a broad range of underlyings, including sugar, cocoa, coffee, cotton, orange juice, corn, wheat, rapeseed, soybean, oats, cattle, lean hogs, milk and rice. Within this scope, Societe Generale offers vanilla products on organised markets and in index-based products. Exposure to agricultural commodities can be provided through a single-commodity product or through multi-commodity products. Multi-commodity products are primarily used by investor clients through index-based products.

Societe Generale manages the risks associated with these positions on organised markets, for example:

NYSE LIFFE (including Euronext Paris) for cocoa, corn, wheat, rapeseed oil, sugar and coffee;

ICE FUTURES US for cocoa, coffee, cotton, orange juice, sugar and wheat;

ICE FUTURES Canada for canola;

CME group for corn, soybean, soybean oil, soybean meal, wheat, oats, cattle, lean hogs, milk and rice;

Minneapolis Grain Exchange for wheat;

SGX for rubber;

TOCOM for rubber.

This list is subject to change.

A number of measures are in place to prevent or detect any material impact on the price of agricultural commodities as a result of Societe Generale’s activities described above:

the trading activity is governed by the MiFID II regulatory framework in Europe, in force since 3 January 2018: it sets limits for positions on certain agricultural commodities, introduces the obligation to report on positions to the trading platform, as well as systematic reporting of all transactions to the appropriate regulatory body;

the business also operates within internal limits, set by teams tracking risks independently of the operators;

these teams constantly monitor compliance with these various limits;

moreover, Societe Generale’s trading activity on organised markets follows limits set by the Societe Generale clearing broker;

to prevent any inappropriate behaviour, mandates and manuals setting out their scope are provided to Societe Generale traders. They also attend regular training on business standards and market conduct;

daily controls are run to detect any inappropriate trading. These controls include monitoring compliance with the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and market rules on position limits, designed to ensure that no operator can adopt a market position that poses a danger to market equilibrium.

6.5 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.5.1 PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2022

31.12.2021

Cash, due from central banks and post office accounts

 

165,341

138,486

Treasury notes and similar securities

Note 2.1

51,946

46,992

Due from banks

Note 2.3

216,750

187,185

Customer loans

Note 2.3

495,642

444,357

Bonds and other debt securities

Note 2.1

109,607

104,622

Shares and other equity securities

Note 2.1

74,833

109,629

Affiliates and other long-term securities

Note 2.1

812

943

Investments in related parties

Note 2.1

22,188

23,850

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 7.2

2,980

2,939

Treasury stock

Note 2.1

1,130

630

Accruals, other accounts receivables and other assets

Note 3.2

188,731

177,663

TOTAL

 

1,329,960

1,237,296

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2022

31.12.2021

Loan commitments granted

Note 2.3

306,565

249,393

Guarantee commitments granted

Note 2.3

233,347

221,912

Commitments made on securities

 

30,204

20,729

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2022

31.12.2021

Due to central banks and post office accounts

 

8,230

5,118

Due to banks

Note 2.4

340,748

314,011

Customer deposits

Note 2.4

550,236

497,734

Liabilities in the form of securities i

Note 2.4

119,613

113,037

Accruals, other accounts payables and other liabilities

Note 3.2

236,525

234,551

Provisions

Note 7.3

10,205

11,250

Long-term subordinated debt and notes

Note 6.4

28,311

23,639

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

Common stock

Note 6.1

1,062

1,067

Additional paid-in capital

Note 6.1

21,330

21,556

Retained earnings

Note 6.1

13,960

13,338

Net income

Note 6.1

(260)

1,995

SUB-TOTAL

 

36,092

37,956

TOTAL

 

1,329,960

1,237,296

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2022

31.12.2021

Loan commitments received from banks

Note 2.4

85,354

67,942

Guarantee commitments received from banks

Note 2.4

62,807

64,927

Commitments received on securities

 

33,928

26,352

6.6 NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The parent company financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 7 February 2023.

NOTE 1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

1. Introduction

The preparation and presentation of the parent company financial statements for Societe Generale comply with the provisions of Regulation 2014-07 of the French Accounting Standards Board (Autorité des Normes Comptables, ANC), relating to the annual accounts for the banking sector.

As the financial statements of foreign branches were prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in their respective countries, they have been adjusted to comply with the accounting principles applicable in France.

The disclosures provided in the notes to the parent company financial statements focus on information that is both relevant and material to the financial statements of Societe Generale, its activities and the circumstances in which it conducted its operations over the period.

In accordance with the accounting principles applicable to French credit institutions, the majority of transactions are recorded using valuation methods that take account of the purpose for which they were completed.

In financial intermediation transactions, assets and liabilities are generally maintained at their historical cost and impairment is recognised where counterparty risk arises. Revenues and expenses arising from these transactions are recorded prorata temporis over the life of the transaction in accordance with the accounting cut-off principle. The same applies for transactions on forward financial instruments carried out for hedging purposes or to manage the bank’s overall interest rate risk.

Transactions performed in the Global Markets activity are generally marked to market at year-end, except for loans, borrowings and short-term investment securities which are recorded at nominal value. When these financial instruments are not quoted in an active market, the market value used is adjusted to take into account the liquidity risk, future management fees and, if any, the counterparty risk.

The on- and off-balance sheet items of branches reporting in foreign currencies are translated at the official exchange rate prevailing at year-end. The income statement items of these branches are translated at the average quarter-end exchange rate. Translation gains and losses arising from the translation of the capital contribution, reserves, retained earnings and net income of foreign branches, which result from changes in exchange rates, are included in the balance sheet under “Accruals, other accounts payable/receivable and other liabilities/assets”.

4. Use of estimates and judgment

In compliance with the accounting principles and methods applicable to the preparation of the financial statements and stated in the notes to the present document, the Management makes assumptions and estimates that may have an impact on the figures recorded in the income statement, the valuation of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, and the information disclosed in the notes to the parent company financial statements.

In order to make these assumptions and estimates, the Management uses the information available as at the date of preparation of the financial statements and can exercise its own judgment. By nature, valuations based on these estimates involve risks and uncertainties about their materialization in the future. Consequently, the actual future results may differ from these estimates and may then have a significant impact on the financial statements.

The assumptions and estimates made in preparing these annual financial statements takes account of both the uncertainties about the economic consequences of the war in Ukraine and those that remain with regard to the Covid-19 pandemic, as well as of the current macroeconomic conditions. The impacts of these events on the assumptions and estimates used are detailed in part 5 of the present note.

The use of estimates mainly concerns the following accounting topics:

fair value in the balance sheet of financial instruments (securities portfolio and forward financial instruments) not quoted in an active market and held for trading activities (see Notes 2.1, 2.2 and 3.2);

impairment of financial assets (see Note 2.6);

provisions recognised as liabilities (see Notes 2.6, 4.2 and 5.2);

deferred tax assets recognised in the balance sheet (see Note 5).

Societe Generale continues its work to gradually integrate climate risk in the preparation of its statutory financial statements. Climate change-related risks are not a new risk category but rather an aggravating factor for categories already covered by the risk management system of Societe Generale. In this regard, the impact of transitional risk on the credit risk of the corporate customers of Societe Generale remains the primary climate risk for the Bank.

As at 31 December 2022, the determination of impairment and provisions for credit losses includes the possible impact of climate risks as taken into account in the assessment of individual risks and sectoral risks whenever it is compatible with the provisioning horizon. The impact of Societe Generale’s commitments in favour of energy and environmental transition and the development of the territories are still taken into account in the budget trajectories used to assess the recoverability of the differed tax assets.

The lifting of the Covid-19-related restrictions in several major economies has supported economic activity even if the lockdowns in Mainland China have hampered it.

However, 2022 has been marked by the war in Ukraine. The conflict, with its loss of human life and the suffering caused, has significant economic costs and is accompanied with a very high degree of uncertainty.

In the euro area, the supply difficulties, the increase in energy costs, the decline in purchasing power with high inflation and the tightening of economic policies are the main bottlenecks to growth. If pandemic-related risks have decreased significantly in the short-term, the strong uncertainties related to the war in Ukraine jeopardise these prospects and a pronounced slowdown is anticipated in 2023.

In this context, Societe Generale has updated the macroeconomic scenarios selected to prepare its statutory statements as at 31 December 2022 and has also continued applying certain adjustments to its models to take account of the uncertainties related to the war in Ukraine and the aftermath of the Covid-19 pandemic. In particular, Societe Generale uses macro-economic scenarios in its measurement models for credit risk impairment and provisions (see Note 2.6) and in tests regarding deferred tax assets recovery (see Note 5).

As at 31 December 2022, Societe Generale has selected three scenarios to factor in the uncertainties relating to the war in Ukraine, the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic and the current macro-economic context. The SG Extended scenario, drafted specifically in the context of the sanitary crisis, has become obsolete owing to the management and evolution of the crisis during 2022.

The assumptions selected to draw up the scenarios are listed below:

the central scenario (SG Central), weighted at 60%, predicts a sharp economic slowdown in 2023, and only a modest rebound in growth in 2024. In 2023, inflation will remain high, close to 5.5% before dropping below 3% in 2024 and returning to target in the mid-term. The ECB will continue tightening its monetary policy in the short term, but a possible easing might start at the end of 2023. The weighting applied to the Central scenario is increased to 60% as at 31 December 2022 (50% as at 31 December 2021) in conjunction with the removal of the SG Extended scenario;

the favourable scenario (SG Favourable), weighted at 10%, describes an accelerated economic growth compared to the trajectory projected in the central scenario; this growth may result from improved supply conditions owing to a positive shock on productivity or from unexpectedly improved demand conditions (situation observed in several economies in 2021/2022 following releases from lockdowns). In both cases, stronger growth has a positive impact on employment and/or the profitability of companies;

the stressed scenario (SG Stress), weighted at 30%, corresponds to a crisis situation leading to a negative deviation in GDP compared to the central scenario. This scenario may result from a financial crisis (2008 crisis, Euro area crisis…), an exogenous crisis (Covid-19-like pandemic) or a combination of both.

These scenarios are developed by the Economic and Sector Research Department of Societe Generale based, in particular, on information published by statistical institutes. Forecasts from institutions (IMF, Global Bank, ECB, OECD…) and the consensus among market economists serves as a reference to ensure the consistency and relevance of the scenarios thus constructed.

Until 30 June 2022, Societe Generale offered to its crisis-impacted customers (professionals and corporate customers) the allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE) within the framework of the 2020 French Amending Finance Act and the conditions set by the French decree of 23 March 2020. These are financings granted at cost price and guaranteed by the government for a share of the borrowed amount between 70 to 90% depending on the size of the borrowing enterprise (with a waiting period of two months after disbursement at the end of which the guarantee period begins). With a maximum amount corresponding, in the general case, to three months of turnover before tax, these loans come with a one-year repayment exemption. At the end of that year, the customer may either repay the loan or amortise it over one to five more years, with the possibility of extending the grace period for the repayment of principal for one year (in line with the announcements made by the French Ministre de l’Économie, des Finances et de la Relance on 14 January 2021) without extending the total duration of the loan.

The remuneration conditions of the guarantee are set by the State and are applicable by all French banking institutions: the Bank keeps only a share of the guarantee premium paid by the borrower (the amount of which depends on the size of the Company and the maturity of the loan) remunerating the risk it bears, which corresponds to the part of the loan not guaranteed by the State (i.e., between 10% and 30% of the loan depending on the size of the borrowing company). This share of the guarantee premium kept by the bank is assimilated to interest income.

These State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE) have been recorded among Customer loans. The share of the guarantee premium received from the borrowers and kept by the bank to compensate the share of risk not guaranteed by the French State is spread and recognised over the effective lifetime of the loans in net income amongst Interest and similar income, along with the recording of the contractual interest.

Provisions and impairment for credit risk recognised for the State Guaranteed Loan facilities take into account the impact of the French State guarantee. The models for calculating impairment and provisions for credit risk also take into account the probabilities of exercise of the extension options, the share of the loan not guaranteed by the State as well as the waiting period before enforcement of the guarantee.

At 31 December 2022, the State Guaranteed Loan outstanding represents some EUR 7.8 billion (including EUR 2.07 billion of underperforming loans and EUR 1.01 billion of doubtful loans). The amount of credit risk impairment and provisions recorded as at 31 December 2022 related to these State Guaranteed Loan facilities represent approximately EUR 108 million (including EUR 43 million of underperforming loans and EUR 54 million of doubtful loans), without predominance of a specific sector.

Based on the scenarios presented above, and after taking into account methodological adjustments and support measures, the cost of risk for the financial year 2022 represents a net loss of EUR 599 million, increasing by EUR 492 million compared to the 2021 financial year.

A French decree published on 19 January 2022, amending the decree published on 23 March 2020, allows some companies to benefit, under certain conditions, from an extension of their PGE repayment deadlines from 6 to 10 years; these extensions have not had any significant impact on the financial statements of Societe Generale as at 31 December 2022.

Societe Generale announced the termination of its banking activities in Russia in April 2022 and sold its Rosbank subsidiary in May 2022. The impact of this sale on the financial statements of Societe Generale are described in Note 2.1.

Outside Russia, Societe Generale holds Russian counterparty credit exposures (EUR 1.1 billion). As a result of an assessment of the changes in these credit exposures, Societe Generale has classify them as “underperforming loans” or “doubtful loans” when necessary (see Note 2.6.2).

Societe Generale had announced on 7 December 2020 its project to merge the retail banking networks of Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord to form a new network (Vision 2025 project). The project detailing the organisation planned for the New Retail Bank in France was presented by Societe Generale to its staff representative bodies during the fourth quarter of 2021.

In the course of 2022, the bank finalised the preparation of the legal merger of Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord, which is effective since 1 January 2023. After the merger, all the subsidiaries held by Crédit du Nord will be merged within Societe Generale. In the context of these mergers, the differences between the net assets absorbed and the book value of the derecognised investments in subsidiaries will lead to the recognition in Societe Generale’s accounts of a merger bonus of approximately EUR 2.8 billion (i.e., a positive difference recognised in profit or loss for the share of retained earning accumulated by the absorbed entity and, in equity for the residual amount).

7. Acquisition of LeasePlan by ALD

On 6 January 2022, Societe Generale announced the signing by Societe Generale and ALD of two separate Memoranda of Understanding providing for the acquisition by ALD of 100% of the capital of LeasePlan. Completion is expected during the first half of 2023, notably subject to receiving the remaining regulatory approvals and to the performance of other standard conditions precedent.

The purchase of LeasePlan, for a total amount of EUR 4.5 billion, would be financed through a combination of cash and shares.

As part of this acquisition, ALD announced the successful completion on 16 December 2022 of a capital increase with shareholders’ preferential subscription rights (“Rights Issue”) for an amount of approximately EUR 1.2 billion. Before this capital increase, Societe Generale held 79.8% of ALD’s share capital. In line with its commitment to remain ALD’s long-term majority shareholder, Societe Generale subscribed for an amount of approximately EUR 803 million of new shares representing approximately 66.3% of the capital increase, following which it holds approximately 75.9% of the ALD’s share capital following settlement-delivery.

Accordingly, upon closing of the acquisition of LeasePlan, Societe Generale would remain majority shareholder of ALD with a shareholding of 52.6%. This shareholding may be brought down to 51% in case of exercise of the warrants attached to the shares which would be awarded to LeasePlan’s shareholders to allow them to increase their pro forma shareholding up to 32.9% of ALD’s share capital.

6.7 STATUTORY AUDITORS’ REPORT ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

This is a translation into English of the statutory auditors’ report on the financial statements of the Company issued in French and it is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users.

This statutory auditors’ report includes information required by European Regulations and French law, such as information about the appointment of the statutory auditors or the verification of the management report and the other documents provided to shareholders.

This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

Year ended December 31, 2022

To the Annual General Meeting of Société Générale,

In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying financial statements of Société Générale for the year ended December 31, 2022.

In our opinion, the financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities and of the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and of the results of its operations for the year then ended in accordance with French accounting principles.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with professional standards applicable in France. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Statutory Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report.

We conducted our audit engagement in compliance with the independence requirements of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and the French Code of Ethics for Statutory Auditors (Code de déontologie de la profession de commissaire aux comptes) for the period from January 1, 2022 to the date of our report, and specifically we did not provide any prohibited non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014.

In accordance with the requirements of Articles L. 823-9 and R. 823-7 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) relating to the justification of our assessments, we inform you of the key audit matters relating to risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period, as well as how we addressed those risks.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on specific items of the financial statements.

Risk identified

Our response

Customer loans and receivables carry a credit risk which exposes Société Générale to a potential loss if its client or counterparty is unable to meet its financial commitments.

Société Générale recognizes impairment intended to cover this risk.

The accounting principles used for the measurement of individual impairment, on the one hand, and collective provisions, on the other hand, are set out in Note 2.6 “Impairment and provisions” to the financial statements.

The amount of the collective provisions for credit risk is calculated based on non-downgraded performing loans and downgraded performing loans, respectively. These collective provisions are determined using statistical models requiring the exercise of judgment at the various stages in the calculation, particularly in the context of uncertainty relating to the geopolitical and economic context.

In addition, Société Générale uses judgment and makes accounting estimates to measure the level of individual impairment for doubtful loans.

As at December 31, 2022, outstanding customer loans exposed to credit risk totaled M€ 365,326; total impairment amounted to M€ 2,012 and provisions amounted to M€ 1,738.

We considered the assessment of impairment and provisions relating to customer loans to be a key audit matter as this require Management to exercise judgment and make estimates, particularly concerning the economic sectors and geographical areas most weakened by the crisis.

Our work mainly focused on the most significant loans and customer loan portfolios, as well as the most vulnerable economic sectors and geographical areas, in particular, loans linked to Russia and sectors weakened by inflation and rising interest rates.

With the support of credit risk management experts, our audit work mainly consisted in:

obtaining an understanding of the Société Générale Group’s governance and internal control relating to the assessment of the credit risk and the measurement of the expected losses, and testing the key manual and automated controls;

assessing, with the support of economists from our firms, the relevance of the macro-economic projections and the weighting of scenarios used by Société Générale;

assessing the main parameters used by Société Générale to measure the collective provisions as at December 31, 2022;

assessing the capacity of model and parameter adjustments as well as sectoral adjustments to adequately cover the credit risk level in the context of the crisis;

assessing, using data analysis tools, the measurement of the collective provisions on a sample of portfolios;

testing, as at December 31, 2022, on a selection of the most significant loans to corporate clients, the main criteria used to classify doubtful loans, as well as the assumptions used to estimate the related individual impairment.

We also analyzed the information on credit risk in the evolving context of the pandemic disclosed in Notes 1.4 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 2.3 “Loans and receivables” and 2.6 “Impairment and provisions” to the financial statements.

Risk identified

Our response

As at December 31, 2022, deferred tax assets on tax loss carryforwards were recorded in the amount of M€ 1,662, including M€ 1,404 for the France tax groups.

As stated in Note 5 “Taxes” to the financial statements, Société Générale calculates deferred taxes at the level of each tax entity and recognizes deferred tax assets at the closing date when it is considered probable that the tax entity concerned will have future taxable profits against which temporary differences and tax loss carryforwards can be offset, within a given timeframe. As at December 31, 2022, this timeframe is eight years for the tax group in France.

In addition, as stated in Notes 5 “Taxes” and 8 “Information on risks and litigation” to the financial statements, certain tax loss carryforwards are challenged by the French tax authorities and, therefore, are liable to be called into question.

Given the importance of the assumptions used to assess the recoverability of deferred tax assets in France, notably on future taxable profits, and of the judgment exercised by Management in this respect, we considered this issue to be a key audit matter.

Our audit approach consisted in assessing the probability that Société Générale would be able to use in the future its tax loss carryforwards generated to date, in particular in view of its ability to generate future taxable profits in France.

With the support of tax specialists, our procedures mainly consisted in:

comparing the projected results of the previous years with the actual results of the corresponding years, in order to assess the reliability of the tax business plan development process;

obtaining an understanding of the 2023 budget drawn up by Management and approved by the Board of Directors, as well as the assumptions underlying the projections over the 2023-2025 timeframe, which take into account the expected impacts of operations known at the closing date (in particular, the merger of the France networks or the purchase of Leaseplan);

assessing the relevance of the methods used to extrapolate the tax results after the 2023-2025 timeframe;

assessing the assumptions used to analyze sensitivity in the event of adverse scenarios defined by the Société Générale Group;

analyzing the sensitivity of the recovery period for tax losses under different scenarios we created;

analyzing the situation of Société Générale, notably by taking note of the opinions of its external tax advisers regarding its tax loss carryforwards in France, partly challenged by the tax authorities.

We also examined the information provided by Société Générale, concerning deferred tax assets disclosed in Notes 1.4 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 5 “Taxes” and 8 “Information on risks and litigation” to the financial statements.

Risk identified

Our response

Within the scope of its market activities, Société Générale holds financial instruments for trading purposes. As at December 31, 2022, M€ 149,512 are recorded in this respect under assets on Société Générale’s balance sheet.

To determine the fair value of these instruments, Société Générale uses techniques or in-house valuation models.

As stated in Note 2.2 “Operations on forward financial instruments” to the financial statements, if necessary, these valuations include discounts calculated according to the relevant instruments and associated risks. In the absence of available market data or market valuation models, the models and data used to value these instruments may, for example, be based on Management’s judgment and estimates.

Given the complexity of the modeling in determining the fair value, the multiplicity of models used, and the use of Management’s judgment in determining these fair values, we consider the valuation of complex financial instruments to be a key audit matter.

Our audit approach is based on the key internal control processes related to the valuation of complex financial instruments.

With the support of experts in the valuation of financial instruments included in the audit team, our procedures consisted in:

obtaining an understanding of the procedure to authorize and validate new products and their valuation models, including the process for the entry of these models in the information systems;

analyzing the governance set up by the Risk Department for the control of the valuation models;

analyzing the valuation methodologies for certain categories of complex instruments and the related reserves or value adjustments;

testing the key controls relating to the independent verification of the valuation parameters, and assessing the reliability of the market parameters used to provide input for the valuation models with reference to external data;

as regards the process used to explain the changes in fair value, obtaining an understanding of the bank’s analysis principles and performing tests of controls on a sample basis. In addition, we performed “analytical” IT procedures on the control data relating to certain activities;

obtaining the quarterly results of the model independent price verification process;

obtaining the quarterly results of the valuation adjustment process based on external market data, and analyzing the differences in parameters with the market data in the event of a significant impact, and the accounting treatment of such differences. Where external data is absent, we assessed the existence of reserves or the non-materiality of the associated issues;

performing counter-valuations of a selection of complex derivative financial instruments using our tools.

We also assessed the compliance of the methods underlying the estimates with the principles described in Note 2.2 “Operations on forward financial instruments” to the financial statements.

Risk identified

Our response

The Market Activities of the Global Banking & Investor Solutions (GBIS) division constitute an important activity, as illustrated by the significance of the financial instruments positions in Note 2.2 “Operations on forward financial instruments” to the financial statements.

This activity is highly complex given the nature of the financial instruments processed, the volume of transactions, and the use of numerous interfaced information systems.

The risk of occurrence of a significant misstatement in the accounts related to an incident in the IT chains used or the recording of transactions until their transfer into the accounting system may result from:

changes made to management and financial information by unauthorized personnel via the information systems or underlying databases;

a failure in the process or in the transfer of data between systems;

a service interruption or an operating incident which may or may not be related to internal or external fraud.

Furthermore, in a context of widespread home working and an increasing number of malicious acts, Société Générale is exposed to new risks, particularly those relating to the opening up of information systems to allow remote access to transaction processing applications.

To ensure the reliability of the accounts, it is therefore essential for Société Générale to master the controls relating to the management of the information systems. In this context, the IT risk relating to the Market Activities of the GBIS division constitutes a key audit matter.

Our audit approach for this activity is based on the controls related to the management of the information systems set up by Société Générale. With the support of specialists in information systems included in our audit team, we tested the IT general controls of the applications that we considered to be key for this activity. Our work mainly consisted in assessing:

the controls set up by Société Générale on access rights, notably at sensitive periods in a professional career (recruitment, transfer, resignation, end of contract) with, where applicable, extended audit procedures in the event of anomalies identified during the financial year;

the potential privileged access to applications and infrastructure;

the change management relating to applications, and more specifically the separation between development and business environments;

the security policies in general and their deployment in IT applications (for example, those related to passwords);

the handling of IT incidents during the financial year;

the governance and control environment on a sample of applications.

Regarding these same applications, and in order to assess the transfer of information flows, we tested the key application controls relating to the automated interfaces between the systems.

In addition, our tests on the general IT and application controls were supplemented by data analysis procedures on certain IT applications.

We also evaluated the governance implemented by Société Générale to ensure the resilience of the information systems faced with cyber risks. Our work consisted in interviewing the bank’s security teams and studying the reports from the cybersecurity committees as well as any incidents occurring during the financial year.

Risk identified

Our response

Société Générale is a party to a number of proceedings, including several civil, administrative and criminal proceedings as indicated in Notes 2.6.6 “Other provisions for contingencies and losses” and 5.2 “Tax provisions”.

Other provisions for contingencies and losses amounted to M€ 1,222 and included in particular provisions for litigation and tax provisions which amounted to M€ 12 as at December 31, 2022.

As indicated in Note 8 “Information on risks and disputes” to the financial statements, the disputes displaying a significant risk are analyzed on a quarterly basis to assess the need to record provisions or adjust the amount of raised provisions.

Given the complexity of certain proceedings and the significant amount of Management’s judgment in assessing the risks and financial repercussions for Société Générale, we consider that the assessment of the risk relating to legal, regulatory or arbitration proceedings involving Société Générale constitutes a key audit matter.

 

Our approach, which includes the involvement of tax experts, consisted in:

obtaining an understanding of the litigation provision assessment process set up by the bank to evaluate litigation provisions;

conducting interviews with the Group’s legal and tax departments and the functions affected by the ongoing proceedings to monitor the development of the main legal proceedings and ongoing investigations by legal and tax authorities, and regulators;

obtaining and reviewing available documentation such as: Management’s position and the memos of the Group’s legal and tax advisors;

requesting confirmation from the lawyers in charge of the most significant proceedings;

assessing the reasonableness of the assumptions used to determine the need for and the amount of provisions raised, in particular on the basis of information gathered from the Group’s external advisers involved in the relevant cases;

assessing the suitability of the information provided in the notes to the financial statements.

Risk identified

Our response

Equity securities, shares in affiliated companies and other long-term securities are recognized in the balance sheet for a net carrying amount of € 23 billion (including €3.4 billion in impairment).

As stated in Note 2.1 “Securities portfolio” to the financial statements, they are recognized at their purchase price excluding acquisition costs.

The bank must ascertain whether there is any indication that the securities may be impaired, and notably whether such impairment is taken into account in the forecasts made and the variables used to discount the resulting flows. The comparison of the net carrying amount of the securities with their recoverable amount is an essential factor in assessing the need for a potential impairment.

As stated in Note 2.6.5 “Impairment of securities” to the financial statements, the recoverable amount is assessed at the value in use determined, for each security, with reference to a valuation method based on available information such as equity, profitability or the average stock market price of the last three months (for listed securities).

Given the importance of the sensitivity of the models used to data variations and the assumptions on which the estimates are based, we considered the valuation of equity securities, other long-term securities and shares in affiliated companies to be a key audit matter.

Our audit approach is based on gaining an understanding of the control procedures concerning (i) impairment testing of equity securities, other long-term securities and shares in affiliated companies and (ii) the drawing up of the business plans in place at the level of each entity to understand future changes in Société Générale’s structure and activities, and identify any indicators of impairment of these assets.

With the support of experts in the valuation of financial instruments, works on the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 consisted notably in:

assessing, on a sample basis, the justification of the valuation methods and the figures used by Management to calculate values in use;

analyzing the consistency of the business plans drawn up by the entities’ finance departments on the basis of our understanding of the activities and projected results from previous financial years, in order to assess the reliability of the drawing-up of the business plans;

critically analyzing the main assumptions and parameters used with regard to the available internal and external information (macro-economic scenarios, financial analysts’ consensus, etc.);

assessing the sensitivity analyses of the results to the key parameters, notably via comparison with multiples;

testing, via sampling, the arithmetical accuracy of the value-in-use calculations used by the Société Générale.

Lastly, we assessed the information concerning equity securities, other long-term securities and shares in affiliated companies published in Notes 1.4 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 2.1 “Securities portfolio” and 2.6.5 “Impairment of securities” to the financial statements.

We have also performed, in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the specific verifications required by laws and regulations.

We have no matters to report as to the fair presentation and the consistency with the financial statements of the information given in the Board of Directors’ management report and in the other documents with respect to the financial position and the financial statements provided to the shareholders except for the matter described below.

We have the following matter to report regarding the fair presentation and the consistency with the financial statements of the information relating to payment deadlines referred to in Article D. 441-6 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce): as stated in the management report, this information does not include bank and other related operations as your Company considers that such operations fall outside the scope of disclosable information.

We attest that the Board of Directors’ Report on Corporate Governance sets out the information required by Articles L. 225-37-4, L. 22-10-10 and L. 22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce).

Concerning the information given in accordance with the requirements of Article L. 22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) relating to the remuneration and benefits received by, or allocated to the directors and any other commitments made in their favor, we have verified its consistency with the financial statements, or with the underlying information used to prepare these financial statements and, where applicable, with the information obtained by your Company from companies controlled thereby, included in the consolidation scope. Based on these procedures, we attest the accuracy and fair presentation of this information.

With respect to the information relating to items that your Company considered likely to have an impact in the event of a takeover bid or exchange offer, provided pursuant to Article L. 22-10-11 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), we have agreed this information to the source documents communicated to us. Based on these procedures, we have no observations to make on this information.

In accordance with French law, we have verified that the required information concerning the purchase of investments and controlling interests and the identity of the shareholders and holders of voting rights and cross-shareholdings has been properly disclosed in the management report.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

We have also verified, in accordance with the professional standard applicable in France relating to the procedures performed by statutory auditor regarding the annual and consolidated financial statements prepared in the European single electronic format, that the preparation of the financial statements included in the annual financial report mentioned in Article L. 451-1-2, I of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier), prepared under the responsibility of Chief Executive Officer, complies with the single electronic format defined in the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No. 2019/815 of 17 December 2018.

On the basis of our work, we conclude that the preparation of the financial statements included in the annual financial report complies, in all material respects, with the European single electronic format.

We were appointed as statutory auditors of Société Générale by your Annual General Meeting held on April 18, 2003 for DELOITTE & ASSOCIES and on May 22, 2012 for ERNST & YOUNG et Autres.

As at December 31, 2022, DELOITTE & ASSOCIES and ERNST & YOUNG et Autres were in their twentieth and eleventh year of total uninterrupted engagement, respectively.

Previously, ERNST & YOUNG Audit had been statutory auditor of Société Générale from 2000 to 2011.

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with French accounting principles and for such internal control as Management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, Management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless it is expected to liquidate the Company or to cease operations.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is responsible for monitoring the financial reporting process and the effectiveness of internal control and risk management systems and where applicable, its internal audit, regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors.

Statutory Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

Our role is to issue a report on the financial statements. Our objective is to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users made on the basis of these financial statements.

As specified in Article L. 823-10-1 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), our statutory audit does not include assurance on the viability of the Company or the quality of management of the affairs of the Company.

As part of an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the statutory auditor exercises professional judgment throughout the audit and furthermore:

identifies and assesses the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, designs and performs audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtains audit evidence considered to be sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for his opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control;

obtains an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the internal control;

evaluates the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by Management in the financial statements;

assesses the appropriateness of Management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. This assessment is based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of his audit report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern. If the statutory auditor concludes that a material uncertainty exists, there is a requirement to draw attention in the audit report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are not provided or inadequate, to modify the opinion expressed therein;

evaluates the overall presentation of the financial statements and assesses whether these statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

We submit to the Audit and Internal Control Committee a report which includes in particular a description of the scope of the audit and the audit program implemented, as well as the results of our audit. We also report significant deficiencies, if any, in internal control regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures that we have identified.

Our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee includes the risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and which are therefore the key audit matters that we are required to describe in this report.

We also provide the Audit and Internal Control Committee with the declaration provided for in Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014, confirming our independence within the meaning of the rules applicable in France as set out in particular in Articles L. 822-10 to L. 822-14 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and in the French Code of Ethics for Statutory Auditors (Code de déontologie de la profession de commissaire aux comptes). Where appropriate, we discuss with the Audit and Internal Control Committee the risks that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and the related safeguards.

Paris-La Défense, March 13, 2023

The Statutory Auditors

DELOITTE & ASSOCIES

 

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres

 

   Jean-Marc Mickeler

Maud Monin                     

Micha Missakian

Vincent Roty            

 

7 SHARE, SHARE CAPITAL AND LEGAL INFORMATION

 

7.1 THE SOCIETE GENERALE SHARE

7.1.1 STOCK MARKET PERFORMANCE

Societe Generale’s share price decreased by -22.3% between 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022, closing at EUR 23.48 at 31 December 2022. Comparatively over the same period, the eurozone bank index (DJ EURO STOXX BANK) lost -4.6% , while the CAC 40 index gave up -9.5%.

At 31 December 2022, Societe Generale Group’s market capitalisation stood at EUR 20.0 billion, ranking it 28th among the CAC 40 stocks (26th at 31 December 2021), 26th in terms of free float (27th at 31 December 2021) and 12th among eurozone banks (10th at 31 December 2021). The market for the Group’s shares remained highly liquid in 2022, with an average daily trading volume of EUR 108 million, representing a daily capital rotation ratio of 0.52% (versus 0.42% in 2021). In value terms, Societe Generale’s shares were the 13th most actively-traded shares on the CAC 40 index.

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon.

7.2 INFORMATION ON SHARE CAPITAL

7.2.1 SHARE CAPITAL

At 1 February 2023, Societe Generale’s paid-up share capital amounted to EUR 1,010,261,206.25 and comprised 808,208,965 shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25 per share.

As part of the Group’s capital market activities, transactions may be carried out involving indices or underlying assets with a Societe Generale share component. These transactions do not have an impact on the Group’s future capital.

7.3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Societe Generale

29, boulevard Haussmann, 75009 Paris (France)

17, cours Valmy, 92972 Paris-La Défense (France)

Postal address: Societe Generale, 17, cours Valmy, CS50318, 92972 Paris La Défense Cedex

Telephone number: +33 (0)1 42 14 20 00

Website: www.societegenerale.com. The information on the website does not form part of the Universal Registration Document.

Societe Generale is a public limited company (société anonyme) established under French law that has the status of a credit institution.

Societe Generale is a public limited company (société anonyme) governed by French commercial legislation, in particular by Articles L. 210-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as by its By-laws.

Société Générale is a credit institution under French law authorised and supervised by the Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution (“ACPR”), under the direct prudential supervision of the European Central Bank (“ECB”). As a company whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and an investment services provider, Société Générale is also subject to supervision by the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (“AMF”).

Societe Generale is authorised to carry out all banking transactions and provide all investment services with the exception of the investment service of operating a multilateral trading facility (MTF) or an organised trading system (OTF). It is subject to the laws and regulations specific to the financial sector, in particular the provisions of the applicable European regulations, the articles of the Monetary and Financial Code and, where applicable, to local law provisions, in particular for its branches. It is also subject to compliance with a certain number of prudential rules and, as such, to the controls of the ECB, as well as of the ACPR in respect of the latter’s sphere of competence.

Societe Generale was incorporated following a deed approved by decree dated 4 May 1864. The lifetime of Societe Generale, previously set at fifty years from 1 January 1899, was subsequently extended for ninety-nine years from 1 January 1949.

It will cease to exist on 31 December 2047, unless extended or dissolved early.

Article 3 of the Company’s By-laws describes the corporate purpose. Pursuant to the conditions determined by the laws and regulations applicable to credit institutions, the purpose of Societe Generale is to carry out with individuals or legal entities, in France and abroad:

all banking transactions;

all transactions related to banking operations, including in particular investment services or related services referred to in Articles L. 321-1 and L. 321-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code;

all acquisitions of interests in other companies.

Societe Generale may also, on a regular basis, engage in all transactions other than those mentioned above, in particular insurance brokerage, as defined in the conditions set by the regulations in effect.

In general, Societe Generale may carry out, on its own behalf, on behalf of a third party or jointly, all financial, commercial, industrial or agricultural, security or property transactions, directly or indirectly related to the abovementioned activities or likely to facilitate their execution.

552 120 222 RCS PARIS

ISIN code (International Securities Identification Number): FR 0000130809

NAF (trade sector) code: 6419Z

LEI (Legal Entity Identifier): O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41

Documents relating to the Company and in particular its By-laws, its accounts, the reports submitted to its General Meetings by the Board of Directors or the Statutory Auditors, are available at Tours Société Générale, 17 cours Valmy, 92972 Paris-La Défense (France).

The By-laws of Societe Generale are posted on the website under the Board of Directors tab.

From 1 January to 31 December of each year.

Under Article 4 of the Company’s By-laws, the share capital is divided into 808,208,965 fully paid-up shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.

In accordance with Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, double voting rights are allocated, in relation to the amount of share capital represented by the shares in question, to all shares which are fully paid-up and which have been registered in the name of the same shareholder for at least two years from 1 January 1993, as well as to any new registered shares that may be freely allocated to a shareholder, in the event of a capital increase by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums, on the basis of shares benefiting from this right.

According to the law, double voting rights cease for shares which have been converted into bearer form or if ownership of the shares is transferred. Nevertheless, transfer through inheritance, liquidation of marital assets, donation inter vivos to a spouse or a direct relative entitled to inherit, does not result in the loss of rights and does not affect the minimum two-year vesting period. The same applies, unless otherwise stated in the Company’s By-laws, in case of transfer following a merger or a spin-off of a shareholder company. The amendment to the regulations of Fund E as at 1 January 2021 has no effect on the calculation of the double voting rights of the shares in Fund E’s assets.

In accordance with Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, the number of votes at General Meetings to be used by one shareholder, either personally or through a proxy, may not exceed 15% of the total voting rights existing at the date of the Meeting. This 15% limit does not apply to the Chairman or any other proxy with respect to the total number of voting rights they hold on a personal basis and in their capacity as proxy, provided that each proxy complies with the 15% rule. For the purposes of applying this 15% limit, shares held by a single shareholder include shares held indirectly or jointly in accordance with the conditions described in Articles L. 233-7 et seq. of the French Commercial Code. This limit ceases to apply when a shareholder comes to hold, following a public tender offer, either directly or indirectly or jointly with another shareholder, more than 50.01% of the Company’s voting rights.

In accordance with the provisions of Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws, any person, acting on his own or in concert, who comes to hold directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, a number of shares representing at least 1.5% or 3% of the share capital or voting rights of the Company, must inform the latter, in writing, within four trading days of the crossing of this threshold, and must also indicate in his declaration the number of securities giving access to the share capital of the Company it holds. Mutual fund management companies must provide this information based on the total number of shares held in the Company by the funds they manage.

Beyond the threshold of 3%, any additional 1% crossing of the company capital or of the voting rights must be notified to the Company as provided by Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws.

Any person, acting either individually or in concert, is also required to inform the Company within four trading days if the percentage of their capital or voting rights falls below each of the thresholds described in Article 6.2 of the By-laws.

For the purposes of the obligations to disclose the crossings of statutory thresholds provided by Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws, the shares or voting rights listed in Article L. 233-9, I of the French Commercial Code are assimilated to the shares or voting rights held.

Failure to comply with these requirements will be penalised in accordance with applicable laws, at the request of one or more shareholders holding at least 5% of the Company’s capital or voting rights. Said request will be duly recorded in the minutes of the General Meeting.

Under Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, General Meetings are convened and deliberate in accordance with the conditions set forth by the laws and regulations in force. They meet at the registered office or in any other place in mainland France indicated in the convening notice. Such meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, failing this, by a Director appointed for this purpose by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Regardless of the number of shares held, any shareholder whose shares are registered under the terms and at a date set by decree, has the right, upon proof of their identity and status as a shareholder, to participate in the General Meetings. A shareholder may, in accordance with the laws and regulations in force, personally attend the General Meetings, vote remotely or appoint a proxy. The intermediary registered on behalf of shareholders may participate in the General Meetings, under the conditions set forth by the provisions of the laws and regulations in force.

In order for the ballots to be counted, they must be received by the Company at least two days before the General Meeting is held, unless a shorter period is specified in the convening notice or required by the regulations in force.

Shareholders may participate in General Meetings by videoconference or any other means of telecommunication, when provided for in the convening notice and subject to the conditions defined therein.

The General Meeting may be publicly broadcast by means of electronic communication subject to the approval of and under the terms set by the Board of Directors. Notice will be given in the notice of meeting and/or the convening notice.

In all General Meetings, the voting right attached to shares with a right of beneficial ownership is exercised by the beneficial owner.

Societe Generale may at any time, in accordance with the provisions of the laws and regulations in force, request the organisation responsible for clearing the securities to provide information regarding the securities that grant the right to vote in its General Meetings, either immediately or in the future, as well as information about the holders of these securities.

Following the amendments to the By-laws voted by the Combined General Meeting on 19 May 2020 and since the General Meeting of 18 May 2021, employee shareholders are represented on the Board of Directors by a Director, in addition to the two Directors representing all employees. The level of employee shareholding, calculated for the specific need of this new Director appointment represents 9.31% of the share capital at 31 December 2022, in accordance with the calculation methods provided in Article L. 225-102 of the French Commercial Code and with the stipulations of Article 6.5 of the By-laws,.

Following the amendments of the rules of the FCPE “Société Générale actionnariat (FONDS E)” decided on 16 April 2020, which came into force on 1 January 2021, in accordance with paragraph 3 of Article L. 214-165 II of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the voting rights relating to Société Générale shares included in the assets of this fund, corresponding to 11.43% of the voting rights at 31 December 2022, will be exclusively exercised individually by the unit holders and, for the fractional units forming fractional rights, by the Supervisory Board of this fund.

The last capital increase reserved for subscribers to the company savings plans or to that of Societe Generale Group was held on 18 July 2022. The operation, implemented under Resolution 23 of the Combined General Meeting of 19 May 2020, was offered throughout 44 countries, subscribed to by more than 46,000 people for a total of EUR 235.7 million and resulted in the issuance of 12,759,346 new shares, i.e. 1.5% of the share capital at the date of the operation. The principle of the capital increase, which was approved by the Board of Directors on 9 February 2022, was made public in the table setting out the use of financial delegations in Part 3.1.7 of the Universal Registration Document filed on 9 March 2022 with the French Financial Markets Authority (AMF - Autorité des marchés financiers), and subsequently reprised in various documents, including the Board of Directors’ Report which presents the resolutions that are included in the Notice of Meeting brochure. The period and the subscription price of the capital increase were approved at the General Meeting of 17 May 2022. The Board of Directors’ and Statutory Auditors’ Reports were brought to the attention of the shareholders during the General Meeting and are permanently available on the French website dedicated to Societe Generale General Meetings(1)

Following the absorption of Crédit du Nord by Societe Generale on 1 January 2023, Societe Generale shares held by the employees of Crédit du Nord via the FCPE “Fonds G” fund will be held via the FONDS E fund from around 7 March 2023, and Fonds G will disappear at this date owing to its merger with FONDS E. At 31 December 2022, Societe Generale shares held in Fonds G represented 0.44% of the share capital and 0.71% of the voting rights.

(1)

https://www.societegenerale.com/en/societe-generale-group/governance/annual-general-meeting

7.4 BY-LAWS

The Company, named Societe Generale, is a public limited company incorporated by deed approved by the Decree of 4 May 1864, and is approved as a bank.

The lifetime of Societe Generale, previously fixed at 50 years with effect from 1 January 1899, was later extended by 99 years with effect from 1 January 1949.

Under the legislative and regulatory provisions relating to credit institutions, notably the articles of the French Monetary and Financial Code that apply to them, the Company is subject to commercial laws, in particular articles L. 210-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as these By-laws.

Societe Generale’s registered office is at 29, boulevard Haussmann, Paris (9th arrondissement).

In accordance with current legislative and regulatory provisions, it may be transferred to any other location.

The purpose of Societe Generale is, under the conditions determined by the laws and regulations applicable to credit institutions, to carry out with individuals and corporate entities, in France or abroad:

all banking transactions;

all transactions related to banking operations, including in particular investment services or allied services as listed by articles L. 321-1 and L. 321-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code;

all acquisitions of interests in other entities.

Societe Generale may also, on a regular basis, as defined in the conditions set by the regulations in force, engage in all transactions other than those mentioned above, including in particular insurance brokerage.

Generally, Societe Generale may carry out, on its own behalf, on behalf of a third party or jointly, all financial, commercial, industrial, agricultural, movable assets or real property transactions, directly or indirectly related to the above-mentioned activities or likely to facilitate the accomplishment of such activities.

The share capital amounts to EUR 1,010,261,206.25. It is divided into 808,208,965 fully paid-up shares, each with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.

The capital may be increased or reduced on the decision of the competent General Meeting or Meetings.

Any capital reduction motivated by losses shall be divided between shareholders in proportion to their share of the capital.

Unless otherwise provided by legislative, regulatory or statutory provisions, all shares have the same rights.

All shares which make up or which will make up the share capital will be given equal rank as regards taxes. Consequently, all taxes which, for whatever reason, may become payable on certain shares following capital reimbursement, either during the life of the Company or during its liquidation, shall be divided between all the shares making up the capital on such reimbursement(s) so that, while allowing for the nominal and non-amortized value of the shares and for their respective rights, all present or future shares shall entitle their owners to the same effective advantages and to the right to receive the same net sum.

Whenever it is necessary to possess a certain number of shares in order to exercise a right, it is incumbent on shareholders who own fewer shares than the total number required to assemble the necessary number of shares.

The shares may, in accordance with the holder’s wishes, be registered or bearer shares and shall be freely negotiable, unless otherwise stipulated by legislative and regulatory provisions.

Any person, acting on his own or in concert, who comes to hold directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, a number of shares representing at least 1.5% or 3% of the share capital or voting rights of the Company, must inform the Company, in writing, within four trading days of the crossing of this threshold, and must also indicate in his declaration the number of securities giving access to the share capital of the Company it holds. Mutual fund management companies must provide this information based on the total number of shares held in the Company by the funds they manage.

Beyond the threshold of 3%, any additional crossing of 1% of the capital or voting rights of the Company must be notified to the Company under the aforementioned conditions.

Any person, acting on his own or in concert, is also required to inform the Company within four trading days if the percentage of his capital or voting rights falls below each of the thresholds described in this article.

For the purposes of the three preceding subparagraphs, the shares or voting rights listed in Article L. 233-9, I of the French Commercial Code are assimilated to the shares or voting rights held.

Failure to comply with these requirements will be penalized in accordance with applicable laws, at the request of one or more shareholders holding at least a 5% in the Company’s capital or voting rights. Said request will be duly recorded in the minutes of the General Meeting.

The rights of shareholders shall comply with applicable legislative and regulatory provisions, subject to the specific provisions of the current By-laws.

Registered shares held directly by employees and governed by Article L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code are taken into account in determining the proportion of capital held by employees in accordance with the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

The Company is managed by a Board of Directors made up of three categories of Directors:

There are at least nine of these Directors, and thirteen at the most.

The term of office of Directors appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting is four years.

When, in application of current legislative and regulatory provisions, a Director is appointed to replace another, then his term of office shall not exceed the term of office remaining to be served by his predecessor.

Each Director must hold at least six hundred shares.

The status and methods of electing these Directors are laid down by Articles L. 225-27 to L. 225-34 of the French Commercial Code, as well as by these By-laws.

There are two Directors, one to represent the executives and one to represent all other Company employees.

In any event, their number may not exceed one third of the Directors appointed by the General Meeting.

Their term of office is three years.

The General Meeting appoints a Director representing employee shareholders.

The term of office is four years.

Regardless of the appointment procedure, the duties of a Director cease at the end of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the financial statements of the previous fiscal year and held during the year in which his term of office expires.

Directors may be reelected, as long as they meet the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, particularly with regard to age.

This provision shall apply from the General Meeting convened to approve the accounts for the 2020 financial year.

For each seat to be filled, the voting procedure is that set forth by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

The first Directors elected by employees will begin their term of office during the Board of Directors’ meeting held after publication of the full results of the first elections.

Subsequent Directors shall take up office upon expiry of the outgoing Directors’ terms of office.

If, under any circumstances and for any reason whatsoever, there shall remain in office less than the statutory number of elected Directors before the normal end of the term of office of such Directors, vacant seats shall remain vacant until the end of the term of office and the Board shall continue to meet and take decisions validly until that date.

Elections shall be organised every three years so that a second vote may take place at the latest fifteen days before the normal end of the term of office of outgoing Directors.

For both the first and second ballot, the following deadlines should be adhered to:

posting of the date of the election at least eight weeks before the polling date;

posting of the lists of the electors at least six weeks before the polling date;

registration of candidates at least five weeks before the polling date;

posting of lists of candidates at least four weeks before the polling date;

sending of documents required for postal voting at least three weeks before the polling date.

The candidatures or lists of candidates other than those entered by a representative trade union should be accompanied by a document including the names and signatures of the one hundred employees presenting the candidates.

Polling takes place the same day, at the work place, and during working hours. Nevertheless, the following may vote by post:

employees not present on the day of polling;

employees working abroad;

employees of a department or office, or seconded to a subsidiary in France, not having a polling station, or who cannot vote in another office.

Each polling station consists of three elective members, the Chairman being the oldest one among them. The Chairman is responsible for seeing that voting operations proceed correctly.

Votes are counted in each polling station, and immediately after the closing of the polls; the minutes are drawn up as soon as the counting has been completed.

Results are immediately sent to the Head Office of Societe Generale, where a centralized results station will be set up with a view to drafting the summary report and announcing the results.

Methods of polling not specified by Articles L. 225-27 to L. 225-34 of the French Commercial Code or these By-laws are decreed by the General Management after consulting with the representative trade unions.

These methods may include electronic voting, whose organization may deviate from the practical organization and conduct of the election described herein.

When the legal conditions are met, a member of the Board of Directors representing employee shareholders is appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting in accordance with the terms and conditions set by the regulations in force and by these By-laws.

The term of office is identical to the terms of the other Directors appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting. The term of office is exercised by the candidate appointed, or by his replacement in the event of definitive termination, during the term of office, of the duties as Director of the candidate with whom he was appointed. The term of office ends automatically in the event of loss of the capacity of employee of the Company or of an affiliated company within the meaning of the regulations in force.

Candidates for appointment as Director representing employee shareholders are nominated by a single election of all employee shareholders, including holders of units of mutual funds invested in Societe Generale securities. The scope of voters and eligible candidates is defined by the regulations in force and these By-laws.

Employee shareholders may be consulted by any technical means that ensures the reliability of the vote, including electronic voting or postal ballot. Each elector has a number of votes equal to the number of shares he holds directly or indirectly through a mutual fund.

Every candidate must stand for election with a replacement who meets the same legal conditions of eligibility as the candidate. The replacement is called upon to replace the candidate for the remainder of the term of office. The candidate and his replacement shall be of different sexes.

Only candidacies presented by voters (i) representing at least 0.1% of the shares held directly or indirectly by employee shareholders and (ii) benefitting from 100 sponsorships of employees who vote, are admissible.

Minutes of the consultation are drawn up: they include the number of votes received by each of the candidates as well as a list of validly nominated candidates and replacements.

Only the two candidacies having obtained the highest number of votes cast during the consultation of employee shareholders shall be submitted to the vote of the Ordinary General Meeting.

The procedures relating to the organization and conduct of the consultation of employee shareholders and the appointment of candidates not defined by the regulations in force and these Articles of Association shall be determined by the Board of Directors, on the proposal of the General Management.

The Board of Directors presents the designated candidates and their replacements to the Ordinary General Meeting by means of separate resolutions, and approves, if necessary, one of the resolutions.

The Director representing employee shareholders and his replacement are appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting from among the validly nominated candidates and replacements. Under the quorum and majority conditions applicable to any appointment of a Director, the person who has received the highest number of votes cast by the shareholders present or represented at the Ordinary General Meeting shall be elected as Director.

The Director representing employee shareholders shall hold on a continuous basis, either directly or through a mutual fund, at least one share or a number of shares of such fund equivalent to at least one share. Failing this, he shall be deemed to have resigned automatically unless he has rectified his situation within three months.

In the event of the definitive termination of the mandate of the Director representing employee shareholders, his replacement, if he still meets the eligibility conditions, shall take up office immediately for the remainder of the term of office. If he is no longer a shareholder, he must rectify his situation within three months of taking office; failing this, he is deemed to have resigned at the end of this period.

In the event of a vacancy, for any reason whatsoever, in the office of the Director representing employee shareholders, the appointment of candidates to replace the Director representing employee shareholders shall be made under the conditions provided for in this article, at the latest before the meeting of the next Ordinary General Meeting or, if such meeting is held less than four months after the vacancy occurs, before the next Ordinary General Meeting. The Director representing employee shareholders so appointed to the vacant position shall be appointed for the duration of one term of office.

Until the date of replacement of the Director representing the employee shareholders, the Board of Directors may validly meet and deliberate.

In the event that, during the term of office, the conditions provided for by the regulations in force for the appointment of a Director representing employee shareholders are no longer met, the term of office of the Director representing employee shareholders shall end at the end of the Ordinary General Meeting at which the Board of Directors’ report acknowledging this fact is presented.

On the proposal of the Chairman, the Board of Directors may appoint one or two Non-Voting Directors.

Non-Voting Directors are convened and attend Board of Directors’ meetings in a consultative capacity.

They are appointed for a period not exceeding four years and the Board can renew their terms of office or terminate them at any time.

They may be selected from among shareholders or non-shareholders, and receive an annual remuneration determined by the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors determines the Company’s strategy and supervises its implementation, in accordance with its corporate interest, taking into consideration the social and environmental stakes of its activity. Subject to the powers expressly attributed to the General Meeting and within the scope provided for in the corporate purpose, it considers all matters that affect the Company’s operations and settles by its decisions matters that concern it.

It carries out all the controls and verifications it deems appropriate. The Chairman or Chief Executive Officer is required to furnish each Director with all documents and information required to carry out their function.

The Board of Directors elects a Chairman from among its natural person members, determines his remuneration and sets the duration of his term of office, which may not exceed that of his term of office as Director.

No member of 70 years of age or more shall be appointed Chairman. If the Chairman in office reaches the age of 70, his duties shall cease after the next Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the financial statements of the preceding fiscal year.

The Chairman organises and manages the work of the Board of Directors and reports on its activities to the General Meeting. He ensures that the Company’s bodies operate correctly and in particular ensures that the Directors are able to fulfill their functions.

The Board of Directors meets as often as is required by the interests of the Company, upon convocation by the Chairman, either at the registered office or in any other place indicated in the Notice of Meeting. The Board examines the items placed on the agenda.

It shall meet when at least one-third of Board members or the Chief Executive Officer submits a request for a meeting with a specific agenda to the Chairman.

If the Chairman is unable to attend, the Board of Directors can be convened either by one-third of its members, or by the Chief Executive Officer or a Deputy Chief Executive Officer, provided they are members of the Board.

Unless specifically provided for, Directors are called to meetings by letter or by any other means. In any event, the Board may always deliberate validly if all its members are present or represented.

Under the conditions provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, decisions falling within the powers of the Board of Directors as well as decisions to transfer the registered office within the same department may be taken by written consultation with the Directors.

Board meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, in his absence, by a Director designated for this purpose at the beginning of the meeting.

Every Director may give his proxy to another Director, but a Director may act as proxy for only one other Director and a proxy can only be given for one specific meeting of the Board.

In all cases, deliberations of the Board are valid only if at least half the members are present.

The Chief Executive Officer attends meetings of the Board.

One or several delegates of the Central Social and Economic Committee attend Board meetings, under the conditions laid down by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

At the request of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, members of the Management, the Statutory Auditors or other persons outside the Company with specific expertise relating to the items on the agenda may attend all or part of a Board meeting.

Resolutions are adopted by a majority vote of the Directors present or represented. In the event of a tie, the Chairman holds a casting vote.

A member of the Management appointed by the Chairman serves as Secretary of the Board.

Minutes are prepared and copies or extracts certified and delivered in accordance with the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

Under the conditions provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, members of the Board may receive, for the term of their offices, a remuneration. the total amount of which shall be determined by the General Meeting and which shall be split among the Directors by the Board according to allocation principles submitted to the General Meeting.

The General Management of the Company is the responsibility of either the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or any other individual appointed by the Board of Directors to act as Chief Executive Officer.

The Board of Directors may choose between the two general management structures, and its decision is only valid if:

the agenda with respect to this choice is sent to members at least 15 days before the date of the Board meeting;

at least two-thirds of Directors are present or represented.

Shareholders and third parties shall be informed of this decision in accordance with the regulations in force.

When the Chairman of the Board of Directors assumes responsibility for the general management of the Company, the following provisions relating to the Chief Executive Officer shall be applicable to him.

The Chief Executive Officer shall be vested with the most extensive powers to act under any circumstances on behalf of the Company. He shall exercise these powers within the scope of the Company’s purpose and subject to those powers expressly assigned by law to meetings of shareholders and the Board of Directors. He shall represent the Company vis-à-vis third parties.

The Board of Directors sets the remuneration under the conditions provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force and the duration of the Chief Executive Officer’s term, which may not exceed that of the dissociation of the functions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer nor, where applicable, the term of his directorship.

No person aged 70 or more may be appointed Chief Executive Officer. If the Chief Executive Officer in office reaches 70 years of age, his functions shall end at the end of the next Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the financial statements of the preceding fiscal year.

On recommendation by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors can appoint up to five persons to assist the Chief Executive Officer, who shall have the title Deputy Chief Executive Officer.

In agreement with the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors determines the extent and duration of the powers granted to Deputy Chief Executive Officers. The Board of Directors sets their remuneration under the conditions provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force. With respect to third parties, Deputy Chief Executive Officers have the same powers as the Chief Executive Officer.

General Meetings are comprised of all shareholders.

The General Meeting is called and deliberates as provided for by the legal and regulatory provisions in force.

It meets at the Company’s Head Office or in any other place in mainland France indicated in the Notice to attend the General Meeting.

Such meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, by a Director appointed for this purpose by the Chairman of the Board.

Regardless of the number of shares held, all shareholders whose shares are registered under the terms and at a date set forth by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, have the right, upon proof of their identity and status as a shareholder, to participate in the General Meetings. The shareholders may, as provided for by the legal and regulatory provisions in force, personally attend the General Meetings, vote remotely or appoint a proxy.

The intermediary registered on behalf of shareholders may participate in the General Meetings, as provided for by the legal and regulatory provisions in force.

In order for the ballots to be counted, they must be received by the Company at least two days before the General Meeting is held, unless otherwise specified in the Notice of Meeting or required by the regulations in force.

Shareholders may participate in General Meetings by videoconference or any other means of telecommunication, when stipulated in the Notice of Meeting and subject to the conditions provided therein.

The General Meeting may be publicly broadcast by means of electronic communication subject to the approval and under the terms set by the Board of Directors. Notice will be given in the preliminary Notice of Meeting and/or Notice to attend the meeting.

Double voting rights, in relation to the share of capital stock they represent, are allocated to all those shares which are fully paid up and which have been registered in the name of the same shareholder for at least two years as from 1 January 1993. Double voting rights are also allocated to new registered shares that may be allocated free of charge to a shareholder in respect of the shares with double voting rights already held by him, in the case of a capital increase by incorporation of reserves, earnings, or additional paid-in capital.

The number of votes at General Meetings to be used by one shareholder, either personally or by a proxy, may not exceed 15% of total voting rights at the date of the meeting.

This 15% limit does not apply to the Chairman or any other proxy with respect to the total number of voting rights they hold on a personal basis and in their capacity as proxy, provided each shareholder for whom they act as proxy complies with the rule stipulated in the previous paragraph.

For the purposes of applying this limit, shares held by a single shareholder include shares held indirectly or jointly in accordance with the conditions described in Articles L. 233-7 et seq. of the French Commercial Code.

This limit ceases to apply when a shareholder acquires – either directly or indirectly or jointly with another shareholder – more than 50.01% of the Company’s voting rights following a public offering.

In all General Meetings, the voting right attached to shares that include a usufructuary right, is exercised by the usufructuary.

When different categories of shares exist, the Special Meetings of the Shareholders of such categories of shares deliberate as provided by applicable legislative and regulatory provisions and Article 14 herein.

The Statutory Auditors are appointed and carry out their duties according to the applicable legislative and regulatory provisions.

The financial year starts on 1 January and ends on 31 December.

The Board of Directors closes the financial statements for the year under the conditions set by the applicable legislative and regulatory provisions.

All other documents prescribed by the applicable legislative and regulatory provisions are also drawn up.

The results for the year are determined in accordance with the applicable legal and regulatory provisions.

At least 5% of the profits for the year, less any previous losses, must be set aside by the legislative provisions in force to form a reserve fund until said fund reaches 10% of the capital.

The net income available after this deduction, increased by any net income brought forward, constitutes the profits available for distribution, to be successively allocated to ordinary, extraordinary or special reserves or to be carried forward in those amounts which the General Meeting may deem useful, upon the recommendation of the Board of Directors.

The balance is then allocated to the shareholders in proportion to their stake in the share capital.

The General Meeting may also resolve to distribute amounts from available reserves.

The General Meeting approving the annual financial statements may, with regard to the whole or part of the dividend or interim dividend, grant each shareholder the option to choose between payment of the dividend or interim dividend in cash or in shares in accordance with the conditions set by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force. A shareholder who exercises this option must do so for all of the dividends or interim dividends attached to their shares.

Except in cases of a reduction in capital, no distribution may be made to shareholders if the shareholders’ equity of the Company is or may subsequently become less than the minimum capital and reserves that may not be distributed by the legislative or statutory provisions.

Any dispute arising during the life of the Company or during its liquidation, between the Company and its shareholders or among the shareholders themselves, related to Company matters, shall be brought before the courts under the proper jurisdiction effective at the Company’s registered office.

In the event that Societe Generale is wound up and unless otherwise provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, the General Meeting determines the method of liquidation, appoints the liquidators on the proposal of the Board of Directors and continues to exercise its assigned powers during said liquidation until completion thereof.

The net assets remaining after repayment of the nominal value of the shares are distributed among the shareholders, in proportion to their share of the capital.

7.5 INTERNAL RULES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS(1)

(Updated on 2 August 2022)

The Board of Directors collectively represents all shareholders and acts in the corporate interest of Societe Generale (the “Company”), taking into consideration the social and environmental stakes of its activity. Each Director, regardless of the manner in which he/she was appointed, must act in all circumstances in the Company’s corporate interest.

Societe Generale applies the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code for listed companies.

As a credit institution listed on a regulated market, Societe Generale is subject to the provisions of the regulations, directives and other European texts applicable to the banking and financial sectors, the French Commercial Code, the French Monetary and Financial Code and the recommendations or guidelines of the European Banking Authority (the “EBA”) included in national law, the French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority (the “ACPR”) and the Autorité des marchés financiers (the “AMF”).

The purpose of these Internal Rules is to define the Board of Directors’ organisation and operating procedures and to specify the rights and obligations of its members (the “Internal Rules”).

The Board of Directors ensures that Societe Generale has a solid governance system including, in particular, a clear organisation ensuring a well-defined, transparent and coherent sharing of responsibilities, effective procedures for the detection, management, monitoring and reporting of risks to which the Company is or could be exposed, an adequate internal control system, sound administrative and accounting procedures and compensation policies and practices enabling and promoting sound and effective risk management.

1.1

The Board of Directors shall deliberate on any issue falling within its legal or regulatory powers and devote sufficient time to perform its missions.

1.2

The Board of Directors is competent, the enumeration is not to be regarded as exhaustive, in the following areas:

The Board of Directors determines the directions of the Group’s activity, ensures their implementation by General Management and reviews them at least once a year; these directions incorporate the values and the Code of Conduct of the Group, which it approves, as well as the main thrusts of the policy adopted with respect to social and environmental responsibility, human resources, information systems and organisation.

approves the plans for strategic operations, in particular acquisitions or disposals, that may have a significant impact on the Group’s earnings, its balance sheet structure or its risk profile.

This prior approval process concerns:

-

organic growth transactions of a unit amount higher than EUR 250 million and not already approved as part of the annual budget or the strategic plan,

-

external growth transactions of a unit amount higher than EUR 500 million or higher than EUR 250 million if these transactions do not fall within the development priorities approved in the strategic plan,

-

disposal transactions of a unit amount higher than EUR 250 million,

-

partnership transactions with a compensation (soulte) of an amount higher than EUR 250 million,

-

transactions substantially degrading the Group’s risk profile.

The Chairman shall assess, on a case-by-case basis, the appropriateness of a referral to the Board of Directors to deliberate on a transaction that does not fall under the aforementioned circumstances.

During each Board of Directors’ meeting, an update is made on the transactions concluded since the previous meeting, as well as on the main projects in progress and likely to be concluded before the next Board of Directors’ meeting.

The Board of Directors:

approves the overall strategy and the appetite in terms of risks of any kind(2) and controls the implementation, including outsourced activities. To this end, it:

-

approves and regularly reviews the strategies and policies governing the taking, management, monitoring and reduction of the risks to which the Group is or could be exposed,

-

ensures, in particular, the adequacy and effectiveness of the risk management systems,

-

approves, each year, the Group Risk Appetite Statement and the Group Risk Appetite Framework. It approves the overall risk limits,

-

approves the result of the internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) and the internal liquidity adequacy assessment process (ILAAP),

-

ensures the effectiveness of the corrective measures taken in the event of a failure and implements a specific process organising its information and, where applicable, its referral if risk limits are exceeded or in case of non-compliance with the action plans implemented in accordance with the rules described in the Group Risk Appetite Statement and the Group Risk Appetite Framework;

approves the business continuity and operational resilience plans;

adopts the preventive recovery plan communicated to the European Central Bank (ECB) and deliberates on any similar plan requested by another supervisory authority;

(1)

This document does not form part of Societe Generale’s By-laws.

(2)

The typology of risks is that mentioned in the Group Risk Appetite Statement.

draws up the elements necessary for the establishment of the resolution plan communicated to the competent supervisory authorities;

determines the orientations and controls the implementation by the Effective Senior Managers(1) of the oversight systems in order to ensure effective and prudent management of the institution, in particular the separation of functions within the organisation of the Company and the prevention of conflicts of interest;

has all relevant information on developments in risks of any kind incurred by the Company, including in relation to anti-money laundering and financing of terrorism. To do so, it determines, where applicable, with the assistance of its Committees, the volume, form and frequency of the information submitted to it;

examines at least twice a year the activity and the results of internal control, in particular compliance control based on the information sent to it for this purpose by the Effective Senior Managers and the Heads of the second-level control and audit functions;

approves the audit plan, as well as its amendments, after having heard a presentation by the Head of inspection and Audit and the recommendations of the Audit and Internal Control Committee;

is the recipient of the annual report on internal control and debates it;

concerning anti-money laundering and terrorism financing (AML-FT), it:

-

regularly reviews the policy, risk classification, systems and procedures, and their effectiveness,

-

is informed, at least once a year, of the activity and results of the internal controls in terms of AML-FT, incidents and shortcomings, as well as the corrective measures taken,

-

approves the annual report on the internal control of AML-FT systems;

ensures the implementation of a system to prevent and detect corruption and influence peddling. It receives all of the necessary information for this purpose;

approves the IT strategy;

approves the information system security policy, including cybersecurity;

approves outsourcing policies;

approves the Group’s investment services policy;

examines, as necessary, the Group’s draft responses to follow-up letters from supervisors;

is informed of the system put in place concerning “whistleblowers” and developments in the system;

examines, in accordance with regulations and the Group Risk Appetite Framework and the Group Risk Appetite Statement, compliance incidents and the corresponding action plans;

approves the annual statement on modern slavery and human trafficking, reiterating key actions taken to prevent them, a statement established under the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 and the Australian Modern Slavery Act 2018;

carries out controls and verifications that it deems appropriate based on the Group’s internal audit or by drawing on external consultants.

The Board of Directors, after having heard the Statutory Auditors as necessary:

closes and ensures the accuracy and truthfulness of the annual and consolidated annual accounts and the quality of the information provided to the shareholders and the market;

approves the Management Report, including the Non-Financial Performance Statement and the due diligence plan;

controls the publication and communication process, the quality and reliability of the financial and non-financial information to be published and communicated by the Company;

approves the budget and the financial trajectory.

The Board of Directors:

appoints the Chairman;

where applicable, a “lead” Director;

appoints the Chief Executive Officer and, at the latter’s proposal, the Deputy Chief Executive Officer(s);

appoints the Effective Senior Managers;

sets any limitations on the powers of the Chief Executive Officer and, on the proposal of the latter, the Deputy Chief Executive Officer(s);

establishes once a year the succession plan for Executive Officers (dirigeants mandataires sociaux);

reviews the Group’s internal governance system, ensuring a clear organisation with well-defined responsibilities that respect the independence of the control functions, and to this end becomes aware of the Group’s legal, organisational and operational structure and ensures its compatibility with the Group’s strategy; it periodically evaluates its effectiveness;

deliberates on changes to the Group’s management structures prior to their implementation and is informed of the main changes to its organisation;

ensures that Executive Officers implement a policy of non-discrimination and diversity, particularly with regard to the balanced representation of women and men in the Group’s management bodies;

ensures the existence of a selection and appointment procedure for holders of key functions and is informed of the appointment of the Heads of Business Units or Service Units. Their succession plan is communicated to it;

deliberates at least once a year on its operation and that of its Committees, on the skills, aptitudes and availability of its members and on the conclusions of their periodic assessment;

regularly reviews the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors;

prepares the corporate governance report presented to the General Meeting.

(1)

This legal classification of “Effective Senior Managers” is understood only within the meaning of the banking regulations falling within the remit of the ECB and the ACPR. For Societe Generale, on the date of the last update of the Internal Rules, this is the Chief Executive Officer and the Deputy Chief Executive Officers.

The Board of Directors:

ensures compliance with its obligations in terms of internal control, including compliance with banking and financial regulations on internal control and, in particular, reviews the activity and results of internal control at least twice a year;

at least once a year, devotes an item on its agenda to each of the internal control functions (risk, compliance, audit) and hears their head;

if necessary, in the event of changes in the risks affecting or likely to affect the Company, the Chief Risk Officer, the Head of Compliance and the Head of inspection and Audit may each report directly to the Board of Directors, without referring to the Effective Senior Managers;

gives its opinion prior to the appointment of the Head of inspection and Audit, the Chief Risk Officer and the Head of Compliance;

gives its opinion prior to the dismissal of the Head of inspection and Audit, the Chief Risk Officer and the Head of Compliance;

gives its consent prior to the dismissal of the Chief Risk Officer;

validates the Audit Charter;

ensures the existence of standards documentation applicable within the Group and regularly updated.

The Board of Directors:

distributes the overall amount of the Directors’ compensation in accordance with article 18 of these Internal Rules;

determines, without prejudice to the powers of the General Meeting, the compensation of the Executive Officers, in particular their fixed and variable compensation, including benefits in kind, awards of performance shares or any compensation instrument, as well as post-employment benefits;

regularly draws up and reviews the principles of the compensation policy applicable in the Group, in particular with regard to:

a.

the categories of personnel whose activities have a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile and ensures that the internal control systems make it possible to verify that these principles comply with the regulations and professional standards and are aligned with the risk control objectives,

b.

as well as employees who, in view of their overall income, are in the same compensation bracket as those whose professional activities have an impact on the Group’s risk profile;

validates each year, after consulting the Compensation Committee, the compensation of the heads of internal control functions (Head of inspection and Audit, Chief Risk Officer and Head of Compliance);

deliberates once a year on the Company’s policy regarding professional and wage equality between men and women;

carries out the award of free performance shares, determines the identity of the beneficiaries and the number of shares awarded to each of them, and sets the conditions and criteria for the award of said shares;

draws up, where applicable, the principle and terms of a capital increase reserved for members of one of the company savings plans within the Group.

2.1

The composition of the Board of Directors aims to achieve a balance between professional and international experience, skills and independence, while respecting gender equality, diversity and a balance in terms of age and length of service within the Board. The composition of the Board of Directors reflects the increasingly international scope of the Group’s activities and of its shareholding through the presence of a significant number of Directors of foreign nationality.

2.2

As such, among the Directors appointed by the General Meeting, the Board of Directors ensures compliance with a minimum proportion of 50% independent Directors(1). To this end, the Board of Directors, in the report of its Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, conducts an annual review of the situation of each of its members with regard to the independence criteria defined in the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

2.3

The Board of Directors verifies that the candidates proposed for renewal or appointment meet the conditions of competence and suitability and have the time necessary to perform their duties. The Board of Directors strives to comply with all of the conditions laid down by the EBA and the ECB as part of the “fit and proper” reviews.

2.4

The candidates, proposed by the Board of Directors at the General Meeting, have been selected beforehand by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and have been interviewed as necessary.

2.5

The objectives set by the Board of Directors with regard to its composition and that of the Committees are reviewed each year by the Board of Directors and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee based on an annual assessment, the results of which are presented in the corporate governance report.

3.1

The members of the Board of Directors shall have at all times the good repute, knowledge, skills and experience necessary for the performance of their duties and, collectively, the knowledge, skills and experience necessary to understand the Company’s activities, including the main risks to which it is exposed.

3.2

Each Director undertakes to improve his/her knowledge of the Company and its sector of activity on an ongoing basis.

(1)

Societe Generale applies the rule of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, which excludes Directors elected by employees and the Director representing employee shareholders from the calculation.

4.1

The members of the Board of Directors shall devote sufficient time to the performance of their functions. Directors participate actively and attentively in meetings of the Board of Directors and the Committees.

4.2

The employee Directors have a fifteen-hour preparation time per meeting of the Board of Directors or of the Committee in question.

4.3

Under the conditions defined by the legislation in force, the Directors may hold, within any legal entity, only one executive directorship and two non-executive directorships or four non-executive directorships. For the purpose of this rule, directorships held within the same group are considered to be a single directorship. The ECB may authorise a member of the Board of Directors to perform an additional non-executive directorship.

4.4

Any Director holding an executive directorship in the Group must obtain the opinion of the Board of Directors before accepting a corporate office position in a company; the Director must comply with the procedure set out in article 8 “Conflicts of interest”.

4.5

The Director shall promptly inform the Chairman of any change in the number of directorships held, including his/her participation in a Committee of a Board or of a Supervisory Board, as well as any change in professional responsibility.

He/she undertakes to let the Board of Directors decide whether he/she should continue to serve as a Director in the event of a significant change in his/her professional responsibilities or directorships.

He/she undertakes to resign from his/her directorship when he/she no longer considers himself/herself able to perform his/her duties within the Board of Directors and the Committees of which he/she is a member.

The Universal Registration Document reports on the attendance of Directors at meetings of the Board of Directors and the Committees.

4.6

The Directors shall attend the General Meetings of Shareholders.

5.1

The Director takes note of the general or specific obligations incumbent on him/her, in particular legal or regulatory texts, the By-laws, the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors.

5.2

The Director keeps, in all circumstances, his/her independence of analysis, judgement, decision and action. He/she freely expresses his/her positions, possibly minority positions, on the subjects discussed in the session.

5.3

He/she undertakes not to seek, accept or receive any benefit or service likely to compromise his/her independence.

5.4

Each member of the Board of Directors is bound by a duty of care as to the retention, use and, where applicable, return of the tools, documents and information made available.

5.5

Each Director must comply with the provisions of the rules on market abuse, in particular those relating to the communication and the use of inside information with regard to Societe Generale shares, debt securities and derivative instruments or other financial instruments related to the Societe Generale share (hereinafter, Financial Instruments). He/she must also comply with these same rules for Financial Instruments of his/her subsidiaries or listed investments or companies on which he/she may hold inside information received as a result of his/her participation in the Board of Directors of Societe Generale.

5.6

Directors shall abstain from intervening on the market of Societe Generale Financial Instruments during the 30 calendar days preceding the publication of Societe Generale’s quarterly, half-yearly and annual results, as well as on the day of said publication.

They shall refrain from carrying out speculative or leveraged transactions on Societe Generale Financial instruments or those of a listed company controlled directly or indirectly by Societe Generale within the meaning of article L. 233-3 of the French Commercial Code.

They shall inform the Secretary of the Board of Directors of any difficulty they may encounter in enforcing the above.

5.7

In accordance with the regulations in force, Directors and persons closely associated with them must report to the French Financial Markets Authority (AMF) the transactions carried out on Societe Generale Financial instruments.

A copy of this statement is also sent to the Secretary of the Board of Directors.

5.8

The director informs the Chairman of the Board of Directors of any criminal or civil conviction, administrative or disciplinary sanction, any indictment, incrimination and/or public sanction, in particular for fraud or giving rise to a prohibition to manage or administer against him/her, as well as of any bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation or placement of companies under judicial administration in which he/she has been or is likely to be associated with or be the subject of. He/she shall inform him/her of any dismissal for professional misconduct or of any revocation of a corporate office position of which he/she is subject. He/she also informs him/her of any legal, administrative or disciplinary proceedings brought against him/her if he/she is likely to potentially undermine the regulatory requirement of good repute or that of probity.

6.1

Each Director and any person involved in the work of the Board of Directors are bound by an absolute obligation of confidentiality with regard to the content of the discussions and deliberations of the Board of Directors and its Committees, as well as the information and documents presented or communicated to them, in any form whatsoever.

6.2

They are prohibited from communicating to anyone outside the Board of Directors any information that is not made public by the Company.

6.3

They shall assume an obligation of vigilance, circumspection and confidentiality.

7.1

Each Director has a duty of loyalty to the Company. Under no circumstances must he/she act for his/her own interest against the interest of the Company.

7.2

This loyalty implies absolutely that the Director does not act against the Company in the interest of a person or entity with which he/she would be bound, for example as parent, shareholder, creditor, employee, corporate officer or permanent representative.

7.3

This loyalty implies transparency with regard to the members of the Board of Directors, in order to ensure compliance with the essential principle of collegiality of this body.

8.1

The Director shall inform the Secretary of the Board of Directors by letter or email of any conflict of interest, including potential, in which he/she may be directly or indirectly involved. He/she shall refrain from participating in any discussion and voting on such matters.

8.2

The Chairman is in charge of managing conflict of interest situations of the members of the Board of Directors. Where appropriate, he/she refers the matter to the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Regarding conflicts that could affect him/her personally, he/she refers to the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

If necessary, the Chairman may invite a Director having a conflict of interest not to attend the deliberation.

8.3

The Director shall inform, by letter or email, the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee of his/her intention to accept a new corporate office position, including his/her participation in a Committee in a company not belonging to a group of which he/she is Director or officer, in order to enable the Board of Directors, based on the proposal of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, to decide where appropriate that such an appointment would be inconsistent with the directorship in Societe Generale.

8.4

Each Director shall make a sworn statement as to the existence or otherwise of the situations referred to in 5.8 and 8.1: (i) upon taking up his/her office, (ii) each year in response to the request made by the Secretary of the Board of Directors upon the preparation of the Universal Registration Document, (iii) at any time if the Secretary of the Board of Directors requests it and (iv) within 10 working days following the occurrence of any event that renders the previous statement made by him/her in whole or in part inaccurate.

8.5

In accordance with article L. 511-53-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, Societe Generale and the entities of the Societe Generale Group keep up to date and at the disposal of the ACPR the appropriate documentation concerning all of the loans granted by Societe Generale or an entity of the Group to each Director and their related parties. In addition to the legal provisions, where applicable, relating to regulated agreements requiring prior authorisation from the Board of Directors in which the interested party does not take part, an internal procedure within the Group dedicated to loans granted to these persons is established and reviewed by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee; its effective implementation is subject to internal controls and information from the Board of Directors when anomalies are identified.

9.1

The Chairman convenes and chairs the Board of Directors meetings. He/she sets the timetable and agenda of the meetings. He/she organises and manages the work of the Board of Directors and reports on its activities to the General Meeting. He/she chairs the General Meetings of Shareholders.

9.2

The Chairman ensures the proper functioning of the Company’s bodies and the implementation of the best corporate governance practices, in particular as regards the Committees set up within the Board of Directors, which he/she may attend without the right to vote. He/she may submit questions for the consideration of these Committees.

9.3

He/she receives all information relevant to his/her missions. He/she is regularly informed by the Chief Executive Officer and, where applicable, the Deputy Chief Executive Officers, of significant events relating to the life of the Group. He/she may request the disclosure of any information or document that may inform the Board of Directors. For the same purpose, he/she may hear the Statutory Auditors and, after having informed the Chief Executive Officer, any Group senior manager.

9.4

He/she may ask the Chief Executive Officer or any manager, and in particular the heads of the control functions, for any information likely to inform the Board of Directors and its Committees in the performance of their mission.

9.5

He/she may hear the Statutory Auditors with a view to preparing the work of the Board of Directors.

9.6

He/she ensures that the Directors are in a position to fulfil their missions and ensures that they are properly informed.

9.7

He/she is the only person authorised to speak on behalf of the Board of Directors, except in exceptional circumstances or with a specific mandate entrusted to another Director.

9.8

He/she devotes his/her best efforts to promote in all circumstances the values and the image of the Company. In consultation with General Management, he/she may represent the Group in its high-level relations, in particular with major clients, regulators, major shareholders and public authorities, both domestically and internationally.

9.9

He/she has the material resources necessary for the performance of his/her missions.

9.10

The Chairman has no executive responsibilities, these responsibilities being exercised by General Management, which proposes and applies the Company’s strategy, within the limits defined by law and in compliance with the corporate governance rules and directions set by the Board of Directors.

10.1

Pursuant to article 11 of the By-laws, the secretary of the Board of Directors shall be a member of the management appointed by the Chairman as Secretary of the Board of Directors.

10.2

In the absence of the Secretary of the Board of Directors, the Chairman appoints a member of the Board of Directors or a third party to replace him/her.

10.3

The Secretary of the Board of Directors assists the Chairman in the performance of his/her duties, in particular in the organisation of the work of the Board of Directors and the definition of the timetable and agenda of the meetings of the Board of Directors.

10.4

The Secretary of the Board of Directors:

-

ensures compliance with the procedures relating to the functioning of the Board of Directors;

-

with the assistance of General Management, ensures the quality and production, within sufficient time, of the files submitted to the Board of Directors;

-

is responsible for sending the work files sent to the Directors and ensures that they are complete and transmitted within the appropriate time limits in accordance with article 11 of the Internal Rules;

-

is responsible for the secure IT platform made available to the Directors;

-

attends meetings, executive sessions and seminars of the Board of Directors;

-

ensures the keeping of an attendance register, signed by the Directors participating in the meeting of the Board of Directors and which mentions the names of the Directors deemed present pursuant to article 11 of the Internal Rules;

-

is authorised to issue and certify as true copies or extracts of minutes;

-

keeps the document on the status of requests made by the Board of Directors up to date.

10.5

The Secretary of the Board of Directors shall set up, in accordance with the guidelines of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, the annual assessment of the work of the Board of Directors.

10.6

The Secretary of the Board of Directors shall organise, in conjunction with the Chairman, the preparation of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders with the assistance of the General Secretariat.

10.7

He/she is available to the Directors for any request for information concerning their rights and obligations, the functioning of the Board of Directors or the everyday operations of the Company.

10.8

The Secretary of the Board of Directors relies on the General Secretariat in the performance of his/her mission, including the following topics:

-

review of the legal and regulatory obligations of the Board of Directors;

-

collecting the necessary information relating to corporate officers required by French or foreign regulations and the implementation of the corresponding procedures;

-

calculation and payment of Directors’ compensation, input of Single Tax Statements;

10.9

The secretarial services of each Committee are provided, under the supervision of the Chairman of each of the Committees, by the Secretary of the Board of Directors or a person designated by the latter.

11.1

Timetable, agenda, duration:

a)

the Board of Directors meets as often as required by the corporate interest and at least eight times per year;

b)

except in exceptional circumstances, the provisional dates of meetings are set no later than twelve months before the start of the year;

c)

the provisional agenda of the meetings of the Board of Directors for the year shall be set no later than 1 January;

d)

the agenda of each meeting and the duration devoted to each subject are subject to prior approval by the Chairman;

e)

in order to establish the agenda, priority is given to issues requiring a decision by the Board of Directors, in particular strategic points and risk management. The Chairman shall ensure that subjects that have only an informative purpose are, if possible, addressed either during seminars or during training;

f)

the frequency and duration of meetings of the Board of Directors must be such that they enable a review and discussion of each of the topics or dashboards falling within the competence of the Board of Directors, including when preparation work has been done by a Committee.

11.2

Quorum:

a)

in accordance with article 11 of the By-laws, in all cases, Board of Directors decisions shall only be deemed valid where at least half of the members are present;

b)

directors who participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of videoconference or telecommunication enabling their identification and guaranteeing their effective participation shall be deemed present for the calculation of the quorum and the majority. To this end, the means chosen shall transmit at least the voice of the participants and comply with technical characteristics enabling the continuous and simultaneous transmission of the deliberations.

This provision does not apply when the Board of Directors is convened to carry out the work for establishing and adopting the annual and consolidated annual accounts and the Management Report unless, after the last date on which these Internal Rules are updated, new legal provisions come into force authorising in these cases participation in meetings of the Board of Directors by video conference or telecommunication means.

A Director who participates by video conference or telecommunications shall ensure that the confidentiality of the debates is preserved;

c)

in accordance with the By-laws, every Director may give his/her proxy to another Director, but a Director may act as proxy for only one other Director and a proxy can only be given for one specific meeting of the Board of Directors.

11.3

Notification of Board meetings.

The possible authors of a notice of a Board of Directors meeting are defined in article 10 of the By-laws.

Convening notices, which may be transmitted by the Secretary of the Board of Directors, are sent by letter, fax, email or by any other means, including verbally.

The delegate of the Central Social and Economic Committee attends the meetings of the Board of Directors under the conditions provided for by the regulations.

At the decision of the Chairman, the Deputy Chief Executive Officers or other Group senior managers or, where relevant, external persons whose attendance is useful to the deliberations may attend all or part of the meetings of the Board of Directors. These persons are subject to the same rules of ethics, confidentiality, loyalty and ethics as Directors.

11.4

Preparation of the Board of Directors’ files.

The files, previously validated by General Management under the conditions it determines, are, except in an emergency, sent by the Secretary of the Board of Directors no later than seven calendar days before the meeting of the Board of Directors.

The files sent to the Board of Directors contain:

i.

the indication that the file is sent for debate, guidance or decision;

ii.

the name of the member of the General Management who validated it and the BU/SU author of the document;

iii.

where applicable, the legal or regulatory references justifying the review by the Board of Directors;

iv.

a summary;

v.

an indication of the points to which the attention of the Board of Directors is particularly drawn;

vi.

information on the social and environmental issues to be taken, where applicable, into consideration by the Board of Directors;

vii.

where applicable, the text of the draft decision of the Board of Directors;

viii.

relevant supporting document in appendix.

A file template is available from the Secretary of the Board of Directors.

When a subject requires a formal opinion from the risk, compliance or audit function, this opinion must be the subject of a separate note added as an appendix to the file. As part of the preparation, the Chairman of the Board of Directors may hear the heads of the control functions.

11.5

Holding of meetings.

In accordance with article 11 of the By-laws, Board meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, in his/her absence, by a Director designated for this purpose at the beginning of the meeting.

At the beginning of the meeting, the Chairman of the meeting:

-

mentions, where applicable, the Director responsible for introducing a file on the agenda;

-

systematically indicates the nature of the conclusion following the consideration of each item on the agenda (for discussion, orientation, or decision); and

-

in the event of a request for approval by the Board of Directors, indicates whether there will be a formal vote.

On each item on the agenda, the Chairman leaves each Director the necessary speaking time in accordance with the indicative time provided for in the agenda.

In accordance with article 11 of the By-laws, resolutions are adopted by a majority vote of the Directors present or represented. In the event of a tie, the Chairman holds a casting vote.

11.6

Minutes.

Each of the deliberations of the Board of Directors is reported in minutes drawn up by the Secretary of the Board of Directors. The minutes include a summary of the discussions and deliberations. They mention the questions raised or the reservations stated by the participants, grouping them together by theme if possible. They specify the guidelines or decisions adopted by the Board of Directors.

Each set of minutes of the Board of Directors are approved at a subsequent meeting of the Board of Directors.

They are then transcribed in a special register in accordance with the legislation in force.

11.7

Statement of requests from the Board of Directors.

When the Board of Directors sends requests, they are formalised in a document, which contains an expected target response date and, where applicable, the BU(s) or SU concerned for each request.

This document is regularly updated and sent to the Board of Directors at each of its meetings.

It compiles the previous requests that have not yet received a response and mentions the requests that have received a response, indicating the date of the response sent.

The Directors meet at least twice a year in an executive sessions, with the exception of Executive Officers and Directors who have an employee status.

It is up to the Chairman to assess, in view of the subject(s) addressed, whether the Chief Executive Officer can be convened to participate in all or part of an executive session.

It is also up to the Chairman to assess, in view of the subjects addressed, whether Directors with employee status may be convened to an executive session for all or part of this session, particularly if the performance of the Executive Officers is assessed at this meeting.

This meeting is convened and chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors if he/she has the status of independent Director or, failing that, by the lead director.

This meeting includes an agenda decided by the Chairman, who leaves room for various matters at the directors’ initiative.

13.1

At least once a year, the Board of Directors shall meet in working sessions, which may be held either on the premises or outside the Company’s premises. In addition to the members of the Board of Directors, the General Management, the Head of Strategy and the Chief Financial Officer participate in this seminar. The heads of BU/SU are present where necessary.

13.2

The purpose of this seminar is notably to review the banking environment, the Group’s main business lines and its competitive environment. Where applicable, a summary of the guidelines is drawn up and submitted for approval at the next Board meeting.

14.1

Tools.

The Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer shall provide each Director and non-voting Director (censeur) with all of the information and documents necessary for the performance of his/her missions; he/she is provided with computer equipment enabling easy access to them. All protective measures deemed necessary are taken to preserve the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information and each member of the Board of Directors or any person who has received the documentation is responsible not only for the tools and materials thus made available to him/her but also for his/her access.

14.2

Information received.

Effective Senior Managers shall inform the Board of Directors of all significant risks, risk management policies and changes made to them.

Meetings of the Board of Directors and the Committees are preceded by the online publication or availability in due course of a file on the agenda items that require special analysis and prior reflection whenever the respect of confidentiality so permits.

Moreover, between meetings, Directors shall receive all useful information, including critical information, about events or transactions significant for the Company. In particular, they shall receive press releases issued by the Company.

14.3

Information requested.

In order to contribute effectively to the meetings of the Board of Directors and to enable it to make an informed decision, each Director may request to be provided by the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer all of documents and information necessary for the performance of his/her mission, as long as they are useful for decision-making and related to the powers of the Board of Directors.

Requests are sent to the Chairman, who directly relays the requests either to the Chief Executive Officer or through the Secretary of the Board of Directors.

When the Chief Executive Officer considers it preferable, for reasons of confidentiality, the documents thusly made available to the Director and to any person attending the meetings of the Board of Directors are consulted with the Secretary of the Board of Directors or with the relevant Group employee.

15.1

Training of all Directors.

The Company devotes the necessary human and financial resources to the training of the Directors, particularly in the banking and financial field. Annual training is provided by the Company, during which the members of the Board of Directors meet the managers of the topics presented. The seminars mentioned in article 13 are also an opportunity to supplement the Directors’ training, particularly on subjects relating to changes in the environment of the Group’s activity.

Two types of training are held each year:

-

training related to the specifics of the Bank’s business lines, the regulations applicable to them (banking, prudential and financial); and

-

training relating to risks, including emerging risks.

Several training sessions are held each year, with a number of hours adapted to the Directors’ needs and with a minimum of five sessions of two hours.

Each Director may, on his/her appointment or throughout his/her term of office, receive any training that he/she deems necessary for the performance of the corporate office position. He/she submits a request to the Secretary of the Board of Directors.

These training sessions shall be organised by the Company, which shall bear their costs.

15.2

Training of employee Directors.

This enables the acquisition and improvement of the knowledge and techniques necessary for the performance of their corporate office position.

It focuses on the role and functioning of the Board of Directors, the rights and obligations of the Directors and their responsibilities, and the organisation and activities of the Company.

Employee Directors receive 40 hours of training per year (including training time dedicated to the entire Board of Directors).

The time spent on training is deducted from actual working time and remunerated as such on the normal expiry date.

The Secretary of the Board of Directors reports on, for validation by the Board of Directors during the first half of the year of the beginning of the term of office of each of the employee Directors:

-

the content of the training programme after obtaining the opinion of the employee Director; and

-

the entities responsible for providing the training.

At the end of the training, the training centre chosen by the Board of Directors must issue a certificate of attendance that the employee Director must submit to the Secretary of the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors annually reviews its operations in the form of an assessment. As part of this process, an annual assessment of each of the Directors is also carried out.

This assessment is carried out every three years by a specialised external consultant.

In other years, this assessment is carried out based on:

individual interviews with the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee; and

questionnaires prepared by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

The Board debates the views and opinions stated. It draws conclusions from this in order to improve the conditions under which its work and the work of its Committees is prepared and organised.

The findings of the review are made public in the assessment part of the corporate governance report.

17.1

In certain areas, the Board of Directors’ deliberations are prepared by specialised Committees composed of Directors appointed by the Board of Directors, which examine the subjects within their remit and submit their opinions and proposals to the Board of Directors. Apart from the Audit and Internal Control Committee, regarding the selection of Statutory Auditors and on the authorisation of services other than the certification of the financial statements, they never have decision-making power. Each file presented mentions the nature of the decision to be taken by the Board of Directors.

17.2

These Committees are comprised of members of the Board of Directors who do not hold any executive function within the Company and who have suitable knowledge for the performance of the missions of the Committee in which they participate.

17.3

The Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee is appointed by the Board of Directors.

The Chairmen of the other Committees are appointed by the Board of Directors at the proposal of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

All Committee chairs are appointed from among the independent Directors.

17.4

These Committees may decide, as necessary, to involve other Directors without voting rights in their meetings.

17.5

They have the necessary resources to carry out their duties and act under the responsibility of the Board of Directors.

17.6

In the exercise of their respective powers, they may request the communication of any relevant information, hear the Chief Executive Officer, the Deputy Chief Executive Officers and the Group’s management executives and, after informing the Chairman, request the conduct of external technical studies, at the Company’s expense. They subsequently report on the information obtained and the advice collected.

17.7

Each Committee defines its annual work programme validated by the Chairman of the Committee. The frequency and duration of Committee meetings must be such that they enable an in-depth review and discussion of each of the subjects or dashboards within the competence of the Committees. The agendas and the duration devoted to each subject are subject to prior approval by the Chairman.

17.8

As for meetings of the Board of Directors, the timetable and agenda of the meetings shall be set by the Chairman of the Committee at the latest, except in exceptional circumstances, on 1 January, with the ability to add meetings and items to the agenda of the meetings as necessary. The minimum number of meetings of each of the Committees is specified in their respective charters.

17.9

There are four standing Committees:

-

the Audit and Internal Control Committee;

-

the Risk Committee;

-

the Compensation Committee,

-

the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

The Risk Committee also acts as a US Risk Committee. A dedicated charter appended to these Internal Rules defines its mission, composition, organisation and operation. The Chairman of the Risk Committee reports on his/her work to the Board of Directors, which validates this work.

17.10

By decision of the Chairmen of the Committees concerned, joint meetings between the Committees may be organised on topics of common interest. These meetings are co-chaired by the Chairmen of the Committees.

17.11

The Board may create one or more ad hoc committees.

17.12

The Risk Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee may perform their missions for Group companies on a consolidated or sub-consolidated basis.

17.13

The secretarial services of each Committee are provided by the Secretary of the Board of Directors or a person appointed by the Secretary of the Board of Directors.

The Secretary of the Committee shall prepare the minutes of the meetings, which are kept in the archives specific to each Committee.

17.14

The Chairman of each Committee produces a detailed report for the Board of Directors, stating the subjects examined by the Committee, the issues discussed and the recommendations made with the decisions of the Board of Directors in mind. A written report of the Committees’ work is made available to the members of the Board of Directors.

Each Committee shall give an opinion to the Board of Directors on the part of the Universal Registration Document dealing with the issues falling within its scope of activity and prepare an annual Activity Report, submitted to the Board of Directors’ approval, to be inserted in the Universal Registration Document.

17.15

The missions, composition, organisation and functioning of each Committee are defined by a dedicated charter. These charters are appended hereto. The subjects that may be dealt with jointly by the Risk Committee and the Audit and Internal Control Committee are indicated by an asterisk (*).

18.1

The overall amount of the Directors’ compensation is set by the General Meeting. The Board of Directors may decide to only partially use it. It may decide to allocate a budget for specific tasks or temporary workload increases for some members of the Board of Directors or of Committees.

18.2

The Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, when he/she is also a Director, do not receive this compensation.

18.3

As from 1 May 2018, the amount of allocated compensation is reduced by a sum equal to EUR 200,000 to be distributed between the members of the Risk Committee and the members of the Audit and Internal Control Committee gathered as the US Risk Committee. This amount is distributed in equal portions, except for the Chairman of the Risk Committee, who has two portions.

The balance is then reduced by a lump sum of EUR 130,000 distributed between the Chairman of the Audit and Internal Control Committee and the Chairman of the Risk Committee.

18.4

The balance is divided into 50% fixed, 50% variable. The number of fixed portions per Director is 6. Additional fixed units are allocated as follows:

-

Chairman of the Audit and Internal Control Committee or of the Risk Committee: 4 portions;

-

Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee or of the Compensation Committee: 3 portions;

-

Member of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee or of the Compensation Committee: 0.5 portions;

-

Member of the Audit and Internal Control Committee or of the Risk Committee: 1 portion.

Fixed shares may be reduced in proportion to the actual attendance when the attendance over the year is below 80%.

18.5

The variable portion of the compensation is divided up at the end of the year, in proportion to the number of meetings or working meetings of the Board of Directors and of each of the Committees which each Director has attended.

Executive sessions, work seminars and training are not counted as meetings of the Board of Directors and do not give rise to the award of any specific compensation.

Each Director appointed by the General Meeting (whether in his/her own name or as a permanent representative of a legal entity) must hold at least 1,000 Societe Generale shares. Each Director has a six-month timeframe to hold the 600 shares provided for by the By-laws and an additional six-month timeframe to increase his/her holding to 1,000 shares.

The Board of Directors sets a minimum number of shares that the Executive Officers must hold in registered form, until the end of their duties. This decision shall be reviewed at least upon each renewal of their term of office. Until this share holding objective is achieved, the Executive Officers dedicate for this purpose a share of the exercise of options or performance share awards as determined by the Board of Directors. This information is included in the corporate governance report.

Each corporate officer shall refrain from hedging his/her shares.

20.1

Directors’ travel, accommodation, meals and mission expenses pertaining to the meetings of the Board of Directors or of the Committees of the Board of Directors, the General Meeting of Shareholders or any other meetings related to the work of the Board of Directors or the Committees, are paid for or reimbursed by Societe Generale, upon submission of receipts.

At least once a year, the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee reviews the statement of Directors’ expenses in respect of the previous year and, as necessary, makes proposals or recommendations.

20.2

As to the Chairman, the Company also pays the expenses necessary for the performance of his/her duties.

20.3

The Secretary of the Board of Directors receives and verifies the relevant supportive documents and ensures that the sums due are paid or reimbursed.

The non-voting Director attends meetings, executive sessions and seminars of the Board of Directors and can participate in the meetings of the specialised committees, in a consultative capacity. He/she is subject to the same rules of ethics, confidentiality, conflicts of interest and ethics as the Directors.

The compensation of the non-voting Director is set by the Board of Directors upon the proposal from the Compensation Committee. It is equal to the average of the compensation paid to the Directors pursuant to article 18 of the Internal Rules, with the exception of the compensation paid to the Chairmen of the Committees and to the Director members of the US Risk Committee. This compensation takes into account his/her attendance. His/her expenses may be reimbursed under the same conditions as for the Directors.

APPENDIX 1 CHARTER OF THE AUDIT AND INTERNAL CONTROL COMMITTEE OF SOCIETE GENERALE

This charter forms an integral part of the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale (the “Internal Rules”). Any subject not covered by this charter shall be governed by the Internal Rules, and the terms used are defined in the Internal Rules.

The subjects that may be addressed jointly by the Audit and Internal Control Committee and the Risk Committee are indicated by an asterisk (*) in each of the charters.

Without prejudice to the detailed list of missions referred to in article 5, the Audit and Internal Control Committee’s mission is to monitor issues concerning the preparation and control of accounting, financial and non-financial information, as well as the monitoring of the effectiveness of internal control, measurement, monitoring and risk control systems. It conducts the procedure for selecting the Statutory Auditors. It approves the services provided by the Statutory Auditors other than the certification of the financial statements.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is comprised of at least four Directors, appointed by the Board of Directors, who have appropriate financial, accounting, statutory audit or non-financial expertise. At least two thirds of the Committee’s members are independent within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

The heads of the control functions (risk, compliance, audit), the CFO and the Secretary General are present at all meetings, unless otherwise decided by the Chairman of the Committee.

The Statutory Auditors shall be invited to the meetings of the Audit and Internal Control Committee, unless the Committee decides otherwise. They may also be consulted outside meetings and without the presence of Executive Officers and any employee of the Company.

When the Committee reviews the financial statements, this is preceded by a meeting with the Statutory Auditors, without the presence of the Executive Officers and any employee of the Company.

The Executive Officer in charge of supervising internal control is present at the Committee’s meetings when it examines the report on internal control.

The Executive Officers may also, from time to time, assist the work of the Committee at its request.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee meets as often as required by the corporate interest and at least four times per year.

In particular, it is responsible for:

a)

ensuring the monitoring of the process for the production of financial and non-financial information, particularly reviewing the quality and reliability of existing systems, making proposals for their improvement and ensuring that corrective actions have been implemented in the event of a malfunction in the process; where appropriate, it makes recommendations to ensure their integrity;

b)

analysing the draft accounts to be submitted to the Board of Directors in order to, in particular, verify the clarity of the information provided and assess the relevance and consistency of the accounting methods adopted for drawing up annual accounts and consolidated annual accounts; it examines the scope of the consolidated companies and, where applicable, the reasons why companies would not be included therein; it also examines the implementation procedures adopted for the application of the main accounting standards applicable to the Group, particularly with regard to the provisioning rules*;

c)

submitting to the Board of Directors its opinion on these financial statements and the corresponding financial communication, after having heard the opinion of the Statutory Auditors;

d)

reporting regularly to the Board of Directors on the results of the audit of the accounts, the manner in which this mission has contributed to the integrity of the financial and non-financial information and the role it has played in this process. It informs the Board of Directors without delay of any difficulty encountered;

e)

conducting the procedure for selecting the Statutory Auditors and issuing a recommendation to the Board of Directors, developed in accordance with the provisions of article 16 of the regulation (EU) no. 537/2014 dated 16 April 2014, concerning their appointment or renewal as well as their compensation;

f)

ensuring the independence of the Statutory Auditors in accordance with the regulations in force;

g)

approving, in accordance with article L. 823-19 of the French Commercial Code and the policy adopted by the Board of Directors, the provision of services other than the certification of accounts referred to in article L. 822-11-2 of said Code after analysing the risks to the Statutory Auditor’s independence and the safeguard measures applied by the latter;

h)

reviewing the work programme of the Statutory Auditors and, more generally, monitoring the control of the accounts by the Statutory Auditors in accordance with the regulations in force;

i)

ensuring the monitoring of the effectiveness of internal control and audit systems, in particular with regard to procedures for the preparation and processing of accounting, financial and non-financial information. To this end, the Committee is responsible primarily for:

-

reviewing the Group’s permanent control quarterly dashboard,

-

reviewing the internal control and risk control of the business segments, divisions and main subsidiaries,

-

reviewing the Group’s annual and multi-year periodic monitoring programmes, as well as their amendments, prior to their approval by the Board of Directors,

-

monitoring the implementation of the audit plan for the year and is systematically informed in the event of a delay or postponement of the missions,

-

giving its opinion on the organisation and functioning of the Internal Control Departments*,

-

reviewing the follow-up letters from the banking and markets supervisors and issuing an opinion on draft replies to these letters;

j)

familiarising itself with the reports prepared to comply with regulations on internal control and in particular the audit reports;

k)

concerning anti-money laundering and financing of terrorism (AML-FT), it prepares the discussions of the Board of Directors when it:

-

reviews the policy, mechanisms and procedures, and their effectiveness*,

-

is informed, at least once a year, of the activity and results of the internal controls in terms of AML-FT, incidents and shortcomings, as well as the corrective measures taken,

-

approves the annual report on the internal control of AML-FT systems;

l)

examining the system put in place concerning “whistleblowers” and developments in the system;

m)

examining compliance incidents, as well as the corresponding action plans;

n)

examining the system put in place to prevent and detect corruption and influence peddling. It receives all of the necessary information for this purpose;

o)

giving its opinion to the Board of Directors prior to the appointment and dismissal of the Head of inspection and Audit and the Head of Compliance.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee or its Chairman hears the Directors in charge of the internal control functions (risk, compliance, audit), as well as the Chief Financial Officer, possibly at their request and, where necessary, the managers responsible for the preparation of accounts, internal control, risk control, compliance control and periodic control; each quarter, prior to the session examining the report of the Head of the Inspection and Audit, the Committee hears him in a meeting without the presence of any other senior manager.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee sends its opinion to General Management on the objectives and assessment of the heads of risk control, compliance control and periodic control.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee provides an annual update on matters related to:

customer protection;

market integrity:

the implementation of the obligations arising from the GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation);

the Group’s tax policy and management*.

The Audit Committee monitors sales and acquisitions annually. It receives a post-mortem appraisal of the most significant transactions.

At each meeting of the Board of Directors subsequent to the holding of an Audit Committee meeting, the Chairman of the Committee produces a detailed report reiterating the subjects examined, the issues discussed and the recommendations made with the decisions of the Board of Directors in mind.

7.6 LIST OF REGULATED INFORMATION PUBLISHED IN THE LAST 12 MONTHS

06.01.2022 – Societe Generale announces ALD’s proposed acquisition of LeasePlan to create a leading global player in mobility

03.02.2022 – Disclosure of regulatory capital requirements as from 1 March 2022

11.04.2022 – Societe Generale ceases its activities in Russia and signs an agreement to sell Rosbank and its Russian insurance subsidiaries

18.05.2022 – Societe Generale announces the closing of the sale of Rosbank and the Group’s Russian insurance subsidiaries to Interros Capital

30.09.2022 – Slawomir Krupa put forward as future CEO by the Board of Directors

29.11.2022 – Societe Generale: Launch of ALD Rights Issue

15.12.2022 – Disclosure of regulatory capital requirements as from 1 January 2023

09.03.2022 – Universal Registration Document 2022

09.03.2022 – Availability of the Universal Registration Document 2022

06.05.2022 – Availability of the first update to the 2022 Registration Document filed on 6 May 2022

06.05.2022 – First update to the 2022 Universal Registration Document filed on 6 May 2022

04.08.2022 – Availability of the second amendment to the Universal Registration Document

04.08.2022 – Second amendment to the Universal Registration Document filed on 4 August 2022

04.11.2022 – Availability of the third amendment to the Universal Registration Document

04.11.2022 – Third amendment to the Universal Registration Document filed on 4 November 2022

05.05.2022 – 1st quarter 2022 results

03.08.2022 – 2nd quarter 2022 results

04.11.2022 – 3rd quarter 2022 results

08.02.2022 – Full-year 2022 and 4th quarter results

12 report forms

13.01.2022 – Half-year statement on the liquidity agreement

10.05.2022 – Description of share buyback programme

06.07.2022 – Half-year statement on the liquidity agreement

From 16.08.2022 to 12.12.2022 – Report on share buyback and information regarding executed transactions within the framework of a share buyback programme (19 reports)

09.03.2022 – Availability of the report on corporate governance

14.04.2022 – Availability or consultation of information relating to the Combined General Meeting of Shareholders of 17 May 2022

 

8 PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNIVERSAL REGISTRATION DOCUMENT

 

8.1 PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNIVERSAL REGISTRATION DOCUMENT

Mr. Frédéric Oudéa

Chief Executive Officer of Societe Generale

8.2 STATEMENT OF THE PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNIVERSAL REGISTRATION DOCUMENT AND THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT

I hereby certify, after taking all reasonable measures for this purpose, that the information contained in this Universal Registration Document is, to the best of my knowledge, in accordance with the facts and contains no omission likely to affect its meaning.

I certify, to the best of my knowledge, that the accounts have been prepared in accordance with applicable accounting standards and are a fair reflection of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and all the undertakings included in the consolidation scope, and that the Management Report (the cross-reference table of the annual financial report in Chapter 9 indicates the contents of said report) presents a fair view of the Company’s business, performance and financial position and that of all the undertakings included in the consolidation scope, as well as a description of the main risks and uncertainties to which they are exposed

Paris, 13 March 2023

Chief Executive Officer

Frédéric Oudéa

8.3 PERSONS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE AUDIT OF THE ACCOUNTS

Name:

Ernst & Young et Autres
represented by Micha Missakian and Vincent Roty

Address:

1/2, place des Saisons,
92400 Courbevoie – Paris-La Défense (France)

Date of appointment: 22 May 2012

Date of renewal: 23 May 2018

Term of office: six financial years

End of current term of office: at the close of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023

Name:

Deloitte & Associés
represented by Jean-Marc Mickeler and Maud Monin

Address:

6, place de la Pyramide
92908 Paris-La Défense Cedex (France)

Date of first appointment: 18 April 2003

Date of last renewal: 23 May 2018

Term of office: six financial years

End of current term of office: at the close of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023

The companies Ernst & Young et Autres and Deloitte & Associés are registered as Statutory Auditors with the Compagnie régionale des Commissaires aux comptes de Versailles.

 

9 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLES

 

9.1 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLES

9.1.1 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE OF THE UNIVERSAL REGISTRATION DOCUMENT

This cross-reference table contains the headings provided for in Annex 1 (as referred to in Annex 2) of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/980 supplementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 809/2004, and refers to the pages of this Universal Registration Document where the information relating to each of these headings is mentioned.

Headings

 

Page numbers of the Universal
Registration Document

1

PERSONS RESPONSIBLE

 

1.1

Name and function of the persons responsible

674

1.2

Declaration by the persons responsible

674

1.3

Statement or report attributed to a person as an expert

NA

1.4

Information sourced from a third party

NA

1.5

Statement by the issuer

684

2

STATUTORY AUDITORS

 

2.1

Names and addresses of the auditors

674

2.2

Resignation, removal or non-reappointment of the auditors

NA

3

RISK FACTORS

163-174

4

INFORMATION ABOUT THE ISSUER

 

4.1

Legal and commercial name of the issuer

643

4.2

Place of registration, registration number and legal entity identifier (LEI) of the issuer

643

4.3

Date of incorporation and the length of life of the issuer

643

4.4

Domicile and legal form of the issuer, applicable legislation, country of incorporation, address and telephone number of its registered office and website

643

5

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

 

5.1

Principal activities

8-10 ; 18-26 ; 54-58

5.2

Principal markets

8-17 ; 18-26 ; 28-29 ; 67-68 ; 506-507

5.3

Important events in the development of the business

6-26

5.4

Strategy and objectives

11-17 ; 18-26 ; 30-31

5.5

Extent to which the issuer is dependent on patents or licences, industrial, commercial or financial contracts or new manufacturing processes

NA

5.6

Basis for any statements made by the issuer regarding its competitive position

30-40

5.7

Investments

64-65 ; 288 ; 326 ; 357 ; 396-404

6

ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

 

6.1

Brief description of the Group

8-10 ; 28-29

6.2

List of the significant subsidiaries

28-29 ; 518 -550

7

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

7.1

Financial condition

30-45 ; 59-63 ; 564-569

7.2

Operating results

30-45

8

CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

8.1

Information concerning the issuer’s capital resources

61 ; 374-378 ; 499 -504 ; 606-609

8.2

Sources and amounts of the issuer’s cash flows

379

8.3

Information on the borrowing requirements and funding structure of the issuer

62-63

8.4

Information regarding any restrictions on the use of capital resources that have materially affected, or could materially affect the issuer’s operations

NA

8.5

Information regarding the anticipated sources of funds needed to fulfil commitments referred to
in item 5.7.2

61-63 ; 65

9

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

16-17 ; 41 ; 195

10

TREND INFORMATION

 

10.1

Most significant recent trends in production, sales and inventory, and costs and selling prices since the end of the last financial year
Any significant change in the financial performance of the Group or provide an appropriate negative statement. 

65-66

10.2

Trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the issuer’s prospects for at least the current financial year

16-17

11

PROFIT FORECASTS OR ESTIMATES

33

12

ADMINISTRATIVE, MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISORY BODIES AND GENERAL MANAGEMENT

 

12.1

Board of Directors and General Management

70-111

12.2

Administrative, management and supervisory bodies and General Management conflicts of interests

158

13

REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS

 

13.1

Amount of remuneration paid and benefits in kind

112-154

13.2

Total amounts set aside or accrued by the issuer or its subsidiaries to provide for pension, retirement or similar benefits

486-493

14

BOARD AND GENERAL MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

 

14.1

Date of expiration of the current term of office

74-75 ; 81-88 ; 106-107 ; 113 ; 153

14.2

Members of the administrative bodies’ service contracts with the issuer

NA

14.3

Information about the issuer’s audit committee and remuneration committee

95-104

14.4

Statement as to whether or not the issuer complies with the corporate governance regime

71

14.5

Potential material impacts on the corporate governance, including future changes in the board and committees composition

72-75

15

EMPLOYEES

 

15.1

Number of employees

293

15.2

Shareholdings and stock options of company officers

74 ; 81-88 ; 106-107 ; 112-154

15.3

Description of any arrangements for involving the employees in the capital of the issuer

487 ; 494 : 638-639 ; 644-645

16

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

 

16.1

Shareholders holding more than 5% of capital or voting rights

639-640

16.2

Different voting rights held by the major shareholders

639-640 ; 643-644

16.3

Control of the issuer

639-640 ; 642

16.4

Arrangements, known to the issuer, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the issuer

NA

17

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

158-159 ; 487

18

FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONCERNING THE ISSUER’S ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, FINANCIAL POSITION AND PROFITS AND LOSSES

 

18.1

Historical financial information

10 ;30-45 ; 162 ; 374-634

18.2

Interim and other financial information

NA

18.3

Auditing of historical annual financial information

557-563 ; 628-634

18.4

Pro forma financial information

NA

18.5

Dividend policy

13 ; 638

18.6

Legal and arbitration proceedings

270 ; 623-626

18.7

Significant change in the issuer’s financial position

65

19

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

19.1

Share capital

156-157 ; 636-646

19.2

Memorandum and Articles of Association

646-651

20

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

65

21

DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE

643-645

In accordance with EC Regulation No. 2019/890 dated 14 March 2019, complementary to (EU) Regulation No. 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council, the following information is included by reference in this Universal Registration Document:

the parent company and consolidated accounts for the year ended 31 December 2020, the related Statutory Auditors’ reports and the Group Management Report and presented respectively on pages 523 to 592 and 138-141, 168-171, 179-180, 190, 192-196, 204-208, 211-218, 224-228, 230-231, 243-248, 352-522, 593-598 and on pages 27 to 61 of the Registration Document D. 21-0138 filed with the AMF on 17 March 2021;

the parent company and consolidated accounts for the year ended 31 December 2021, the related Statutory Auditors’ reports and the Group Management Report and presented respectively on pages 538 to 615 and 133-135, 167-172, 180-181, 191-194, 196, 206-210, 213-217, 222-226, 228-229, 242–247, 350–537 and pages 27 to 61 of the Registration Document D. 22-0080 filed with the AMF on 9 March 2022.

The chapters of the Registration Documents D. 22-0080 and D. 21-0138 not mentioned above do not apply to investors or are covered in another part of this Universal Registration Document.

Both of the aforementioned Registration Documents are available on the Company’s website www.societegenerale.com and on the AMF’s (French Financial Markets Authority) website https://www.amf-france.org/en.

9.2 DECLARATION OF THE ISSUER

This Universal Registration Document was filed on 13 March 2023 with the AMF, as competent authority under Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, without prior approval pursuant to Article 9 of the said regulation. The Universal Registration Document may be used for the purposes of an offer to the public of securities or admission of securities to trading on a regulated market if completed by a securities note and, if applicable, a summary and any amendments to the Universal Registration Document. The whole is approved by the AMF in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

 

GLOSSARY

 

AA1000: the AccountAbility 1000 (AA1000) framework standard was published in November 1999 by the predominantly Anglo-Saxon Institute of Social and Ethical Accountability (ISEA). Based on systematic stakeholder engagement in a company’s day-to-day business, it contains a series of indicators, targets and reporting systems designed to assure the credibility of a company’s performance in such respect. Various major corporations, non-governmental organisations and public institutions are among those to have adopted the standard.

ADEME: the Environment and Energy Management Agency (ADEME or Ademe) is a French public industrial and commercial institution (EPIC) created in 1991. It is under the joint authority of the French ministries responsible for research and innovation, the ecological and solidarity transition, and higher education. ADEME drives, manages, coordinates, facilitates and carries out environmental protection and energy control operations.

ALD Automotive: a subsidiary of Societe Generale, ALD Automotive is the European leader in enterprise automotive mobility solutions. Operating in 43 countries, ALD Automotive provides companies with operational vehicle leasing and fleet management solutions.

Belt and Road: the new silk road comprises a “belt” of overland rail links and a “road” of shipping routes linking China to Europe through Kazakhstan, Russia, Belarus, Poland, Germany, France and the United Kingdom.

Blended finance: the strategic use of development finance and philanthropic funds to encourage additional inflows of private capital for emerging markets, generating positive results for both investors and local communities.

CIU (Collective Investment Undertaking): a type of financial instrument set up by an accredited entity to manage savings in accordance with a predefined strategy. It is effectively a professionally managed share portfolio. All sums invested in a CIU are pooled and converted into units or shares in the undertaking. These units or shares reflect the portfolio’s value at any given time. This value is expressed as a “net asset value”, calculated by dividing the total value of the CIU’s net assets by the total number of its units or shares. The net asset value represents both the subscription price for a unit or share (with fees being payable in addition) and its redemption price.

Convention d’Occupation Temporaire: a contract between a public entity and, typically, a private one, under which the latter is authorised to temporarily occupy part of the public domain. A pavement café would need such a contract, for example, for its outdoor seating.

CSA: French polling institute specialising in market research and opinion polls.

Eco-PTZ+: an interest-free loan for energy renovation work in residential properties. Subject to certain conditions, owners, occupiers and co-ownership associations can apply for loans ranging from EUR 7,000 to EUR 50,000, depending on the work they want to finance. The scheme is set to run until 31 December 2023.

EMEA: an abbreviation sometimes used by companies or organisations to refer to the business region encompassing Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Equipment finance: financing of sales and capital goods.

ETF: Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) are financial instruments that faithfully track the upward or downward movements in an underlying index.

FTE: refers to work performed on a full-time equivalent basis, in line with the legal working hours for the country in question.

Finansol: first introduced in 1997, the Finansol label marks out solidarity-based savings products from other savings vehicles for the general public.

Fing: the Fondation Internet Nouvelle Génération (New Generation Internet Foundation) is a French non-profit association set up in 2000. Its work falls into four main categories: bringing people together around new technologies; taking part in emerging ethical and societal debates; fostering innovative ideas and projects; and encouraging partnerships and the appropriation of innovation.

Framework: a document setting out the terms and conditions defined by the issuing entity for sustainable bond issues.

Green, social and sustainable loans, bonds and securitisations: green, social and sustainable loans or bonds finance projects offering clearly identified environmental and/or social benefits.

Green, sustainable export finance: trade finance instruments that support, guarantee and/or finance an underlying project that has a clear positive impact on the environment.

Greenfin: an initiative launched by the French Ministry for the Ecological and Solidarity Transition, Greenfin certification is a guarantee of an investment fund’s green credentials. The label can be awarded to funds that invest in the common good and whose practices are transparent and sustainable. Funds that invest in companies in the nuclear and fossil fuel industries are not eligible for the Greenfin label.

GRI: the Global Reporting Initiative, or GRI, is an NGO founded in 1997 by the CERES (Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies) and the UNEP (United Nations Environment Programme) that has attracted stakeholders (companies, organisations, non-profit associations, etc.) from around the world. It was set up to develop a reporting framework allowing companies to measure how they are doing in terms of sustainable development. It has published a series of standards designed to help companies report on their economic, social and environmental performance.

IIRC: the International Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC) is a global coalition of companies, investors, regulators, standard setters, members of the accounting profession and NGOs. Its members are united by the conviction that corporate reporting needs to be made more about value creation. To help make this happen, the International IR Framework provides a common set of guidelines, key concepts and components for Integrated Reporting.

International Capital Market Association (ICMA): a global professional body and de facto regulator whose members include investment banks and securities dealers active on the international debt capital market.

Ipsos: French polling company founded in 1975 that also conducts opinion marketing research worldwide.

Issuing bank: a financial organisation or bank that grants credit or credit cards through card associations, opening a letter of credit in favour of a seller or exporter (the beneficiary), which is then forwarded onto an advising bank, the issuing bank undertaking to honour all demand drafts. The issuing bank thus promises to make good on charges made by the credit card holder.

LDDS: the Livret de développement durable et solidaire (sustainable development and solidarity savings account) is an instant-access interest-bearing savings account designed to finance small- and medium-sized enterprises, as well as the social and solidarity economy. Since 1 October 2020, LDDS accountholders have also had the option of making donations to one or more social and solidarity companies or non-profit associations.

Le Chaînon Manquant: French non-profit association that combats food waste by recovering good-quality unsold foodstuffs from catering establishments for redistribution to those in need.

LGBTI: an acronym for people who are lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender or intersex. It encompasses all those who engage in anything other than solely heterosexual relations.

Livret A: an interest-bearing, instant-access savings passbook that is regulated, meaning that its terms – especially the cap and interest rate – are set by the public authorities. Part of the deposits in such accounts can be used to help finance social housing projects. The Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations pools 60% of all funds on Livret A accounts, using them to invest in projects in the public interest, such as building social housing and granting long-term loans to providers of social housing or to local authorities for infrastructure development, including building hospitals and transport infrastructure. The remaining 40% is managed by the banks and generates interest for savers.

LuxFLAG: the Luxembourg Finance Labelling Agency (LuxFLAG) is an independent and international non-profit association founded in July 2006. It aims to promote sustainable investments by awarding a transparent label to investment vehicles that are active in the fields of microfinance, the environment, ESG (environment, social, governance), climate finance and green bonds. LuxFLAG labels are designed to reassure investors that the investment vehicle in question genuinely pursues responsible investment of the assets it manages. There are no restrictions on eligibility for international investment vehicles based on issuing countries or where the vehicle is domiciled. LuxFLAG is guided by four core values: sustainability, transparency, independence and responsibility.

OMDF (Off-Grid Market Development Fund): a fund that aims to step up the rollout of sustainable electricity in Madagascar through the use of off-grid solar solutions.

PEA PME/ETI: a French share savings plan designed to finance SMEs/mid-caps. The PEA PME/ETI was created to encourage French-resident savers to invest in French SMEs and mid-caps, in return for certain tax benefits. Savers benefit from tax reductions on the capital gains they derive from these plans, subject to certain conditions (such as a minimum holding period).

Phenix: a French start-up founded in 2014 to offer companies a way to cut down on waste. Phenix collects their unsold goods (foodstuffs, toiletries, cleaning products, school supplies, etc.) and then either donates them to food banks and charities or sells them at cut-price rates through its mobile app.

Physical risk: refers to the financial impact of climate change, as a result of more frequent extreme weather events as well as progressive climate change. Physical risks can be either “acute” (impact of extreme weather events, such as storms and flooding) or chronic (impact of more progressive shifts, such as higher temperatures, rising sea levels and water stress). These physical risks may have financial implications for organisations, such as direct damage, supply shocks (affecting their own assets or else their supply chains, resulting in an indirect impact) or demand shocks (affecting downstream destination markets). An organisation’s financial performance may also be affected by changes in water availability, sourcing and quality, food security, or extreme temperature variations affecting its premises, operations, supply chains, transport needs and employee safety.

Positive Impact note: Societe Generale has put together a range of positive impact notes (PI Notes) that offer investors the opportunity to invest in a structured note with the additional benefit of promoting Positive Impact Finance. When a client invests in PI Notes, Societe Generale commits to holding in its books an amount of Positive Impact Finance assets equivalent to 100% of the outstanding nominal amount of the note.

Positive-impact project: a project whose environmental or social impacts have been measured and evaluated prior to its launch to identify how it will contribute to positive change for society or the planet. Positive-impact projects can cover a range of fields: the environment, education, social issues, health, food, biodiversity, gender equality, etc.

RE2020: new French environmental regulations introduced with a view to taking energy efficiency and user comfort a step further in buildings whilst reducing their carbon footprint.

Rosbank: Societe Generale’s subsidiary in Russia, Rosbank is a universal bank offering a comprehensive range of services to all types of clients.

Social impact bond: financial bonds issued by the public sector to private operators on a pay-for-success basis to finance social projects.

Societe Generale Equipment Finance (SGEF): a subsidiary of the Societe Generale Group, SGEF specialises in financing sales and professional capital goods. Operating in 40 countries, SGEF offers its clients solid knowledge of the transport, industrial equipment and high-tech sectors.

Speak-up culture: in human resources, this refers to a working environment where people feel welcome, included and free to express their views and opinions, confident in the knowledge that they will be heard and acknowledged.

SPI: Sustainable and Positive Investment for wealth and asset management activities, including the structuring of products aimed at institutional and individual investors.

SPIF: Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance involves financing clients’ credit institution, leasing and/or support activities with a view to boosting their positive impact.

SRI: the SRI (Socially Responsible Investment) label is a tool for choosing sustainable and responsible investments. Created and supported by the French Ministry of Finance, the label aims to raise the profile of SRI products for savers in France and Europe.

Sustainability-linked bond: any type of bond instrument for which the characteristics (especially the financial characteristics) can vary depending on whether the issuer achieves certain predefined environmental, social and/or governance objectives.

Sustainability-Linked Bond Principles (SLBP): a set of guidelines intended for use by market participants and designed to drive the provision of the information needed to increase capital allocation to sustainability-linked bonds. The SLBP are applicable to all types of issuers and financial capital market instruments.

Sustainability-linked derivative: a derivative which creates an ESG-linked cash-flow in the context of a traditional derivative instrument (such as an increase in spread linked to a failure to meet an ESG target).

Sustainability-linked loan: a credit facility granted with an interest rate that varies according to the borrower’s ESG performance. Also referred to as positive-impact loans.

Sustainable bond: a form of debt securities, sustainable bonds are issued to finance one or more existing, progressing or new projects that are identified and classified as “sustainable”. Such bonds are intended for all investor classes. A project’s “sustainability” is defined by its positive contribution to a sustainable development goal (social or environmental).

Sustainable bond issue: with a sustainable bond issue, the entirety of the net proceeds from the issue go towards financing or refinancing environmental and social projects.

Transition risk: refers to the risk of financial losses for an institution as a direct or indirect result of adjusting to a more environmentally sustainable low-carbon economy. Transitioning to a low-carbon economy to meet the challenges of mitigating and adapting to climate change can involve major political, legal, technological and market changes. The exact nature and direction of these changes, as well as how fast they occur, will affect the extent of the financial and reputational risk elements making up transition risks. Although the TCFD’s recommendations do not specifically mention it, the Group also includes within transition risk the liability risk arising from possible compensation claims from parties having sustained losses as a result of physical or transition risks.

WWF: the World Wildlife Fund is an international non-governmental organisation (INGO) established in 1961, dedicated to environmental protection and sustainable development. It is one of the world’s largest environmental INGOs with more than six million supporters worldwide, working in more than 100 countries and supporting some 1,300 environmental projects.

Acronym

Definition

Glossary

ABS

Asset-Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

CDS

Credit Default Swap

See: Securitisation

CDO

Collateralised Debt Obligation

See: Securitisation

CLO

Collateralised Loan Obligation

See: Securitisation

CMBS

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

CRD

Capital Requirement Directive

 

CVaR

Credit Value at Risk

 

EAD

Exposure at default

 

EL

Expected Loss

 

ESG

Environment, Social and Governance

 

G-SIB

Global Systemically Important Banks

See: SIFI

LCR

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

 

LGD

Loss Given Default

 

NSFR

Net Stable Funding Ratio

 

PD

Probability of Default

 

RMBS

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

RWA

Risk Weighted Assets

 

SVaR

Stressed Value at Risk

 

VaR

Value at Risk

 

Asset Backed Securities (ABS): see securitisation.

Basel 1 (Accords): prudential framework established in 1988 by the Basel Committee to ensure solvency and stability in the international banking system by setting an international minimum and standardised limit on banks’ capital bases. It notably establishes a minimum capital ratio – as a proportion of the total risks taken on by banks – of 8% (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Basel 2 (Accords): prudential framework used to better assess and limit banks’ risks. It is focused on banks’ credit, market and operational risks (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Basel 3 (Accords): changes to prudential banking standards that supplement the Basel 2 accords by improving the quality and quantity of banks’ required capital. They also implement minimum requirements in terms of liquidity risk management (quantitative ratios), define measures to limit the financial system’s procyclicality (capital buffers that vary according to the economic cycle) and strengthen requirements related to systemically significant banks (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012). The Basel 3 Accords are implemented in Europe under Directive 2013/36/EU (“CRD4”) and Regulation 575/2013 (“CRR”), which have been in force since 1 January 2014.

Bond: a bond is a fraction of a loan, issued in the form of a security, which is tradable and – in a given issue – grants a receivable over the issuer according to the issue’s nominal value (the issuer being a company, public sector entity or government).

Cash Generating Unit (CGU): the smallest identifiable set of assets which generates incoming cash flow that is generally independent from the incoming cash flow generated by other assets or sets of assets in accordance with the IAS 36 accounting standard. “In accordance with IFRS standards, a company must determine the largest number of cash generating units (CGU) which make it up; these CGU should be generally independent in terms of operations and the company must allocate assets to each of these CGU. Impairment testing must be conducted at the CGU level periodically (if there are reasons to believe that their value has dropped) or annually (if they include goodwill).” (Source: Les Echos.fr, quoting Vernimmen).

Collateral: transferable asset or guarantee used as a pledge for the repayment of a loan in the event that the borrower cannot meet its payment obligations (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Collateralised Debt Obligation (CDO): see securitisation.

Collateralised Loan Obligation (CLO): see securitisation.

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities (CMBS): see securitisation.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital: includes principally share capital, associated share premiums and reserves, less prudential deductions.

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Common Equity Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, according to CRD4/CRR rules. Common Equity Tier 1 capital has a more restrictive definition than in the earlier CRD3 Directive (Basel 2).

Comprehensive Risk Measurement (CRM): capital charge in addition to Incremental Risk Charge (IRC) for the credit activities correlation portfolio which accounts for specific price risks (spread, correlation, collection, etc.). The CRM is a 99.9% risk factor, meaning the highest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% most unfavourable incidents.

Core Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Core Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, according to Basel 2 rules and their changes known as Basel 2.5.

Cost-to-income ratio: ratio indicating the share of net banking income (NBI) used to cover the company’s operating costs. It is determined by dividing management fees by the NBI.

Cost of risk in basis points: the cost of risk in basis points is calculated using the ratio of the net cost of commercial risk to loan outstandings at the start of the period.

Net cost of risk corresponds to the cost of risk calculated for on- and off-balance sheet exposures, i.e. Depreciation and reversals (used or not used) + Losses on unrecoverable receivables - Recovery of impaired debts. Provisions and reversals of provisions for litigation issues are excluded from this calculation.

CRD3: European Directive on capital requirements, incorporating the provisions known as Basel 2 and 2.5, notably in respect of market risk: improvement in the incorporation of the risk of default or rating migration for assets in the trading book (tranched and untranched assets), and reduction in the procyclicality of Value at Risk (see definition).

CRD4/CRR (Capital Requirement Regulation): Directive 2013/36/EU (“CRD4”) and Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (“CRR”) constitute the corpus of the texts transposing Basel 3 in Europe. They therefore define the European regulations relating to the solvency ratio, large exposures, leverage and liquidity ratios, and are supplemented by the European Banking Authority’s (“EBA”) technical standards.

Credit and counterparty risk: risk of losses arising from the inability of the Group’s customers, issuers or other counterparties to meet their financial commitments. Credit risk also includes the counterparty risk linked to market transactions, as well as that stemming from securitisation activities.

Credit Default Swaps (CDS): insurance mechanism against credit risk in the form of a bilateral financial contract, in which the protection buyer periodically pays the seller in return for a guarantee to compensate the buyer for losses on reference assets (government, bank or corporate bonds) if a credit event occurs (bankruptcy, payment default, moratorium, restructuring) (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Credit Value at Risk (CVaR): the largest loss that would be incurred after eliminating the top 1% of the most adverse occurrences, used to set the risk limits for individual counterparties.

Derivative: a financial asset or financial contract, the value of which changes based on the value of an underlying asset, which may be financial (equities, bonds, currencies, etc.) or non-financial (agricultural or other commodities, etc.). Depending on the circumstances, this change may be accompanied by a leverage effect. Derivatives can take the form of securities (warrants, certificates, structured EMTNs, etc.) or contracts (forwards, options, swaps, etc.). Listed derivative contracts are called Futures.

Doubtful loan coverage rate: ratio between portfolio provision and depreciation and doubtful outstandings (customer loans and receivables, loans and receivables with credit institutions, finance leases and basic leases).

Expected Loss (EL): losses that may occur given the quality of a transaction’s structuring and all measures taken to reduce risk, such as collateral.

Exposure at default (EAD): exposure in case of default, exposure incurred by the financial institution in the event of default of a counterparty. The EAD includes both balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures. Off-balance sheet exposures are converted to their balance sheet equivalent using internal or regulatory conversion factors (drawdown assumption).

Fair value: the amount for which an asset could be exchanged or a liability settled, between informed and consenting parties under normal market conditions.

Government-backed loans (PGE): In light of the Covid-19 pandemic, the French State set up an emergency financing scheme to help debtors manage their cash requirements for an amount capped at 25% of their revenue and with an initial bullet redemption phase over 12 months. At the end of this initial phase, the client may opt for a redemption period of up to five years.

Ninety percent of the loan amount for professional and VSB clients is backed by the French government. The only cost to these clients is a 0.25% commission to the French Public Investment Bank (BPI).

For corporate clients, 70% to 90% of the loan amount is backed by the French government. The only cost to these clients is a commission of between 0.25% and 0.50% paid to the French government and collected by the French Public Investment Bank (BPI) depending on the revenue bracket.

Gross rate of doubtful outstandings: the ratio between doubtful outstandings and gross book loan outstandings (customer loans and receivables, loans and receivables with credit institutions, finance leases and basic leases).

Haircut: percentage by which the market value of securities is reduced to reflect their value in the context of stress (counterparty or market stress risk). The extent of the reduction reflects the perceived risk.

Impairment: recording of probable loss on an asset (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Incremental Risk Charge (IRC): capital cost incurred due to rating migration risk and risk of issuers’ default within a one-year horizon for trading book debt instruments (bonds and CDS). The IRC is a 99.9% risk factor, meaning the highest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% most unfavourable incidents.

Insurance risk: beyond asset/liability risk management (interest-rate, valuation, counterparty and currency risk), insurance risk includes underwriting risk, mortality risk and structural risk of life and non-life insurance activities, including pandemics, accidents and catastrophic events (such as earthquakes, hurricanes, industrial disasters, or acts of terrorism or war).

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP): process outlined in Pillar 2 of the Basel Accord, by which the Group verifies its capital adequacy with regard to all risks incurred. Investment grade: long-term rating provided by an external ratings agency, ranging from AAA/Aaa to BBB-/Baa3 for a counterparty or underlying issue. A rating of BB+/Ba1 or lower indicates a Non-Investment Grade instrument.

Leverage ratio: the leverage ratio is intended to be a simple ratio developed with a view to limiting the size of banks’ balance sheets. The leverage ratio compares the Tier 1 capital with the accounting balance sheet/off-balance sheet, after restatements of certain items. A new definition of leverage ratio has been implemented in accordance with the application of the CRR.

Liquidity: for a bank, the capacity to cover its short-term maturities. For an asset, this term indicates the potential to purchase or sell it quickly on the market, with a limited discount (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR): this ratio is intended to promote the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile. The LCR requires banks to hold risk-free assets that may be easily liquidated on markets in order to meet required payments for outflows net of inflows during a thirty-day crisis period without central bank support (Source: December 2010 Basel document).

Loss Given Default (LGD): ratio between the loss incurred from exposure to default by a counterparty and the amount of the exposure at the time of default.

Market risk: risk of decline in the value of financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters and correlations between them. These parameters include but are not limited to exchange rates, interest rates, and the price of securities (equity, bonds), commodities, derivatives and other assets, including real estate.

Market stress tests: to assess market risks, alongside the internal VaR and SVaR model, the Group monitors its exposure using market stress test simulations to take into account exceptional market occurrences, based on 26 historical scenarios and eight hypothetical scenarios.

Mezzanine: form of financing between equity and debt. In terms of ranking, mezzanine debt is subordinate to senior debt, but it is still above equity.

Minimum requirement of own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL): the EU Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD) requires compliance with a minimum ratio of “bail-inable” debt (i.e. debt that can be used in the event of the bank’s resolution). The MREL requirement is determined on a case-by-case basis for each bank.

Monoline insurer: insurance company participating in a credit enhancement transaction and which guarantees bond issues (for example, a securitisation transaction), in order to improve the issue’s credit rating.

Net earnings per share: net earnings of the company (adjusted for hybrid securities recorded under equity instruments) divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding.

Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR): this ratio aims to promote resilience over a longer time horizon by creating additional incentives for banks to fund their activities with more stable sources of funding. This structural ratio has a time horizon of one year and has been developed to provide a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities (Source: December 2010 Basel document).

Netting agreement: a contract in which two parties to a forward financial instrument, securities lending or resale contract agree to offset reciprocal claims arising from these contracts, with the settlement of these claims based only on the net balance, especially in the event of default or termination. A master netting agreement enables this mechanism to be extended to different kinds of transactions, subject to various framework agreements under a master agreement.

Operational risk (including accounting and environmental risk): risk of losses or sanctions, notably due to failures in procedures and internal systems, human error or external events, etc.

Own shares: shares held by the company, especially as part of the Share Buyback programme. Own shares are excluded from voting rights and are not included in the calculation of earnings per share, with the exception of shares held as part of a liquidity contract.

Personal commitment: represented by a deposit, autonomous guarantee or letter of intent. Whoever makes themselves guarantor for an obligation binds themselves to the creditor to honour that obligation, if the debtor does not honour it themselves. An independent guarantee is an undertaking by which the guarantor binds himself, in consideration of a debt subscribed by a third party, to pay a sum either on first demand or subject to terms agreed upon. A letter of intent is an undertaking to do or not to do, the purpose of which is the support provided to a debtor in honouring their obligation.

Physical collateral: guarantees consisting of assets including tangible and intangible property and securities, including commodities, precious metals, cash, financial instruments and insurance contracts.

Prime Brokerage: a bundled package of services dedicated to hedge funds to facilitate and improve their activities. In addition to performing standard brokerage transactions on financial markets (buying and selling on the customer’s behalf), the prime broker offers securities lending and borrowing services and financing services specifically suited to hedge funds.

Probability of Default (PD): likelihood that a counterparty of the bank will default within one year.

Rating: assessment by a ratings agency (Moody’s, Fitch Ratings, Standard & Poor’s) of the financial solvency risk of an issuer (company, government or other public institution) or of a given transaction (bond loan, securitisation, covered bond). The rating has a direct impact on the cost of raising capital (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Resecuritisation: securitisation of an already securitised exposure where the risk associated with underlyings is divided into tranches and, therefore, at least one of the underlying exposures is a securitised exposure.

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (RMBS): see securitisation.

Return On Equity (ROE): ratio between the net income restated for interest on hybrid securities recorded under equity instruments and restated book equity (especially hybrid securities), which enables return on capital to be measured.

Risk appetite: level of risk, by type and by business line, that the Group is prepared to take on with regard to its strategic objectives. Risk appetite is derived using both quantitative and qualitative criteria. The Risk Appetite exercise is one of the strategic steering tools available to the Group’s decision-making bodies.

Risk weight: percentage of weighting of exposures which is applied to a particular exposure in order to determine the related risk-weighted asset.

Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA): value of a bank’s assets or exposures, weighted according to risk.

Securitisation: transaction that transfers a credit risk (loan outstandings) to an organisation that issues, for this purpose, tradable securities to which investors subscribe. This transaction may involve a transfer of outstandings (physical securitisation) or a transfer of risk only (credit derivatives). Securitisation transactions may, if applicable, enable securities subordination (tranches).

The following products are considered securitisations:

ABS: Asset Backed Securities.

CDO: Collateralised Debt Obligation, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio (bank loans (residential) or corporate bonds). Interest and principal payments may be subordinated (tranche creation).

CLO: Collateralised Loan Obligation, a CDO backed by an asset portfolio of bank loans.

CMBS: Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio of corporate real estate loans leading to a mortgage.

RMBS: Residential Mortgage Backed Securities, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio of residential mortgage loans.

Share: equity stake issued by a company in the form of shares, representing a share of ownership and granting its holder (shareholder) the right to a proportional share in any distribution of profits or net assets as well as a right to vote in a General Meeting of Shareholders.

Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR): identical to the VaR approach, the calculation method consists of a “historical simulation” with “one-day” shocks and a 99% confidence interval. Unlike the VaR, which uses 260 scenarios of daily variation year-on-year, the stressed VaR uses a fixed one-year window that corresponds to a historical period of significant financial tensions.

Structural interest rate and currency risk: risk of loss or of write-downs in the Group’s assets arising from variations in interest or exchange rates. Structural interest rate and exchange rate risks are incurred in commercial activities and proprietary transactions.

Structured issue or structured product: a financial instrument combining a bond product and an instrument (an option for example) providing exposure to all types of asset (equities, currencies, interest rates, commodities). Instruments can include a total or partial guarantee in respect of the invested capital. The term “structured product” or “structured issue” also refers to securities resulting from securitisation transactions, where holders are subject to a ranking hierarchy.

Systemically Important Financial Institution (SIFI): the Financial Stability Board (FSB) coordinates all of the measures to reduce moral hazard and risks to the global financial system posed by Globally Systemically Important Financial Institutions (G-SIFI). These banks meet criteria defined in the Basel Committee rules included in the document titled “Global Systemically Important Banks: Assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement” and published as a list in November 2011. This list is updated by the FSB each November. Banks classified as G-SIBs are subject to increasingly strict capital requirements.

Tier 1 capital: comprises Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital. The latter corresponds to perpetual debt instruments, with no incentive to redeem, less prudential deductions.

Tier 2 capital: supplementary capital consisting mainly of subordinated notes less prudential deductions.

Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets.

Total capital ratio or Solvency ratio: ratio between total (Tier 1 and Tier 2) capital and risk-weighted assets.

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC): on 10 November 2014, the Financial Stability Board (FSB) published for public consultation a term sheet proposing a “Pillar 1” type requirement regarding loss-absorbing capacity in the event of resolution. This new requirement only applies to G-SIBs (Global Systemically Important Banks). It is a ratio of liabilities considered to be “bail-inable” in the event of resolution and calculated with respect to weighted risks or the leverage ratio denominator (Source: Revue de l’ACPR, No. 25).

Transformation risk: appears as soon as assets are financed through resources with a different maturity. Due to their traditional activity of transforming resources with a short maturity into longer-term maturities, banks are naturally faced with transformation risk which itself leads to liquidity and interest-rate risk. Transformation occurs when assets have a longer maturity than liabilities; anti-transformation occurs when assets are financed through longer-maturity resources.

Treasury shares: shares held by a company in its own equity through one or several intermediary companies in which it holds a controlling share either directly or indirectly. Treasury shares are excluded from voting rights and are not included in the calculation of earnings per share.

Value at Risk (VaR): composite indicator used to monitor the Group’s daily market risk exposure, notably for its trading activities (99% VaR in accordance with the internal regulatory model). It corresponds to the greatest risk calculated after eliminating the top 1% of most unfavourable occurrences observed over a one-year period. Within the framework described above, it corresponds to the average of the second and third largest losses computed.